Skip to main content

Full text of "Millsaps College Catalog, 1987-1988"

See other formats


r\/l  3  L  L  O  /-\  i    O  O  O  lu.  I-  s.^  ^^  k«,  /  ■  ii  i  \  '^  it  i  V  L.  O 


Catalog  &  Announcements 


ft 

1 

_^^^^-j2j__^ 

.  N 

1 

N^ 

/ 1 

1  ^'  ■ 

K 

H^KilMi, 

^ 

m 

'^B'^ 

nn 

H 

M 

i:l 

Calendar  for  1987-88 


Summer  Session 


June  1  -  30 
July  1  -31 


First  Term 
Second  Term 


August  21 
August  22 
August  22-25 
August  24-25 
August  26 
August  31 
September  3 
September  1 1 
September  26 
October  8 
October  9-10 
October  16 
October  17 
October  21 
October  23 

November  2-17 
November  25 

November  29 

December  8 

December  9-10 

December  10 

December  11,12,14,15,16,17 

December  18 

December  19-27 

December  28 

December  30-January  3 


January  10 
January  11-12 
January  13 
January  20 
January  27 
February  12-13 
February  18 
February  26 
March  4 


March  13 


Apri 
Apri 
Apri 
Apri 
Apri 
Apri 
Apri 


I  1 
I  3 

I  11-14 
I  18-27 
I  21 
I  26 
I  27 


April  28,29,30,  May  2,3,4 
May  6 
May  8 
May  9 


First  Semester 

Fall  Conference  for  faculty 

Residence  halls  open  10  a.m. 

Orientation  for  new  students 

Registration  for  class  changes 

Day  classes  meet  on  regular  schedule 

Evening  classes  meet  on  regular  schedule 

*  Opening  Convocation 

Last  day  for  schedule  changes  without  grade 

Parents  Day 

Tap  Day 

Homecoming 

Mid-semester  grades  due 

Mid-semester  holidays  begin,  8  a.m. 

Mid-semester  holidays  end,  8  a.m. 

Last  day  for  dropping  courses  with  grades  of 

WP  or  WF 
Early  registration  for  spring  semester 
Thanksgiving  holidays  begin,  12  noon 
Residence  halls  close,  3  p.m. 
Thanksgiving  holidays  end 
Residence  halls  open,  12  noon 
Last  regular  meeting  of  day  classes 
Reading  days 

Last  regular  meeting  of  evening  classes 
Final  examination  days 
Residence  halls  close,  1 2  noon 
College  offices  closed 

Semester  grades  due  in  the  Office  of  Records 
College  offices  closed 

Second  Semester 

Residence  halls  open  10  a.m. 

Registration  for  class  changes 

All  classes  meet  on  regular  schedule 

Student  Symposium 

Last  day  for  schedule  changes  without  grade 

Founders'  Weekend 

Tap  Day 

Mid  Semester  grades  due 

Last  day  for  dropping  courses  with  grades  of 

WP  or  WF 
Spring  holidays  begin,  3  p.m. 
Residence  halls  close,  3  p.m. 
Spring  holidays  end 
Residence  halls  open,  12  noon 
Good  Friday  -  College  offices  closed  half  day 
Easter 

Comprehensive  examinations 
Early  registration  for  fall  semester  1988 
Awards  Day 

Last  regular  meeting  of  classes 
Reading  day 

Final  grades  for  graduating  seniors  due 
Final  examination  days 
Semester  grades  due  in  the  Office  of  Records 

*  Commencement  Day 
Residence  halls  close,  12  noon 


'Formal  academic  occasion 


Table  of  Contents 


Academic  Calendar  2 

Purpose 4 

PART  I       Information  for  Prospective  Students 5 

History  of  the  College 6 

General  Information    6 

Millsaps-Wilson  Library 6 

Computing  Center 6 

Buildings  and  Grounds 7 

Admission  Requirements   7 

Applying  for  Admission 10 

Counseling  Program 10 

Student  Housing 11 

Medical  Services 11 

Career  Planning  and  Placement  Services  11 

Student  Records 12 

PART  II      Financial  Information 13 

Tuition  and  Fees 14 

Special  Fees 15 

Financial  Regulations 16 

Scholarships  and  Financial  Aid 17 

PART  ill     Student  Life 23 

Campus  Ministry 24 

Public  Events  Committee 24 

Athletics 24 

Publications 25 

Music  and  Drama 25 

Student  Organizations 26 

Fraternities  and  Sororities 28 

Medals  and  Prizes  29 

PART  IV     Curriculum 33 

Requirements  for  Degrees 34 

Pre-Medical  and  Pre-Dental 38 

Pre-Ministerial 38 

Pre-Law 39 

Pre-Social  Work 39 

Teacher  Certification  Programs 39 

Cooperative  Programs 40 

Special  Programs 42 

Adult  Degree  Program 44 

Post  Baccalaureate  Teacher  Certification  Program  45 

Graduate  Program  45 

PART  V      Administration  of  the  Curriculum 47 

Grades,  Honors,  Class  Standing  48 

Administrative  Regulations 50 

PART  VI     Departments  of  Instruction 55 

Academic  Divisions 56 

Fine  Arts 57 

Humanities   63 

Language  and  Literature  69 

Science  and  Mathematics 74 

Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 85 

Else  School  of  Management 95 

PART  VII    Register   101 

Board  of  Trustees 1 02 

Alumni  Association 1 03 

Officers  of  the  Administration 104 

Faculty 104 

Staff 109 

Medals  and  Prizes  Awarded 112 

Degrees  Conferred,  1986 114 

Index  118 


The  Purpose  of  Millsaps  College 

Millsaps  College  has  as  its  primary  aim  the  development  of  men  and  women 
for  responsible  leadership  and  well-rounded  lives  of  useful  service  to  their  fellow 
men,  their  country,  and  their  God.  It  seeks  to  function  as  a  community  of  learners 
where  faculty  and  students  together  seek  the  truth  that  frees  the  minds  of  men. 

As  an  institution  of  the  Methodist  Church,  Millsaps  College  is  dedicated  to 
the  idea  that  religion  is  a  vital  part  of  education;  that  education  is  an  integral  part 
of  the  Christian  religion;  and  that  church-related  colleges,  providing  a  sound  aca- 
demic program  in  a  Christian  environment,  afford  a  kind  of  discipline  and  influence 
which  no  other  type  of  institution  can  offer.  The  college  provides  a  congenial  at- 
mosphere where  persons  of  all  faiths  may  study  and  work  together  for  the  de- 
velopment of  their  physical,  intellectual,  and  spiritual  capacities. 

As  a  liberal  arts  college,  Millsaps  seeks  to  give  the  student  adequate  breadth 
and  depth  of  understanding  of  civilization  and  culture  in  order  to  broaden  his  per- 
spective, to  enrich  his  personality,  and  to  enable  him  to  think  and  act  intelligently 
amid  the  complexities  of  the  modern  world.  The  curriculum  is  designed  to  avoid 
premature  specialization  and  to  integrate  the  humanities,  the  social  studies,  and 
the  natural  sciences  for  their  mutual  enrichment. 

The  college  recognizes  that  training  which  will  enable  a  person  to  support 
himself  adequately  is  an  essential  part  of  a  well-rounded  education.  On  the  other 
hand,  it  believes  that  one  of  the  chief  problems  of  modern  society  is  that  in  too 
many  cases  training  as  expert  technicians  has  not  been  accompanied  by  educa- 
tion for  good  citizenship.  It  offers,  therefore,  professional  and  pre-professional  train- 
ing balanced  by  cultural  and  humane  studies.  In  an  environment  that  emphasizes 
the  cultural  and  esthetic  values  to  be  found  in  the  study  of  language,  literature, 
philosophy,  and  science,  the  student  at  Millsaps  can  also  obtain  the  necessary 
courses  to  prepare  him  for  service  in  such  fields  as  teaching,  journalism,  social 
work,  and  business  or  for  professional  study  in  these  areas  as  well  as  in  theology, 
medicine,  dentistry,  engineering,  law,  and  other  fields. 

As  an  institution  of  higher  learning,  Millsaps  College  fosters  an  attitude  of  con- 
tinuing intellectual  awareness,  of  tolerance,  and  of  unbiased  inquiry,  without  which 
true  education  cannot  exist.  It  does  not  seek  to  indoctrinate,  but  to  inform  and 
inspire.  It  does  not  shape  the  student  in  a  common  mold  of  thought  and  ideas, 
but  rather  attempts  to  search  out  his  often  deeply  hidden  aptitudes,  capacities, 
and  aspirations  and  to  provide  opportunities  for  his  maximum  potential  develop- 
ment. It  seeks  to  broaden  his  horizons  and  to  lift  his  eyes  and  heart  toward  the 
higher  and  nobler  attributes  of  life.  The  desired  result  is  an  intelligent,  voluntary 
dedication  to  moral  principles  and  a  growing  social  consciousness  that  will  guide 
him  into  a  rich,  well-rounded  Christian  life,  with  ready  acceptance  of  respon- 
sibility to  neighbor,  state,  and  church. 

-adopted  by  the  Faculty  and  Board  of 
Trustees  of  Millsaps  College,  1955-56 


information  for  Prospective  Students 


History  of  the  College 

Millsaps  College  was  founded  in  1 890  by  the  Methodist  Church  as  a  "Christian  col- 
lege for  young  men."  The  philanthropy  of  Major  Reuben  Webster  Millsaps  and  other 
Methodist  leaders  in  Mississippi  enabled  the  college  to  open  two  years  later  on  the  out- 
skirts of  Jackson,  the  state  capital,  a  town  of  some  9,000  population.  The  beginnings 
were  modest:  two  buildings,  149  students  (two-thirds  of  whom  were  enrolled  in  a  prepara- 
tory school),  five  instructors,  and  an  endowment  of  $70,432.  Fifty  years  later,  the  stu- 
dent body  numbered  599  and  the  faculty  had  increased  to  33.  Women  were  admitted 
at  an  early  date  and  the  graduation  of  Sing  Ung  Zung  of  Soochow,  China,  in  1908, 
began  a  tradition  of  the  college's  influence  beyond  the  borders  of  the  state. 

Millsaps'  first  president,  William  Belton  Murrah,  served  until  1910.  Other  presidents 
have  been:  David  Carlisle  Hull  (1910-1912),  Dr.  Alexander  Farrar  Watkins  (1 91 2-1 923), 
Dr.  David  Martin  Key  (1923-1938),  Dr.  Marion  Lofton  Smith  (1938-1952),  Dr.  Homer 
Ellis  Finger,  Jr.,  (1952-64),  Dr.  Benjamin  Barnes  Graves  (1965-1970),  and  Dr.  Edward 
McDaniel  Collins,  Jr.  (1970-1978).  Dr.  George  Marion  Harmon  was  named  president 
in  the  fall  of  1978. 

General  Information 

The  close  personal  relationship  among  students,  faculty  and  the  administration  is 
one  of  the  most  vital  parts  of  the  Millsaps  experience.  A  liberal  arts  college  designed 
to  train  students  for  responsible  citizenship  and  well-balanced  lives,  Millsaps  offers  profes- 
sional and  pre-professional  training  coupled  with  cultural  and  disciplinary  studies.  Stu- 
dents are  selected  on  the  basis  of  their  ability  to  think,  desire  to  learn,  good  moral 
character  and  intellectual  maturity.  The  primary  consideration  for  admission  is  the  abili- 
ty to  do  college  work  satisfactory  to  the  college  and  beneficial  to  the  student. 

Millsaps'  1 ,300-member  student  body  represents  about  35  states  and  several  for- 
eign countries.  Students  come  from  25  religious  denominations.  All  are  urged  to  take 
advantage  of  the  educational  and  cultural  offerings  of  Mississippi's  capital  city  of  Jackson. 

Research  facilities  available  are:  the  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History,  the 
State  Library,  the  library  of  the  State  Department  of  Health,  and  the  Jackson  Public 
Library.  Together,  they  provide  research  facilities  found  nowhere  else  in  the  state.  Cul- 
tural advantages  include:  the  Jackson  Symphony  Orchestra,  Ballet  Mississippi,  New 
Stage  Theatre,  Mississippi  Opera  Association,  and  musical,  dramatic,  and  sporting  events 
held  at  the  City  Auditorium  and  the  Mississippi  Coliseum. 

Millsaps  is  fully  accredited  by  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and  Schools 
and  approved  by  the  American  Association  of  University  Women  and  the  University 
Senate  of  the  United  Methodist  Church.  It  is  recognized  by  the  General  Board  of  Edu- 
cation of  the  United  Methodist  Church  as  one  of  its  strongest  institutions. 

The  Millsaps-Wilson  Library 

The  Millsaps-Wilson  Library  has  more  than  200,000  volumes  and  700  periodical 
subscriptions.  It  provides  390  seats  in  individual  study  carrels,  tables  and  rooms  as  well 
as  browsing  and  lounge  areas.  There  is  a  collection  of  audio-visual  materials  and  listen- 
ing facilities.  Special  collections  are:  the  Lehman  Engel  Collection  of  books  and  record- 
ings; the  Mississippi  Methodist  Archives;  the  Kellogg  Collection  of  juvenile  books  and 
curriculum  materials;  the  Eudora  Welty  collection;  U.S.  Government  Documents;  the 
Millsaps  Archives;  and  a  rare  book  collection.  Coin-operated  word  processors  are  avail- 
able. The  library  is  a  member  of  the  Central  Mississippi  Library  Council  and  the 
Southeastern  Library  Network. 

The  Computing  Center 

In  today's  Increasingly  complex  and  information-driven  society,  students  need  to 
understand  the  role  of  computing.  Millsaps  has  developed  outstanding  computer 
resources  to  meet  this  need.  From  several  terminal  complexes  on  campus  students  have 
access  to  the  Digital  Equipment  RSTS/E  and  VAXA/MS  timesharing  systems  which  are 

6 


located  in  the  Computing  Center  in  the  Academic  Complex.  In  addition,  a  word  process- 
ing facility  for  student  use  is  available.  To  meet  the  growing  interest  in  use  of  personal 
computers,  the  College  has  established  three  personal  computer  laboratories:  one  in 
the  Murrah  Hall  Annex,  one  in  Murrah  Hall,  and  one  in  Sullivan-Harrell  Hall. 

Buildings  and  Grounds 

The  100-acre  campus  is  valued  at  about  $30  million.  Chief  administrative  offices 
are  in  Whitworth  Hall.  Murrah  Hall,  built  in  1914,  was  renovated  in  1981  to  house  the 
Else  School  of  Management.  Sullivan-Harrell  Hall,  built  in  1928  and  renovated  in  1963, 
houses  the  science  program. 

The  Christian  Center,  completed  in  1950,  was  built  with  gifts  from  Mississippi 
Methodists,  alumni,  and  friends.  It  has  a  1,000-seat  auditorium,  a  small  chapel,  class- 
rooms, and  offices.  In  1967,  the  stage  was  renovated  into  a  modern  theatre  stage. 

The  James  Observatory  is  an  historical  landmark  located  on  the  northwest  corner 
of  the  campus. 

The  Physical  Activities  Center,  dedicated  in  1974,  has  courts  for  basketball,  tennis, 
badminton,  and  volleyball.  Weight-training  and  physical  therapy  rooms  are  also  included 
in  this  multi-purpose  facility.  An  outdoor  swimming  pool  is  adjacent  to  this  facility.  Other 
athletic  facilities  include  tennis  courts  and  fields  for  rootball,  baseball,  soccer,  and  track. 

The  Boyd  Campbell  Student  Center  houses  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs,  the  book- 
store, post  office,  student  activity  quarters  and  a  recreation  area.  The  grill  and  dining 
hall  are  located  in  the  student  center  also. 

There  are  three  residence  halls  for  women  and  two  for  men.  A  new  dormitory  for 
junior  and  senior  men  and  women  opened  in  the  fall  of  1985.  All  are  centrally  cooled 
and  heated. 

The  Academic  Complex,  completed  in  1971,  includes  a  recital  hall  in  which  is  lo- 
cated a  41  -rank  Mohler  organ.  The  complex  houses  Music,  Art,  Political  Science,  Com- 
puter Services,  Business  Office,  Office  of  Records,  Business  Affairs  and  the  Office  of 
Adult  Learning.  It  also  contains  sky-lit  art  studios,  a  student  computer  terminal  room, 
a  music  laboratory  and  classrooms. 

Admission  Requirements 

Millsaps  College  accepts  without  regard  to  race,  color,  sex,  creed,  or  national  ori- 
gin all  who  are  qualified  to  benefit  from  its  academic  program.  Applicants  must  furnish 
evidence  of: 

1.  Good  moral  character 

2.  Sound  physical  and  mental  health 

3.  Adequate  scholastic  preparation 

4.  Intellectual  maturity 

Freshman  Admission 

Application  for  admission  as  a  full-time  student  with  freshman  standing  may  be  made 
by  one  of  the  following: 

1.  By  high  school  graduation,  provided  that: 

(a)  The  student's  record  shows  satisfactory  completion  of  graduation  requirements 
with  at  least  12  units  of  English,  mathematics,  social  studies,  natural  sciences  or  for- 
eign language.  Four  units  of  English  should  be  included. 

(b)  Results  of  the  American  College  Test  (A.C.T.)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (S.A.T.) 
are  submitted  and  reflect  satisfactory  scores. 

2.  By  Equivalency  Certificate 

(a)  Students  who  have  not  prepared  for  college  may  submit  results  of  the  General 
Educational  Development  Tests  (G.E.D.)  along  with  a  transcript  of  work  completed 
in  lieu  of  requirements  set  forth  in  paragraph  one  (a). 

(b)  At  the  discretion  of  the  Admissions  Committee,  results  of  the  American  College 
Test  (A.C.T.)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (S.A.T.)  may  be  required. 


3.  Early  Admission 

(a)  Students  who  are  nearing  high  school  graduation,  but  choose  to  enter  college 
before  graduation,  nnay  apply  by  submitting  an  official  transcript  and  results  of  the 
American  College  Test  (A.C.T.)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  (S.A.T.). 

(b)  At  least  12  units  in  English,  mathematics,  social  studies,  natural  sciences,  or  for- 
eign languages  must  be  included.  Normally,  four  units  of  English  are  required. 

Transfer  Admission 

A  transfer  student  is  one  entering  Millsaps  as  a  full-time  student  from  another  insti- 
tution of  higher  learning.  A  completed  application  for  admission  and  an  official  transcript 
from  each  college  or  university  in  which  the  applicant  has  been  enrolled  is  required. 
These  policies  apply  to  the  transfer  applicant: 

1.  Full  credit  is  normally  allowed  for  work  taken  at  other  accredited  institutions.  Some 
courses  which  are  not  regarded  as  consistent  with  a  liberal  arts  curriculum  may  not 
be  credited  toward  a  degree.  Work  done  at  non-accredited  institutions  may  be  vali- 
dated if  the  student  makes  a  satisfactory  record  at  Millsaps. 

2.  After  earning  62  semester  hours  at  a  junior  or  senior  college,  a  student  may  not 
take  additional  work  at  a  junior  college  and  have  it  apply  toward  a  degree  from  Mill- 
saps College. 

3.  A  student  must  complete  the  work  necessary  to  fulfill  requirements  for  a  major  at 
Millsaps  or  for  pre-professional  work  or  teaching  licenses. 

4.  Grades  and  quality  points  earned  at  another  institution  will  be  recorded  as  they  are 
on  the  transcript.  The  student  must  earn  at  Millsaps  quality  points  at  least  double 
the  number  of  hours  of  academic  credit  remaining  on  graduation  requirements  after 
transfer  credits  are  entered. 

5.  In  the  case  of  a  student  transferring  to  Millsaps  with  more  than  three  but  less  than 
six  hours  credit  in  a  required  subject,  the  head  of  the  department  concerned  may 
approve  a  three-hour  elective  in  that  department  as  a  substitute  for  the  remainder 
of  the  required  course. 

6.  The  student  is  subject  to  the  regulation  on  advanced  placement  and  credit  by 
examination. 

7.  Credit  is  not  given  for  correspondence  courses. 

Part-Time  Admission 

A  part-time  student  is  one  enrolled  in  a  degree  program  but  taking  fewer  than  12 
hours.  Requirements  for  admission  and  policies  pertaining  to  part-time  students  are  the 
same  as  those  for  full-time  students. 

Adult  Degree  Program  Admission 

Students  are  admitted  to  the  Adult  Degree  Program  through  the  Office  of  Adult  Learn- 
ing. They  may  be  part-time  students  or  full-time  students,  depending  upon  their  occupa- 
tional and  family  responsibilities.  Application  forms,  as  well  as  information  about  the 
program,  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Adult  Learning.  Students  seeking  admis- 
sion to  the  Adult  Degree  Program  must  submit: 

1 .  The  completed  application  form. 

2.  A  non-refundable  application  fee. 

3.  Official  transcripts  of  all  previous  academic  work. 

4.  Two  letters  of  recommendation. 

5.  An  essay  introducing  the  applicant  to  the  ADP  Advisory  Committee  and  stating 
the  applicant's  educational  goals. 

Students  admitted  to  the  Adult  Degree  Program  are  degree  candidates. 

Special  Student  Admission 

A  special  student  is  one  enrolled  in  a  non-degree  program.  Applicants  should  sub- 
mit the  Special  Student  Application  Form  along  with  the  application  fee  to  the  Office 
of  Adult  Learning.  Transcripts  of  all  academic  work  attempted  must  be  provided  the 
Office  of  Records  prior  to  the  end  of  the  first  month  of  enrollment.  The  following  policies 
apply  to  special  students: 

8 


1.  Special  students  are  expected  to  be  21  years  of  age  and  must  present  evidence 
of  good  character  and  maturity.  Age  requirements  may  be  waived. 

2.  Special  students  may  enroll  for  any  courses  without  regard  to  graduation  require- 
ments, but  must  meet  prerequisites  for  courses  chosen. 

3.  Special  students  wishing  to  apply  for  a  degree  program  must  re-apply,  provide  full 
credentials  and  meet  admission  requirements  for  degree  students. 

4.  Special  students  may  not  participate  in  extracurricular  activities. 

International  Student  Admission 

Millsaps  College  welcomes  international  students.  Admission  credentials  should  be 
submitted  well  in  advance  of  the  semester  in  which  one  expects  to  enroll.  They  are: 

1 .  Completed  admission  forms 

2.  Official  transcript  of  all  work  attempted 

3.  Scores  from  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language 

4.  Letters  of  recommendation  from  two  persons 

5.  The  application  fee 

6.  A  statement  of  resources  for  financial  support  while  in  the  U.S. 

Financial  assistance  is  not  available  to  international  students  so  they  must  come 
prepared  to  pay  the  full  cost  of  attending  Millsaps  and  to  support  themselves  during 
periods  when  the  college  is  closed. 

Readmission 

Students  who  leave  the  college  for  one  semester  or  longer  may  apply  for  readmis- 
sion by  completing  the  appropriate  application  procedures  and  presenting  transcripts 
for  all  academic  work  attempted  while  away  from  the  College.  Those  who  are  absent 
for  more  than  four  years  may  be  required  to  meet  graduation  requirements  in  effect 
at  the  time  of  readmission  or  do  additional  work  in  their  major  in  order  to  qualify  for 
a  degree. 

Advanced  Placement  and  Credit  by  Examination 

Students  entering  Millsaps  College  may  earn  a  waiver  of  certain  requirements  or 
college  credit  as  a  result  of  their  performance  on  specific  examinations.  The  amount 
of  waiver  or  credit  is  limited  to  eight  hours  in  any  discipline  and  to  18  hours  overall, 
with  the  exception  of  the  Adult  Degree  Program  where  the  limits  are  12  and  30  hours 
respectively. 

Scores  on  the  appropriate  Advanced  Placement  examination,  C.L.E.P.  subject  matter 
examination,  or  C.E.E.B.  achievement  test  should  be  sent  to  the  Office  of  Records  for 
evaluation.  If  a  waiver  of  requirements  or  credit  is  granted,  the  score  on  the  examina- 
tion used  will  be  recorded  on  the  student's  record  in  lieu  of  a  letter  grade.  An  adminis- 
trative fee  will  be  assessed  for  each  course  so  recorded.  (See  the  section  on  Special  Fees.) 

Listed  below  are  the  Millsaps  courses  for  which  credit  is  given  for  Advanced  Place- 
ment courses  taken  in  high  school  and  the  score  required  in  order  to  earn  that  credit. 
In  some  cases,  maximum  credit  is  only  given  following  satisfactory  completion  of  a  Mill- 
saps course  in  the  same  field. 

Course  A.P.  Score 

Art  101,  104,  105  5,  4,  3 

Biology  132  5,  4 

Chemistry  121-122,  123-124  5,  4 

English  101-102  5,  4 

French  201-202  5,  4** 

German  201-202  5,4** 

History  101-102  5,  4* 

History  201-202  5,4* 

Latin  303  5,  4* 

Latin  305  5,  4* 

Mathematics  108  (Calculus  AB)  5,  4,  3 


Course  A.P.  Score 

Mathematics  223-224  (Calculus  BC)  5,  4,  3 

Physics  111-112  5,4,3 

Physics  131-132,  151-152  5,  4 

Spanish  201-202  5,4** 

*Credit  may  be  given  for  a  three  with  approval  of  the  department  chairman. 
**Credit  will  be  given  for  a  three  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  251. 

For  information  concerning  scores  necessary  to  attain  course  credit  for  other  ex- 
aminations, such  as  C.L.E.P.,  interested  students  should  consult  with  the  appropriate 
department  chairman  or  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

Applying  for  Admission 

Prospective  students  should  apply  for  admission  well  in  advance  of  the  date  on 
which  they  wish  to  enter,  particularly  if  housing  accommodations  on  the  campus  are 
desired.  The  Admissions  Committee  acts  on  applications  for  the  fall  semester  on  Novem- 
ber 1,  December  15,  January  15,  March  1,  April  1  and  on  a  weekly  basis  thereafter 
pending  vacancies  in  the  class.  Applications  for  the  spring  term  are  considered  on  a 
weekly  basis. 

In  applying  for  admission  a  prospective  student  should  follow  this  procedure: 

1 .  Submit  a  completed  application  for  admission  form  with  the  application  fee  to  the 
director  of  admissions,  the  fee  is  not  refunded  to  a  student  unless  the  application 
is  not  approved. 

2.  Request  the  high  school  principal  or  collage  registrar  to  send  an  official  transcript 
directly  to  the  director  of  admissions. 

(a)  Transfers  must  include  a  transcript  from  every  college  or  university  attended. 

(b)  A  prospective  student  enrolled  in  school  at  the  time  of  application  for  admis- 
sion should  have  a  transcript  sent  showing  credits  up  to  that  time.  A  sup- 
lementary  transcript  will  be  required  after  admission. 

3.  Freshman  and  junior  college  applicants  must  submit  results  of  either  the  American 
College  Test  (A.C.T.)  or  Scholastics  Aptitude  Test  (S.A.T.) 

Applicants  to  the  Adult  Degree  Program  should  apply  directly  to  the  director  of 
the  Adult  Degree  Program.  Applicants  for  the  Master  of  Business  Administration 
degree  should  apply  directly  to  the  director  of  the  MBA  Program. 

Orientation  and  Advisement 

Many  members  of  the  college  community  are  involved  on  an  ongoing  basis  with 
orienting  new  students  to  college  life  and  advising  students  to  help  them  accomplish 
maximum  success  in  their  academic  work. 

ORIENTATION:  Freshmen  and  transfer  students  are  expected  to  be  on  campus  on 
dates  specified  in  the  college  calendar.  It  is  a  cooperative  effort  involving  students,  faculty, 
and  staff  designed  to  prepare  students  for  college  life  at  Millsaps. 
FACULTY  ADVISORS:  New  students  are  assigned  to  faculty  members  who  serve  as 
academic  advisors.  When  a  student  chooses  the  major  field,  a  professor  in  that  field 
becomes  the  advisor.  The  faculty  advisors  provide  students  with  advice  on  courses  to 
take  to  reach  their  degree  objectives  and  on  other  academic  concerns. 


Counseling  Services 


Counseling  services  are  available  to  all  students  in  the  Guidance  and  Career  Coun- 
seling Center.  Students  can  receive  counseling  for  a  wide  range  of  concerns.  A  coun- 
selor can  assist  in  improving  academic  performance  by  helping  a  student  develop  study 
skills  techniques  such  as  time  management,  note-taking,  problem-solving,  and  test-taking. 
Help  is  also  available  to  students  wishing  to  engage  in  self-exploration  and  goal-setting, 
to  discuss  relationships  or  other  personal  concerns,  to  develop  better  coping  skills,  to 
obtain  information  on  other  community  resources,  and  to  discuss  other  probelms  or 

10 


concerns.  Referrals  to  professionals  or  treatment  programs  off  campus  will  be  made 
when  it  is  believed  to  be  appropriate. 

Career  Planning  and  Placement 

Career  planning  begins  in  the  freshman  year  with  an  emphasis  on  exploring  both 
career  fields  and  academic  majors.  Through  interest  testing,  planning  and  consulta- 
tion, students  can  explore  academic  disciplines  relevant  to  their  interests  and  over  time, 
establish  realistic  career  directions,  develop  career  strategies  and  set  goals. 

Frequent  contact  with  the  career  counselor  is  encouraged  to  ensure  continued  de- 
velopment and  movement  toward  a  satisfying  career  choice.  Students  are  invited  to 
utilize  resources  in  the  career  library,  to  participate  in  off-campus  internships  and  to  take 
advantage  of  opportunities  for  part-time  and  summer  employment  as  bases  of  ex- 
perience. These  resources  are  available  through  the  Guidace  and  Career  Counseling 
Center. 

Developing  skills  in  resume  writing,  interviewing  and  job  search  strategies  are  em- 
phases for  junior  and  senior  students.  Workshops  on  these  topics  are  presented  on 
a  regular  schedule  and  students  are  urged  to  come  in  for  private  conferences.  Current 
listings  of  employment  opportunities  are  available  and  on-campus  interviews  are  sched- 
uled with  representatives  from  graduate  and  professional  schools,  businesses,  indus- 
tries and  government  agencies. 


Student  Housing 


The  dean  and  associate  dean  of  student  affairs  coordinate  housing  in  cooperation 
with  residence  hall  directors  and  resident  assistants.  Men  who  are  active  members  of 
a  fraternity  may  live  in  its  house  after  their  freshman  year. 

All  freshman  men  and  women,  unless  they  are  married  or  live  with  members  of 
their  immediate  families  in  Jackson  or  vicinity,  are  required  to  reside  on  campus  in  col- 
lege residence  halls  and  to  dine  on  campus,  also.  Exceptions  to  this  policy  are  unusual 
and  must  be  authorized  through  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Affairs. 

Residence  hall  rooms  are  designed  to  house  two  students  each.  Students  should 
send  the  completed  housing  form  and  the  college  deposit  as  soon  as  possible.  Assign- 
ments are  made  in  the  order  in  which  the  deposit  and  a  completed  application  are 
received.  Students  wishing  to  room  together  should  make  every  effort  to  pay  the  col- 
lege deposit  at  the  same  time  and  to  specify  their  desire  to  room  together.  Room  prefer- 
ences are  honored  unless  the  rooms  are  already  taken  by  students  who  are  eligible 
for  them.  Single  rooms  are  normally  not  available.  Room  rent  cannot  be  refunded  after 
the  semester  begins. 

A  quiet  wing  option  is  offered  for  students  who  wish  to  live  in  an  environment  where 
more  intensive  study  is  possible  twenty-four  hours  a  day. 

Residence  halls  open  at  10  a.m.  on  the  day  preceding  each  term  and  close  at  12 
noon  on  the  day  following  the  last  scheduled  examination  of  each  term.  For  Thanksgiving 
and  spring  holidays,  the  residence  halls  will  close  at  3  p.m.  on  the  last  day  of  sched- 
uled classes  and  reopen  at  noon  on  the  day  preceding  the  resumption  of  classes.  Stu- 
dents are  not  housed  in  the  residence  halls  during  Thanksgiving,  Christmas,  or  spring 
holidays. 


Medical  Services 


Millsaps  provides  medical  services  to  its  students  who  are  suffering  from  minor 
illnesses.  The  services  are  limited  to  students  living  in  Millsaps  residence  halls  and  frater- 
nity houses.  Medical  services  through  the  college  physician  are  available  through  the 
nurse  on  duty  or,  in  her  absence,  one  of  the  residence  hall  directors  or  the  Office  of 
Student  Affairs. 

The  college  pays  for  the  initial  visit  to  the  college  physician  for  each  illness.  These 
services  are  not  available  beyond  the  closing  hours  of  the  Internal  Medicine  Group  with 
which  the  College  physician  is  associated. 

11 


Student  Records 


In  accordance  with  the  Family  Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  of  1974,  Mill- 
saps  College  students  have  the  right  to  review,  inspect,  and  challenge  the  accuracy 
of  information  kept  in  a  cumulative  file  by  the  institution.  It  also  ensures  that  records 
cannot  be  released  without  the  written  consent  of  the  student  except  in  the  following 
situations: 

(a)  to  school  officials  and  faculty  who  have  a  legitimate  educational  interest,  such  as 
a  faculty  advisor; 

(b)  where  the  information  is  classified  as  "directory  information."  The  following 
categories  of  information  have  been  designated  by  Millsaps  College  as  directo- 
ry information:  name,  address,  telephone  listing,  date  and  place  of  birth,  major 
field  of  study,  participation  in  officially  recognized  activities  and  sports,  weight 
and  height  of  members  of  athletic  teams,  dates  of  attendance,  degrees  and 
awards  received,  the  most  recent  previous  educational  institution  attended  by 
the  student,  and  information  needed  for  honors  and  awards.  If  you  do  not  wish 
such  information  released  without  your  consent  you  should  notify  the  Office  of 
Records  in  writing  prior  to  the  end  of  the  first  day  of  classes. 

For  a  full  statement  of  policy  concerning  the  confidentiality  of  student  records,  con- 
sult the  staff  of  the  Office  of  Records  or  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 


12 


Financial  Information 


Tuition  and  Fees 


Millsaps  College  is  an  independent  institution.  Each  student  is  charged  a  tuition 
which  covers  approximately  53  percent  of  the  cost  of  an  education.  The  balance  is  met 
by  income  from  endowment  and  by  gifts  from  the  United  Methodist  Church,  alumni, 
trustees,  parents,  and  other  friends. 

Semester  Expenses  for  Full-Time  Undergraduate  Students 

(12-16  Semester  Hours) 
Basic  expenses  for  one  semester  are: 


Dormitory 
Student 

$3,220.00 

42.50 

50.00 

700-925 

685.00 

Total $4,697.50  -  4,922.50 


Tuition 

Student  Association  Fee. 

Activity  Fee 

Room  rent  (1) 

Meals  (2) 


Non-Dormitory 
Student 

$3,220.00 
42.50 
50.00 


$3,312.50 


(1)  Dormitory  rooms  are  ordinarily  rented  on  a  yearly  basis  according  to  the 
schedule  below.  This  schedule  of  charges  is  for  students  who  enter  in  the 
fall.  Those  students  who  enter  second  semester  will  pay  half  the  annual 
rate  for  their  type  of  occupancy.  If  the  student  changes  type  of  occupancy 
during  the  year,  the  charge  will  be  adjusted  accordingly.  See  Schedule  of 
Payment  and  dormitory  options  below. 

Schedule  of  Payment  for  Rooms 


1st  Sem. 

2nd  Sem. 

Total 

Double  Occupancy: 

Ezelle,  Galloway,  Bacot,  Franklin 

$    840 

$    560 

$1,400 

Goodman  House 

960 

640 

1,600 

New  Dormitory,  North  Wing 

1,020 

680 

1,700 

New  Dormitory,  South  Wing 

1,110 

740 

1,850 

All  dormitories  air  conditioned. 

Goodman  House- Open  to  upperclass  students.  Air  conditioned,  garden  style 
apartments  with  individual  thermostat  controlled  utilities.  Two  bedrooms, 
study  area,  private  bath,  standard  dormitory  furniture.  Price  includes  water. 
Electric  utilities  extra— estimated  cost  for  normal  double  occupancy  use: 
$25-$28  per  month  per  student,  Sept.-May;  $30-$33  per  month  per  student, 
June-August.  Utility  deposit  of  $150.00  per  student  each  semester. 

New  dormitory- Opening  Fall  1986.  Open  to  upperclass  students.  Above 
average  size  4  person,  two  bedroom/living  room  suite  style  accommoda- 
tions with  bath  in  each  unit.  South  wing  has  individual  bedrooms  plus  living 
area  and  bath  in  each  unit. 

(2)  This  is  the  charge  for  the  21  meal  per  week  plan.  A  14  meal  plan  is  avail- 
able for  $655. 

Semester  Expenses  for  Part-Time  Undergraduate  Students 

(1 1  Hours  or  less) 
1-7    hours $    215  per  semester  hour 

8  hours 1,850 

9  hours 2,195 

10  hours 2,540 

11  hours 2,885 

Activity  Fee 2.00  per  semester  hour 


14 


Reservation  Deposits 

NEW  STUDENTS- All  full-time  students  must  pay  a  reservation  deposit  of  $100. 
If  a  student  decides  not  to  come  to  Millsaps,  this  deposit  is  refundable  if  the  Admissions 
Office  receives  a  request  for  refund  prior  to  May  1. 

RETURNING  STUDENTS-AII  returning  students  requesting  campus  housing  must 
pay  a  reservation  deposit  of  $100  by  May  15  to  be  assured  of  a  room.  If  a  student  de- 
cides to  withdraw  from  college  housing,  this  deposit  is  refundable  if  a  request  for  re- 
fund is  received  prior  to  May  15.  Upperciass  students  living  in  Goodman  House  will 
be  required  to  put  up  a  utilities  deposit  of  $150.00  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester. 
One-half  of  the  electricity  cost  per  apartment,  each  month,  will  be  charged  against  each 
occupant's  deposit.  At  the  end  of  the  semester,  or  academic  year,  any  excess  will  be 
refunded  or  shortage  collected. 

PART-TIME  STUDENTS-AII  students  other  than  full-time  must  pay  a  reservation 
deposit  of  $50  upon  registration  in  order  to  hold  a  place  in  class,  unless  they  choose 
to  pay  their  entire  account  at  that  time.  This  deposit  is  not  refundable. 

Reservation  deposits  will  be  credited  to  the  student's  account  upon  enrollment. 

Laboratory  and  Fine  Arts  Fees 
Fine  Arts  Fees 

Art  courses 

Each  course  except  art  history  and  senior  project $    35 

Music  private  lessons  and  use  of  practice  rooms 

Per  credit  hour  (1/2  hour  lesson  per  week) 75 

Science  Laboratory  Fees 

Astronomy     -    101-102 45 

Biology  -    all  laboratory  courses* 45 

Chemistry      —    all  laboratory  courses* 45 

-    all  laboratory  courses  breakage  fee** 25 

Geology        -    all  courses* 45 

Natural  Science  201  -202 45 

Physics  -    all  laboratory  courses* 45 

Psychology  312,  316 25 

*Special  Problems,  Directed  Study,  Undergraduate  Research 

Per  Credit  hour 15 

**Unused  portion  refundable  at  the  end  of  the  semester. 

Computer  Usage  Fees 

Computer  Studies  -  all  courses 75 

All  other  courses  with  computer  application 25-75 

Materials  Fee 

Courses  providing  special  instructional  materials 15 

Special  Fees 

The  general  purpose  of  special  fees  is  to  allocate  to  the  user  at  least  a  portion  of 
the  direct  cost  for  providing  special  services,  equipment  and  facilities. 

COURSE  OVERLOAD  FEE.  -A  fee  of  $75  per  semester  hour  is  charged  for  course 
loads  above  16  semester  hours. 

PARKING  FEE.  -A  fee  of  $1  per  semester  hour  ($1 5  maximum)  is  charged  for  stu- 
dents who  wish  to  park  on  campus.  This  fee  will  help  cover  the  cost  of  maintaining  the 
college  parking  lots  and  streets.  The  streets  on  campus  are  the  property  of  the  college 
and  must  be  maintained  by  the  college.  Students  failing  to  register  vehicles  may  be 
denied  the  privilege  of  parking  on  campus. 

ACTIVITY  FEE.  -A  fee  of  $50  is  charged  for  general  student  activities.  The  fee  covers 
admission  to  all  college  sponsored  activities,  the  use  of  all  college  recreational  facilities, 
and  participation  in  college  activities  not  covered  by  tuition.  Part-time  students  are  charged 
at  the  rate  of  $2  per  semester  hour. 


15 


CREDIT  BY  EXAMINATION  FEE. -A  $25  fee  is  assessed  for  the  recording  of  each 
course  for  which  credit  is  allowed  if  the  credit  is  not  transfer  credit  or  If  the  examination 
is  not  a  Millsaps  examination. 

CHANGE  OF  SCHEDULE  FEE.  -A  $5  fee  will  be  charged  for  each  change  of  sched- 
ule authorization  processed.  Any  change  initiated  by  the  college  will  have  no  fee. 

GRADUATION  FEE.  -The  $50  fee  covers  a  portion  of  the  cost  of  the  diploma,  the 
rental  of  a  cap  and  gown,  and  general  commencement  expenses.  For  students  in 
majors  which  require  a  national  exam  as  part  of  their  comprehensive  examination,  any 
fee  charged  for  this  exam  will  be  their  responsibility. 

MUSIC  FEE.-Musicmajors  who  are  full-time  students  will  be  required  to  pay  only 
the  one-credit-hour  fee  for  private  instruction  per  instrument  per  semester.  All  other  stu- 
dents, including  special  students,  must  pay  the  prescribed  fee  in  addition  to  tuition  for 
any  private  instruction  in  music. 

AUDITING  OF  COURSES. -Courses  are  audited  with  approval  of  the  dean  of  the 
college.  There  will  be  no  charge  except  laboratory  fee  to  a  full-time  student  for  auditing 
any  course.  All  other  students  must  pay  regular  tuition  and  fees  for  auditing  courses, 
except  that  persons  60  and  over  may  audit  undergraduate  courses  for  one-half  tuition 
and  fees  on  a  space  available  basis. 

Financial  Regulations 

PAYMENTS— All  charges  for  a  semester  are  due  and  payable  two  weeks  prior  to 
the  first  day  of  classes.  A  student  is  registered  and  eligible  to  attend  classes  only  after 
payment  or  other  arrangements  have  been  made  with  the  Business  Office. 

Any  past  due  accounts  for  which  other  arrangements  have  not  been  made  will  be 
assessed  a  late  charge  on  a  daily  basis. 

Any  accounts  due  for  any  preceding  semester  must  be  paid  before  a  student 
will  be  enrolled  for  the  succeeding  semester.  The  director  of  records  is  not  permitted 
to  transfer  credits  until  all  outstanding  indebtedness  is  paid.  No  student  will  graduate 
unless  all  indebtedness,  including  library  fines  and  graduation  fee,  has  been  settled. 

The  Millsaps  Plan  is  available  for  parents  who  prefer  a  flexible  no-cost  system  for 
paying  educational  expenses  in  regularly  scheduled  payments  over  a  period  of  months, 
instead  of  one  lump  sum  payment  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester.  For  more  infor- 
mation, write  to: 

The  Millsaps  Plan 
P.  O.  Box  15426 
Jackson,  MS  39210 

The  monthly  payment  services  of  the  Insured  Tuition  Payment  Plan  and  The  Tuition 
Plan,  Inc.  are  also  available.  For  information,  write  to: 

Richard  C.  Knight  Insurance  Agency,  Inc. 
53  Beacon  St. 
Boston,  MA  02108 

or 
The  Tuition  Plan,  Inc. 
Concord,  NH  03301 
CASHING  PERSONAL  CHECKS-  Personal  checks  for  a  maximum  of  $50  may  be 
cashed  in  the  Business  Office  and  a  maximum  of  $10  in  the  Bookstore  upon  proper 
identification. 

RETURNED  CHECKS- A  charge  of  $15  will  be  made  for  each  returned  check. 
REFUNDS-Room  rent  cannot  be  refunded  after  the  semester  has  begun.  Un- 
used amounts  paid  in  advance  for  board  are  refundable.  A  student  who  withdraws  with 
good  reason  from  a  course  or  courses  within  one  week  after  the  date  of  the  first  meet- 
ing of  classes  on  regular  schedule  will  be  entitled  to  a  refund  of  80  percent  of  tuition 
and  fees;  within  two  weeks,  60  percent;  within  three  weeks,  40  percent,  and  within  four 
weeks,  20  percent.  If  a  student  remains  in  college  as  long  as  four  weeks,  no  refund 
will  be  made  except  for  board. 

The  date  of  withdrawal  from  which  all  claims  to  reductions  and  refunds  will  be  referred 

16 


is  the  date  on  which  the  director  of  records  is  officially  notified  by  the  student  of  the 
intention  to  withdraw.  (See  regulations  relative  to  withdrawals.) 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any  student  at  any  tinne. 
In  such  a  case,  the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition  will  be  returned.  Students  withdrawing 
or  removed  under  discipline  forfeit  the  right  to  a  refund. 

MEAL  PLAN -Students  living  in  college  or  fraternity  housing  are  required  to  par- 
ticipate in  the  college  meal  plan. 

STUDENTS  ROOMING  IN  FRATERNITY  HOUSES- Rules  regarding  payment  of 
board  and  fees  applicable  to  other  campus  residents  will  be  observed  by  these  students. 

REVISION  OF  CHARGES-  Millsaps  College  reserves  the  privilege  of  changing  any 
or  all  charges  at  any  time  without  prior  notice. 

Scholarships  and  Financial  Aid 

Millsaps  College  grants  scholarships  and  financial  aid  to  students  on  two  bases: 
academic  excellence  and  financial  need.  Information  may  be  obtained  from  the  direc- 
tor of  financial  aid.  Financial  aid  is  not  available  to  international  students. 

In  instances  of  financial  need,  the  amount  of  aid  granted  is  based  on  information 
submitted  by  the  College  Scholarship  Service  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board. 
The  College  Scholarship  Service  assists  in  determining  the  student's  need  for  financial 
assistance.  Students  seeking  assistance  must  submit  a  copy  of  the  Financial  Aid  Form 
to  the  College  Scholarship  Service,  designating  Millsaps  College  as  the  recipient,  by 
April  1 .  The  Financial  Aid  Form  may  be  obtained  from  a  secondary  school.  Millsaps 
College,  or  the  College  Scholarship  Service,  P.O.  Box  2700,  Princeton,  N  J  08541 ,  P.O. 
Box  881,  Evanston,  IL  60204;  or  P.O.  Box  380,  Berkeley,  CA  94701. 

Institutional  Scholarships 

Dependents  of  United  Methodist  Ministers  serving  in  the  conferences  of  the  state 
of  Mississippi  receive  scholarship  aid  from  the  college. 

Diamond  Anniversary  Scholarships  recognize  achievement  and  leadership  poten- 
tial as  well  as  academic  ability.  Sixty  to  70  are  available  each  year.  Some  will  be  honorary 
with  no  financial  grants  being  made.  Recipients  are  selected  from  applicants  proposed 
by  the  faculty. 

The  Foreign  Student  Scholarship  Program  supports  the  Foreign  Student  Program 
which  attempts  to  assist  foreign  students  enrolled. 

General  Scholarship  Funds  are  budgeted  each  year  to  help  students  requiring  finan- 
cial aid. 

The  David  Martin  Key  Scholarships  are  granted  to  promising  students  who  are  desig- 
nated as  the  Key  Scholars  and  are  renewable  if  academic  requirements  are  met.  They 
are  a  memorial  to  Dr.  David  Martin  Key,  who  served  the  college  as  teacher  and  president. 
Leadership  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  outstanding  students  with  special  talent  in 
academic  and  fine  arts  areas.  Selection  is  based  on  the  merit  of  the  nominee  in  the 
field  of  recommendation  as  well  as  test  scores,  grades,  and  leadership.  These  awards 
are  renewable  annually. 

The  Tribbett  Scholarship  is  awarded  at  commencement  to  the  member  of  the  sopho- 
more or  junior  class  whose  quality  index  is  highest  for  the  year,  subject  to  the  following 
qualifications: 

1.  Must  be  a  regular  student  with  not  less  than  32  semester  hours'  work  for  the 
year,  and  must  have  made  at  least  C  in  each  of  the  subjects  studied. 

2.  Must  be  qualified  for  work  assigned  by  the  president  of  the  college. 
United  Methodist  Ministerial  Students  annually  receive  a  $1 ,000  scholarship,  con- 
tingent upon  at  least  one  year's  reciprocal  service  in  the  ministry  of  the  United  Methodist 
Church. 

United  Methodist  Scholarships  provide  $500  each  for  several  Methodist  students 
who  have  ranked  in  the  upper  15  percent  of  their  class. 


17 


Endowed  and  Sponsored  Scholarships 

The  generosity  of  many  individuals,  families,  corporations,  and  foundations  is  directly 
responsible  for  the  scholarships  shown  below.  If  you  desire  information  concerning  the 
requirements  of  a  particular  scholarship  fund,  contact  the  Dean  of  Student  Aid  Finan- 
cial Planning. 

H.  V.  Allen,  Jr.,  Endowed  Scholarship 
Allstate  Foundation  Scholarship  Fund 
Robert  E.  Anding  Endowed  Scholarship 
Annie  and  Abe  Rhodes  Artz  Endowed  Scholarship 
Endowed  Art  Scholarship  Fund 
Burlie  Bagley  Scholarship  Fund 
Bell-Vincent  Scholarship  Fund 
J.  E.  Birmingham  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Jesse  and  Ruth  Brent  Scholarship 
Pet  and  Randall  Brewer  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
W.  H.  Brewer  Scholarship 
Rev.  and  Mrs.  A.  M.  Broadfoot  Memorial 
Rev.  and  Mrs.  W.  T.  Brown,  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Dr.  T.  M.  Brownlee  and  Dan  F.  Crumpton,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund 
A.  Boyd  Campbell  Scholarship  Fund 
Dr.  Elbert  Alston  Cheek  and  Son  Scholarships 
Chevron  USA  Scholarship 

Christ  United  Methodist  Church  Scholarship  Fund 
Rev.  and  Mrs.  C.  C.  Clark  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
Virginia  B.  Coats  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Columbus  First  United  Methodist  Church  Scholarship 
George  C.  Cortright,  Sr.,  Scholarship 
Magnolia  Coullet  Scholarship  Fund 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  J.  R.  Countiss,  Sr.,  Scholarship 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  C.  W.  Crisler  Scholarship 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lamar  Daniel  Scholarship  Fund 
Helen  Daniel  Memorial  Scholarship 
Davenport-Spiva  Scholarship  Fund 
Drama  Scholarship 

Charles  W.  and  Eloise  T.  Else  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
Robert  L.  Ezelle,  Jr.,  Scholarship  Fund 
Ben  Fatheree  Bible  Class  Scholarship 
Jennye  M.  Few  Scholarship  Fund 
William  B.  Fields  Scholarship  Fund 
Josie  Millsaps  Fitzhugh  Scholarship 
Bishop  Marvin  A.  Franklin  Scholarship  Fund 
Irene  and  S.  H.  Gaines  Scholarship  Fund 
Marvin  Galloway  Scholarship 
John  T.  Gober  Scholarship  Fund 
N.  J.  Golding  Scholarship  Fund 
Pattie  Magruder  Sullivan  Golding  Scholarship  Fund 
Clara  Barton  Green  Scholarship 
Wharton  Green  '98  Scholarship 
Mr.  &  Mrs.  S.  T.  Greer  Scholarship  Fund 
Clyde  and  Mary  Hall  Scholarship 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  H.  Hall  Scholarship  Fund 

18 


Maurice  H.  Hall,  Sr.,  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

James  E.  Hardin  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Martha  Parks  Harrison  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Karim  E.  Hederi  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Nellie  Hederi  Scholarship  Fund 

John  Paul  Henry  Scholarship  Fund 

Herman  and  Martha  Hines  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Joey  Hoff  Memorial  Scholarship 

Ralph  and  Hazel  Hon  Scholarship  Fund 

Kenneth  Thomas  Humphries  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Kappa  Alpha-Eric  Gunn  Memorial  Scholarship 

Rames  Assad  Khayat  Memorial  Scholarship 

Kimball  Student  Aid  Scholarship  Fund 

Alvin  Jon  King  Music  Scholarship 

Norma  C.  Moore  Lawrence  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

S.  Herschel  Leech  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  E.  Lecornu  Scholarship  Fund 

Rev.  and  Mrs.  W.  C.  Lester  Scholarship  Fund 

Forest  G.  and  Maude  McNease  Loftin  Scholarship  Fund 

Susan  Long  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Jim  Lucas  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 

James  P.  Magnus  Award 

Lida  Ellsberry  Malone  Scholarship 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  W.  Mars  Scholarship 

Robert  and  Marie  May  Scholarship  Fund 

Will  and  Delia  McGehee  Memorial  Scholarship 

Joan  B.  McGinnis  Scholarship  Fund 

James  Nicholas  McLean  Scholarship  Fund 

Arthur  C.  Miller  Pre-Engineering  Scholarship  Fund 

Mitchell  Scholarship 

J.  L.  Neill  Memorial  Scholarship 

Harvey  T.  Newell,  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship 

Rev.  Arthur  M.  O'Neil  Scholarship  Fund 

William  George  Peek  Scholarship  Fund 

Bishop  Edward  J.  Pendergrass  Scholarship  Fund 

J.  B.  Price  Scholarship 

Lillian  Emily  Benson  Priddy  Scholarship 

Kelly  Mouzon  Pylant  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Endowed  Scholarship  Fund  in  Religion 

S.  F.  and  Alma  Riley  Memorial  Scholarship 

R.  S.  Ricketts  Scholarship  Fund 

C.  R.  Ridgway  Scholarship  Fund 

Frank  and  Betty  Robinson  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 

Velma  Jernigan  Rodgers  Award 

Thomas  G.  Ross  Pre-Medical  Scholarship  Fund 

H.  Lowry  Rush,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund 

Richard  O.  Rush  Scholarship  Fund 

Paul  Russell  Scholarship 

Charles  Christopher  Scott,  III,  Scholarship  Fund 

George  W.  Scott,  Jr.,  Scholarship  Fund 


19 


Mary  Holloman  Scott  Scholarship  Fund 

Rev.  and  Mrs.  Lonnie  M.  Sharp  Scholarship  Fund 

Albert  Burnell  Shelton  Scholarship 

William  Sharp  Shipman  Foundation  Scholarship  Fund 

Robert  E.  Silverstein  Scholarship  Fund 

Janet  Lynne  Sims  Scholarship  Fund 

Marion  L.  Smith  Scholarship  Fund 

Willie  E.  Smith  Scholarship 

Dr.  Benjamin  M.  Stevens  Scholarship  Fund  of  the  Hattiesburg  District 

of  the  United  Methodist  Church 
E.  B.  Stewart  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
R.  Mason  Strieker  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund 
Mike  P.  Sturdivant  Scholarship  Fund 
Sullivan  Memorial  Ministerial  Scholarship 
J.  M.  Sullivan  Geology  Scholarship  Fund 
Sumners  Scholars  Grants 
Teagle  Foundation  Scholarships 
William  S.  Triplett  Award 
Dennis  E.  Vickers  Memorial  Scholarship 
James  Monroe  Wallace,  III,  Scholarship 
Alexander  F.  Watkins  Scholarship  Fund 
W.  H.  Watkins  Scholarship 
John  Houston  Wear,  Jr.,  Scholarships 
James  Thompson  Weems  Endowed  Scholarship  Fund 
Mary  Virginia  Weems  Scholarship 
Dr.  Vernon  Lane  Wharton  Scholarship 
Julian  L.  Wheless  Scholarship  Fund 
Milton  Christian  White  Scholarship 
Lettie  Pate  Whitehead  Foundation  Scholarships 

Loan  Funds 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Program.  Under  this  program  the  student  will  com- 
plete the  Guaranteed  Student  Loan  Application  for  the  Agency  for  his  or  her  home  state 
and  a  Financial  Aid  Form.  He/she  sends  the  Financial  Aid  Form  to  the  College  Scholar- 
ship Service  listing  Millsaps  as  the  recipient.  The  student  should  send  the  Guaranteed 
Student  Loan  Application  to  Millsaps  so  that  the  college  can  complete  its  portion  of  this 
form.  Once  the  student  and  college  officials  have  completed  their  portions,  the  student 
should  then  take  the  completed  form  to  an  approved  lender  (a  Credit  Union,  Bank,  Sav- 
ings and  Loan,  and  any  other  lending  institution).  If  the  student  cannot  find  a  lender, 
he/she  should  contact  the  financial  aid  office  at  Millsaps.  The  interest  on  these  loans 
at  this  time  is  8%  until  the  beginning  of  the  5th  year  of  repayment  and  then  the  interest 
becomes  10%.  If  a  student  qualifies,  the  federal  government  will  pay  the  interest  while 
the  student  is  in  school.  Annual  loan  limits  are  $2,625.00  for  undergraduate  freshmen 
and  sophomores,  $4,000.00  for  upper  level  undergraduates  and  $7,500.00  for  gradu- 
ate students.  The  cumulative  limits  are  $1 7,250.00  for  an  undergraduate  and  $54,750.00 
for  undergraduate  and  graduate  work  combined.  (Repayment  begins  six  months  after 
graduation  or  withdrawal  from  school.) 

Plus/SLS.  Under  this  program  parents  of  students  enrolled  or  accepted  for  enroll- 
ment as  at  least  half-time  students  are  eligible  to  borrow  for  the  student's  educational 
expenses.  Independent  undergraduate  students  or  graduate/professional  students  who 
are  enrolled  or  admitted  for  enrollment  as  at  least  half-time  students  are  eligible  to  bor- 
row for  their  educational  expenses  under  this  program.  Applications  for  this  program 
may  be  obtained  from  the  Student  Aid  Financial  Planning  Office.  A  variable  interest  rate 
has  been  established  for  both  of  these  programs.  Interest  will  be  the  one-year  Treasury 

20 


Bill  rate,  plus  3.75%,  with  a  maximum  of  12%.  For  a  parent  borrower  $4,000.00  is  the 
maximum  per  academic  year  for  each  dependent  undergraduate  student  not  to  exceed 
a  total  of  $20,000.00.  The  repayment  period  on  the  loan  begins  the  day  the  loan  is  dis- 
bursed and  interest  begins  to  accrue  that  day.  The  first  payment  is  due  within  60  days 
of  the  date  of  loan  disbursement. 

Perkins  Loans  (NDSL).  A  student  may  borrow  in  the  first  two  academic  years 
a  total  sum  not  to  exceed  $4,500  and  during  the  undergraduate  course  of  study  a  sum 
not  exceeding  $9,000.  Payment  of  the  loan  begins  nine  months  after  the  borrower  has 
completed  or  withdrawn  from  higher  education  work  and  will  be  completed  within  10 
years  and  nine  months.  The  interest  rate  is  5  percent  during  repayment.  Detailed  infor- 
mation concerning  this  loan  and  application  forms  can  be  secured  from  the  Dean  of 
Student  Aid  Financial  Planning  at  Millsaps. 

Other  loan  funds  include: 

Joseph  C.  Bancroft  Loan  Fund 

Coulter  Loan  Fund 

Claudine  Curtis  Memorial  Loan  Fund 

William  Larken  Duren  Loan  Fund 

Paul  and  Dee  Faulkner  Loan  Fund 

Kenneth  Gilbert  Endowed  Loan  Scholarship 

Phil  Hardin  Loan  Fund 

Jackson  Kiwanis  Loan  Fund 

Joe  B.  Love  Memorial  Loan  Fund 

Graham  R.  McFarlane  Loan  Scholarship 

J.  D.  Slay  Ministerial  Loan  Fund 

United  Methodist  Student  Loan  Fund 

George  R.  and  Rose  Williams  Endowed  Loan  Fund 

Additional  Financial  Aid  Opportunities 

Part-time  Employment:  Students  who  want  part-time  work  on  campus  must  ap- 
ply through  the  Awards  Committee.  Students  seeking  employment  off  campus  may  con- 
tact the  Placement  Office. 

The  College  Work-Study  Program  has  been  established  from  funds  contributed 
by  the  federal  government  and  the  college  to  provide  financial  assistance  through  em- 
ployment. 

State  Student  incentive  Grants  are  provided  by  Millsaps,  the  state  of  Mississippi 
and  the  federal  government.  These  funds  are  to  help  qualified  students  with  substantial 
financial  need. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants  are  provided  by  the  federal 
government  to  provide  supplemental  grants  to  other  aid  to  assist  in  making  available 
the  benefits  of  higher  education  to  qualified  students  of  exceptional  financial  need  who, 
for  lack  of  financial  means  of  their  own  or  their  families,  would  be  unable  to  obtain  an 
education  without  such  aid. 

The  Pell  Grant  was  established  by  the  Educational  Amendments  of  1972  and  is 
funded  by  the  federal  government.  When  the  grant  is  fully  funded,  each  student  is  enti- 
tled each  academic  year  to  a  grant  of  $2,100  less  family  contribution  (method  of  deter- 
mining this  contribution  to  be  set  by  the  U.S.  Commissioner  of  Education),  or  half  the 
college  cost,  whichever  is  less. 


21 


Student  Life 


Campus  Ministry 


Religious  life  at  Millsaps  centers  around  the  churches  of  the  city  of  Jackson  and 
the  religious  life  program  coordinated  through  the  Campus  Ministry  Team  and  other 
organizations  on  campus.  Churches  provide  communities  of  faith  for  students,  faculty, 
and  staff.  The  campus  religious  life  program  works  to  enhance  the  spiritual  growth  of 
members  of  the  community.  The  emphasis  is  on  the  development  of  an  informed  com- 
mitment to  a  life  of  faith  in  the  world. 

To  meet  this  goal,  the  campus  ministry  program  at  Millsaps  utilizes  as  fully  as  pos- 
sible the  experiences  of  students  in  the  classroom  and  the  questions  raised  about  the 
meaning  of  a  life  of  faith  as  a  point  of  departure.  Programs  concerning  the  relationship 
of  faith  to  issues  raised  in  the  classroom,  to  questions  about  the  focus  of  one's  life  and 
to  questions  about  the  meaning  of  being  human  are  a  focal  point  of  the  campus  minis- 
try program  of  the  college. 

Campus  ministry  at  Millsaps  is  coordinated  through  the  Campus  Ministry  Team, 
a  group  of  approximately  70-80  students  and  staff,  with  faculty  advisor,  who  plan  for 
the  college  community.  The  team  works  through  task  groups  responsible  for  the  vari- 
ous programs  and  projects  of  the  Team:  the  weekly  chapel  services,  voluntary  service 
opportunities,  faculty-student  forums  on  various  issues,  sponsorship  of  events  on  the 
Friday  Forum  Series,  devotional  booklets  written  by  students,  faculty  and  staff;  events 
in  connection  with  the  annual  Student  Symposium  and  others. 

In  addition  to  the  Campus  Ministry  Team,  the  Fellowship  of  Christian  Athletes  and 
Inter-Varsity  Christian  Fellowship  sponsor  groups  on  campus,  as  does  the  Catholic  Church 
in  the  form  of  Catholic  Campus  Ministries.  All  campus  ministry  is  strongly  ecumenical. 
Furthermore,  in  addition  to  the  College  Chaplain,  the  college  has  been  fortunate  to  have 
additional  parttime  and  fulltime  persons  at  various  times  working  on  campus  through 
the  United  Methodist  Mission  Intern  Program,  the  Catholic  VOICE  program  and  Inter- 
Varsity  Christian  Fellowship. 

The  Office  of  the  Chaplain  serves  as  a  liaison  with  churches,  the  United  Methodist 
conferences  and  other  groups  and  agencies  in  the  city  and  state,  provides  resources 
for  events  on  and  off  campus  related  to  various  campus  ministry  concerns  and  actively 
participates  in  the  work  of  the  United  Methodist  conferences  to  which  the  college  relates. 

Public  Events  Committee 

The  Public  Events  Committee  receives  funds  from  the  student  government  to  sponsor 
programs  of  general  interest  to  the  campus  and  community.  Its  major  activity  is  the  Fri- 
day Forum  Series— a  continuing  slate  of  speakers  presented  each  Friday  during  the 
academic  year.  The  objective  of  the  series  is  to  provide  information  and  stimulate  in- 
terest in  current  issues,  to  explore  historical  events,  and  to  present  differing  perspec- 
tives on  controversial  subjects.  Faculty  members,  local  authorities  and  national  experts 
are  invited  to  present  their  thoughts  on  a  variety  of  literary,  cultural,  scientific,  political, 
religious  and  historical  topics. 

In  addition  to  the  Forum  Series,  the  Public  Events  Committee  sponsors  special  events 
throughout  the  academic  year.  It  provides  funds  to  student  organizations  and  academ- 
ic departments  interested  in  organizing  programs  open  to  the  entire  campus.  These 
include  films,  guest  speakers,  and  music  recitals. 

All  of  these  activities  have  to  do  with  the  true  aim  of  liberal  education:  the  liberation 
of  the  mind  to  grasp  the  world  of  nature  and  of  human  experience  and  action  in  all 
its  richness  and  complexity,  and  to  respond  with  awareness,  sensitivity,  concern,  and 
mature  judgment. 


Athletics 


The  athletic  policy  of  Millsaps  College  is  based  on  the  premise  that  athletics  exist 
for  the  benefit  of  the  students  and  not  primarily  to  enhance  the  prestige  and  publicity 
of  the  college. 

Competitive  sports  conducted  in  an  atmosphere  of  good  sportsmanship  and  fair 
play  can  make  a  significant  contribution  to  the  complete  physical,  emotional,  moral,  and 

24 


mental  development  ot  the  well-rounded  individual.  They  are  thus  an  integral  part  of 
a  program  of  liberal  education.  An  attempt  is  made  to  provide  a  sports-for-all  program 
and  to  encourage  as  many  students  as  possible  to  participate. 

Intercollegiate 

The  program  for  men  includes  football,  basketball,  baseball,  tennis,  golf,  and  soc- 
cer. The  women's  program  includes  basketball,  tennis,  soccer,  crosscountry,  and  golf. 

The  programs  are  conducted  on  guidelines  established  by  the  National  Collegiate 
Athletic  Association,  of  which  Millsaps  College  is  a  member. 

Those  who  participate  in  intercollegiate  athletics  are  required  to  observe  and  main- 
tain the  same  academic  standards  as  other  students. 

Intramural 

The  program  for  men  provides  competition  among  campus  organizations  in  basket- 
ball, volleyball,  softball,  tennis,  and  soccer.  The  program  for  women  includes  volley- 
ball, tennis,  basketball,  softball,  and  soccer. 


Publications 


The  Purple  and  White  is  the  official  student  newspaper  of  the  college,  and  its  staff 
is  composed  of  individuals  interested  in  campus  journalism.  The  P&w  endeavors  to 
provide  coverage  of  all  Millsaps  events,  as  well  as  to  serve  as  a  forum  for  discussion 
and  exploration  of  ideas. 

Now  in  its  seventy-ninth  year,  the  Bobashela  is  the  annual  student  publication  of 
Millsaps  College,  attempting  to  give  a  comprehensive  view  of  campus  life.  Bobashela 
is  an  Indian  name  for  good  friend. 

Through  Stylus,  the  college  literary  magazine,  students  interested  in  creative  writ- 
ing are  given  an  opportunity  to  see  their  work  in  print.  The  publication  comes  out  twice 
each  year  and  contains  the  best  poetry,  short  stories  and  essays  submitted  by  Millsaps 
students. 

Music  and  Drama 

The  Millsaps  Singers 

Open  by  audition  to  all  students,  the  Singers  represent  Millsaps  in  public  perfor- 
mances, campus  programs  and  annual  tours  throughout  the  state  and  other  areas  of 
the  United  States.  In  recent  years  the  choir  has  traveled  to  Colorado;  to  Washington, 
D.C.;  to  Atlanta  to  record  for  the  National  Protestant  Hour;  and  to  Mexico.  The  choir 
has  sung  with  the  Memphis  Symphony  Orchestra  three  times,  the  Jackson  Symphony 
many  times,  the  Chicago  Chamber  Orchestra  and  the  New  Orleans  Philharmonic.  Mem- 
bership earns  two  semester  hours  of  activity  credit  for  the  year's  work. 

The  1985-86  concert  season  included  the  Millsaps  Singers  Fiftieth  Anniversary  Con- 
cert. A  choral  work  by  Samuel  Jones,  a  graduate  of  the  Millsaps  music  department, 
was  commissioned  and  premiered  during  this  concert. 

The  Troubadours 

Auditions  are  held  each  fall  for  membership  in  the  Troubadours,  a  show  choir  of 
16  students  selected  from  the  Singers.  The  Troubadours  represent  the  college  at  numer- 
ous campus,  high  school,  and  cultural  functions  throughout  the  region. 

The  Millsaps  Players 

The  Millsaps  Players,  now  in  their  seventh  decade,  produce  four  full-length  plays 
each  year.  In  addition,  they  present  several  one-act  plays  directed  by  senior  theatre 
majors.  Casting  for  all  plays  is  done  by  audition,  open  to  all  students.  Participation  in 
Players  productions,  either  onstage  or  backstage,  earns  credit  toward  membership  in 
Alpha  Psi  Omega,  national  honorary  dramatics  fraternity.  Among  the  major  productions 
staged  in  recent  years  are  Candida,  Damn  Yankees,  The  Merchant  of  Venice,  Nude 
with  Violin,  The  Winslow  Boy,  Equus,  A  Midsummer  Night's  Dream,  Camino  Real,  West 
Side  Story,  The  Lion  in  Winter,  Sweet  Bird  of  Youth,  Hedda  Gabler,  She  Stoops  to  Con- 
quer, Sunday  in  New  York,  Conduct  Unbecoming  and  Summer  and  Smoke. 

25 


Student  Organizations 

Student  Association 

All  regularly  enrolled  students  of  Millsaps  are  members  of  the  Student  Body  As- 
sociation. Those  taking  at  least  1 2  hours  or  part-time  students  who  pay  the  Student  Body 
Association  fee  have  full  power  of  voting.  The  Millsaps  Student  Body  Association  is 
governed  by  the  Student  Senate,  the  Student  Judicial  Council,  and  the  Student  Body 
Association  Officers.  The  Student  Senate  is  composed  of  36  voting  members  elected 
from  the  Millsaps  Student  Body  Association.  Members  of  the  Student  Senate  are  chos- 
en by  the  third  Tuesday  in  September  and  serve  their  constituency  the  length  of  the 
academic  year. 

Student  Body  Association  Officers  of  the  Student  Senate  are  elected  at  large  from 
the  Millsaps  Student  Body  Association.  The  officers  are  president,  first  vice-president, 
second  vice-president,  secretary,  and  treasurer.  The  officers  serve  a  term  beginning 
and  ending  in  January. 

Student  Senate  meetings  are  held  on  a  regular  basis  with  special  meetings  called 
by  the  secretary  at  the  request  of  1)  the  president  of  the  Senate,  2)  the  Senate,  3)  seven 
members  of  the  Senate,  4)  the  president  of  the  college. 

The  duties  and  functions  of  the  Student  Senate  are  to  exercise  legislative  power 
over  those  areas  of  collegiate  activity  that  are  the  responsibility  of  students  and  to  speak 
for  the  Student  Association  on  all  matters  of  student  concern.  In  addition  the  Student 
Senate  is  responsible  for  1)  apportioning  funds  collected  by  the  college  as  Student  As- 
sociation fees  according  to  college  policies;  2)  granting  or  revoking  charters  to  student 
organizations;  3)  formulating  rules  of  social  and  dormitory  conduct;  4)  supervising  stu- 
dent elections;  5)  carrying  out  traditional  class  responsibilities;  and  6)  the  intramural 
program. 

The  Judicial  Council  is  composed  of  eight  voting  members  in  addition  to  the  two 
student  alternate  members.  Members  are  appointed  as  follows:  two  faculty  members 
appointed  by  the  vice  president  and  dean  of  the  college  with  the  approval  of  the  presi- 
dent; one  administrative  staff  member  appointed  by  the  president;  five  student  mem- 
bers and  two  student  alternate  members  appointed  by  a  committee  composed  of  three 
student  Judicial  Council  members  and  three  Student  Body  Association  officers  and  con- 
firmed by  the  Student  Senate.  The  dean  of  student  affairs  serves  as  the  non-voting  secre- 
tary, and  the  associate  dean  of  student  affairs  serves  in  a  non-voting  capacity. 

The  Judicial  Council  generally  has  jurisdiction  over  student  disciplinary  cases.  Limi- 
tations of  its  authority  are  delineated  in  the  constitution  of  the  Millsaps  College  Student 
Body  Association  which  is  printed  in  the  student  handbook. 

Honor  Societies 

Alpha  EpsJIon  Delta  is  an  honorary  pre-medical  fraternity,  founded  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Alabama  in  1926.  Leadership,  scholarship,  expertness,  character,  and  personal- 
ity are  the  qualities  by  which  students  are  judged  for  membership.  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta 
strives  to  bridge  the  gap  between  pre-medical  and  medical  schools. 

Alpha  Eta  Sigma  is  a  scholastic  and  professional  accounting  fraternity  with  the 
following  objectives:  promotion  of  the  study  and  practice  of  accounting;  provision  of 
opportunities  for  self-development  and  association  among  members  and  practicing  ac- 
countants; and  encouragement  of  a  sense  of  ethical,  social,  and  public  responsibility. 

Alpha  Kappa  Delta,  an  international  sociology  honorary,  promotes  the  use  of  the 
sociological  imagination  in  understanding  and  serving  human  beings.  The  chapter,  Gam- 
ma of  Mississippi,  founded  in  1984,  is  a  joint  chapter  with  Tougaloo  College. 

Alpha  PsI  Omega,  a  national  honorary  dramatic  fraternity,  recognizes  members 
of  the  Millsaps  Players  for  their  effective  participation  in  acting,  directing,  make-up,  stage 
management,  costuming,  lighting,  or  publicity.  Each  year  the  name  of  the  outstanding 
graduating  senior  member  of  the  organization  is  engraved  on  a  trophy  which  is  kept 
in  the  college  trophy  case. 

Beta  Beta  Beta,  established  at  Millsaps  in  1968,  is  a  national  honor  fraternity  for 
students  in  the  biological  sciences.  Its  purposes  are  to  stimulate  sound  scholarship,  to 

26 


promote  the  dissemination  of  scientific  truth,  and  to  encourage  investigation  of  the  life 
sciences.  Monthly  meetings  are  held  to  discuss  new  ideas,  research,  and  other  materi- 
al pertinent  to  biology  and  related  sciences.  Activites  include  off-campus  field  trips  and 
the  invitation  of  nationally  prominent  lecturers  to  the  campus. 

Circle  K,  established  at  Millsaps  in  1 984,  serves  to  provide  opportunity  for  leader- 
ship training  in  service,  to  serve  on  the  campus  and  in  the  local  community  and  to  pro- 
mote good  fellowship  and  high  scholarship.  Students  of  good  character  and  satisfactory 
scholastic  standing  may  be  elected  to  membership. 

Eta  Sigma,  scholastic  honorary,  was  re-established  on  the  Millsaps  campus  in  1957. 

Eta  Sigma  Phi  is  a  national  honor  fraternity,  recognizing  ability  in  classical  studies. 
Alpha  Phi,  the  Millsaps  chapter,  was  founded  in  December,  1935. 

Financial  Management  Association  Honor  Society,  established  in  1 984  on  the 
Millsaps  campus,  serves  to  encourage  and  reward  scholarship  and  accomplishment 
in  business  and  non-business  finance,  banking  and  investments  among  undergradu- 
ate and  graduate  students,  and  to  encourage  interaction  between  business  executives, 
faculty,  and  students  of  business  and  finance. 

Kappa  Delta  Epsilon,  a  professional  education  sorority,  promotes  the  cause  of 
education  by  fostering  high  scholastic  standing  and  professional  ideals  among  those 
preparing  for  the  teaching  profession. 

Omicron  Delta  Epsilon  is  the  international  economics  honorary  society.  ODE  is 
dedicated  to  the  encouragement  of  excellence  in  economics,  with  a  main  objective  of 
the  recognition  of  scholastic  attainment  in  economics.  Candidates  for  election  to  mem- 
bership must  have  an  overall  scholastic  average  of  at  least  a  B  and  at  least  12  credit 
hours  in  economics  with  a  B  average  or  better.  Delta  chapter  of  Mississippi  was  formed 
at  Millsaps  College  in  1981. 

Omicron  Delta  Kappa  is  a  leadership  society  with  chapters  in  principal  colleges 
and  universities.  Pi  Circle  at  Millsaps  brings  together  members  of  the  student  body  and 
faculty  interested  in  campus  activities,  together  with  a  limited  number  of  alumni  and  sup- 
porters who  plan  for  the  betterment  of  the  college.  Membership  in  Omicron  Delta  Kap- 
pa is  a  distinct  honor. 

Order  of  Omega,  a  national  leadership  society,  recognizes  students  who  have 
achieved  in  promoting  inter-Greek  activities.  The  Millsaps  chapter.  Eta  Kappa,  was  found- 
ed in  1986. 

Phi  Alpha  Theta,  is  an  international  honor  society  in  history  founded  in  1921.  It 
now  has  over  600  chapters  in  the  U.S.,  Puerto  Rico,  Canada,  and  the  Philippines.  Mem- 
bership is  composed  of  students  and  professors,  elected  on  the  basis  of  excellence 
in  the  study,  and  writing  of  history,  it  encourages  the  study,  teaching,  and  writing  of 
history  among  all  its  members. 

Phi  Eta  Sigma,  is  a  national  honorary  society  which  recognizes  outstanding  aca- 
demic achievement  in  freshmen.  The  Millsaps  chapter  was  established  Dec.  1,  1981. 
Membership  is  open  to  all  full-time  freshmen  who  achieve  a  grade-point  average  of  3.5 
in  either  the  first  semester  or  both  semesters  of  the  freshman  year. 

Pi  Delta  Phi  is  a  national  French  honor  society  which  recognizes  attainment  and 
scholarship  in  the  study  of  the  French  language  and  literature.  Its  purpose  is  to  honor 
those  students  having  earned  a  minimum  of  18  semester  hours  in  French,  and  who 
have  a  high  scholastic  average  in  all  subjects.  Honorary  members  are  chosen  from 
among  the  faculty,  alumni,  and  townspeople  who  have  a  special  Interest  in  the  activi- 
ties of  this  organization. 

Schiller  Gesellschaft  was  founded  in  order  to  give  recognition  to  those  students 
who  have  shown  excellence  in  the  study  of  German  and  in  order  to  provide  a  forum 
for  the  study  of  all  aspects  of  German  civilization. 

Sigma  Delta  PI,  the  international  Spanish  honorary,  was  established  at  Millsaps 
College  on  Feb.  24,  1968.  This  honor  society  recognizes  attainment  and  scholarship 
in  the  study  of  the  Spanish  language  and  literature.  Membership  is  open  to  students 
with  a  high  scholastic  average  in  all  subjects  who  also  possess  at  least  a  B  average 
in  Spanish.  Membership  is  limited  to  those  having  at  least  three  college  years  of  Span- 
ish including  a  minimum  of  three  hours  of  literature. 

Sigma  Lambda  is  a  leadership  and  service  honorary  society  whose  members  are 

27 


selected  on  the  basis  of  character,  scholarship,  and  involvement  in  college  and  com- 
nnunity  activities.  It  brings  together  student  leaders  from  many  phases  of  campus  life 
along  with  a  limited  number  of  faculty  members  to  provide  opportunities  for  service  to 
the  Millsaps  community  and  to  act  as  a  channel  for  the  exchange  of  information  about 
campus  events  and  concerns. 

Sigma  Tau  Delta  is  the  National  English  Honor  Society.  A  member  of  the  Associa- 
tion for  College  Honor  Societies,  it  was  founded  in  1924  at  the  Dakota  Wesleyan  Univer- 
sity. The  purposes  of  the  Society  are  (a)  to  confer  distinction  for  high  achievement  in 
English  language  and  literature  in  undergraduate,  graduate,  and  professional  studies; 
(b)  to  promote  interest  in  literature  and  the  English  language  on  local  campuses  and 
their  surrounding  communities;  and  (c)  to  foster  the  discipline  of  English  in  all  its  aspects, 
including  creative  and  critical  writing.  The  Zeta  Sigma  chapter  of  Sigma  Tau  Delta  was 
chartered  at  Millsaps  in  the  spring  of  1983. 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  membership  is  offered  to  second  semester  sophomores,  juniors, 
and  seniors  who  are  majoring  in  one  of  the  natural  sciences  and  who  fulfill  certain  speci- 
fied qualifications.  The  purpose  is  furthering  general  interest  in  the  sciences. 

Activity  Groups 

Bacchus  is  a  national  organization  a  chapter  of  which  was  established  at  Millsaps 
in  1982  with  the  purpose  of  promoting  responsibility  and  choice  in  the  use  of  alcoholic 
beverages. 

Forensics  Society,  organized  in  1986,  encourages  membership  for  those  stu- 
dents who  maintain  an  interest  in  debate  and  other  forms  of  speech  competition. 

Deutscher  Verein  was  founded  to  provide  an  organization  for  the  informal  study 
of  various  aspects  of  German  and  Austrian  cultural  life.  At  Christmas  the  annual  "Weih- 
nachsfest"  is  a  campus  tradition. 

The  Millsaps  Black  Student  Association  is  designed  to  stimulate  and  improve 
the  social  and  academic  atmosphere  for  black  students  at  Millsaps  College. 

Fraternities  and  Sororities 

There  are  six  fraternities  and  five  sororities  at  Millsaps.  The  fraternities  and  sorori- 
ties are  all  members  of  well-established  national  Greek-letter  organizations. 

The  sororities  are  Alpha  Kappa  Alpha,  Chi  Omega,  Delta  Delta  Delta,  Kappa  Delta 
and  Phi  Mu. 

The  fraternities  are  Alpha  Phi  Alpha,  Kappa  Alpha,  Kappa  Sigma,  Lambda  Chi  Al- 
pha, Pi  Kappa  Alpha,  and  Sigma  Alpha  Epsilon. 

Policies  governing  sorority  and  fraternity  life  are  formulated  through  the  Panhellen- 
ic  Council  and  the  Interfraternity  Council. 

At  the  end  of  rush  week  these  organizations  offer  "bids"  to  the  students  whom  they 
have  selected.  Eligibility  for  membership  in  sororities  and  fraternities  is  governed  by 
the  following  regulations: 

A.  General  Conditions 

1.  Only  bona  fide  regular  students  (carrying  at  least  12  academic  hours)  may  be 
pledged. 

2.  A  student  may  not  be  pledged  to  a  fraternity  or  sorority  until  official  registration 
for  classes  has  been  cleared  by  the  Office  of  Records. 

3.  Each  social  organization  shall  secure  a  letter  of  scholastic  eligibility  of  its  prospective 
initiates  from  the  Director  of  Records  prior  to  the  initiation  ceremonies. 

4.  Only  persons  who  are  bona  fide  students  at  Millsaps  at  initiation  time  can  be 
initiated. 

B.  Scholastic  Requirements 

1 .  To  be  eligible  for  initiation,  a  student  must  have  earned  in  the  most  recent  semester 
of  residence  a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours  of  academic  credit,  must  not  have 
fallen  below  D  in  more  than  one  subject,  and  must  have  earned  a  2.0  grade  point 
average  for  the  semester. 

2.  A  student  who  drops  a  course  after  the  end  of  the  half  semester  shall  receive 

28 


an  F  for  sorority  or  fraternity  purposes  as  well  as  for  academic  averages. 
3.  The  two  terms  of  summer  school  combined  shall  count  as  one  semester  for  sorority 
or  fraternity  purposes. 


Medals  and  Prizes 


Awarded  at  Commencement 

Bourgeois  Medal  is  awarded  to  the  freshman,  sophomore,  or  junior  who  has  the 
lighest  quality  index  for  the  year.  Such  student  must  be  a  candidate  for  a  degree,  and 
nust  have  taken  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  of  college  work  during  the  year  in 
vhich  the  medal  is  awarded.  No  student  can  win  this  medal  a  second  time. 

Founders'  Medal  is  awarded  to  the  senior  who  has  the  highest  quality  index  for 
he  entire  college  course  and  has  received  a  grade  of  Excellent  on  the  comprehensive 
examination.  Only  students  who  have  completed  at  Millsaps  College  all  the  work  re- 
quired for  the  degree  are  eligible  for  this  award. 

Pendergrass  Medal  is  awarded  to  the  outstanding  senior  student  who  plans  to 
inter  the  pastoral  ministry  of  the  United  Methodist  Church  and  to  enter  seminary  to  pre- 
)are  for  this  responsibility. 

Velma  Jernigan  Rodgers  Scholarship  Award  is  presented  to  the  rising  senior 
voman  student  who  has  the  highest  grade  point  average  in  the  humanities.  The  award 
vas  established  in  1982  by  Mrs.  Rodgers,  a  long-time  friend  and  benefactor  of  the  Col- 
3ge,  and  is  intended  to  encourage  study  in  one  of  the  areas  in  the  humanities. 

Janet  Lynne  Sims  Award  is  a  medal  and  stipend  presented  to  a  full-time  student 
najoring  in  pre-medicine  who  has  completed  four  semesters  of  work.  Selection  is  made 
)n  the  basis  of  academic  excellence.  The  award  was  established  in  1977  in  memory 
)f  Miss  Sims  by  her  parents,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  Stanley  Sims,  and  her  friends.  Miss  Sims 
vould  have  been  a  member  of  the  1977-78  freshman  class  at  Millsaps. 

Tribbet  Scholarship  is  awarded  to  the  member  of  the  sophomore  or  junior  class 
vhose  quality  index  is  highest  for  the  year,  subject  to  the  following  qualifications: 

1.  Must  be  a  regular  student  with  not  less  than  32  semester  hours'  work  for  the 
'ear,  and  must  have  made  at  least  C  in  each  of  the  subjects  studied. 

2.  Must  be  qualified  for  work  assigned  by  the  president  of  the  college. 

Warded  on  Awards  Day 

Senior  Accounting  Award  is  made  annually  to  the  accounting  senior  who  scores 
lighest  on  the  AICPA  Level  II  exam. 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta,  a  national 
society  for  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students,  awards  annually  a  certificate  of  merit 
0  the  most  outstanding  member  of  the  society  in  the  graduating  class. 

Alpha  Psi  Omega  Award,  the  Millsaps  Players  Acting  Awards,  the  Millsaps  Play- 
3rs/Haines  Award  for  Scenery,  and  the  Mitchell  Award  are  given  each  year  to  those 
students  who  are  outstanding  in  dramatics. 

Beta  Beta  Beta  Award.  The  Beta  Beta  Beta  Chapter  recognizes  annually  an  out- 
standing member  of  the  chapter  who  has  demonstrated  scholastic  excellence  and  out- 
standing service  in  the  field  of  biology. 

Reid  and  Cynthia  Bingham  Award.  This  award  is  presented  annually  to  the  junior 
ind  senior  scholars  of  distinction  in  Political  Science. 

Biology  Award.  The  Department  of  Biology  recognizes  annually  an  outstanding 
member  of  the  graduating  class  whose  major  is  biology. 

Biology  Research  Award.  The  Department  of  Biology  recognizes  annually  a  bi- 
ology major  who  has  won  recognition  in  biology  on  the  basis  of  interest,  scholarship, 
and  demonstration  of  research  potential. 

Black  Students  Association  Awards.  The  BSA  recognizes  annually  the  outstand- 
ng  female  and  male  black  students  on  the  basis  of  academic  achievements  and  contri- 
Dutions  to  the  organization. 

Lawrence  F.  Boland  Memorial  Scholarship.  An  annual  cash  award  made  to 
a  senior  geology  major  by  a  committee  from  the  Mississippi  Geological  Society  from 

29 


nominees  submitted  by  the  Department  of  Geology.  Deserving  nominations  must  have 
maintained  a  high  academic  average;  have  geological  curiosity;  be  responsible,  de- 
pendable and  of  good  ethical  character;  be  able  to  communicate  effectively;  and,  have 
a  desire  to  work  in  the  geologic  profession. 

Analytical  Chemistry  Award.  This  award  is  sponsored  each  year  by  the  Millsaps 
College  Department  of  Chemistry  and  the  American  Chemical  Society,  Division  of  Ana- 
lytical Chemistry,  and  is  awarded  to  the  most  outstanding  undergraduate  in  analytical 
chemistry. 

Chemistry  Award.  The  Chemistry  Department  annually  presents  an  award  to  the 
outstanding  graduating  senior  in  chemistry. 

Chi  Omega  Award.  Chi  Omega  sorority,  seeking  to  further  the  interest  of  women 
in  the  social  sciences,  presents  a  cash  award  to  the  girl  having  the  highest  average 
for  the  year  in  the  field  of  history,  political  science,  psychology,  sociology,  economics, 
or  other  courses  in  the  social  sciences. 

Clarlt  Essay  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  that  student  who  presents  the  best  and 
most  original  paper  in  an  English  elective  course. 

Computer  Studies  Award.  The  Department  of  Computer  Studies  presents  an 
award  annually  to  the  student  who  has  an  outstanding  achievement  in  computer  studies. 

Magnolia  Coullet  Senior  Award  is  given  annually  to  that  senior  who  has  best 
demonstrated  excellence  in  and  love  for  classical  studies. 

Deutscher  Verein  Award  is  made  to  a  member  of  this  organization  for  his  or  her 
outstanding  contribution  during  the  current  school  year. 

Education  Awards.  The  Department  of  Education  presents  the  Outstanding 
Scholarship  Award  annually  to  the  senior  receiving  teacher  certification  with  the  highest 
scholastic  average.  The  Excellence  in  Teaching  Award  is  presented  annually  to  the  senior 
receiving  teacher  certification  who  has  shown,  through  student  teaching  and  other  field 
experiences,  the  most  potential  for  outstanding  contributions  in  the  teaching  profession. 

Charles  W.  and  Eloise  T.  Else  Awards  are  made  to  rising  seniors  in  the  School 
of  Management  who  have  distinguished  themselves  academically  in  their  overall  col- 
lege work  and  in  required  junior-level  coursework. 

Eta  Sigma  Phi  Awards  are  made  to  the  students  with  the  highest  scholastic  aver- 
ages in  Latin  and  Greek. 

Major  in  Geology  Award.  Two  cash  awards  are  made  annually  to  two  geology 
majors  who  have  demonstrated  ability  and  scholastic  achievement. 

German  Awards.  Each  year,  through  the  generosity  of  the  West  German  Federal 
Republic  and  the  Republic  of  Austria,  the  Department  of  German  presents  appropriate 
book  prizes  to  students  showing  excellence  in  the  German  language  and  literature. 

President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award.  The  Political  Science  Department  established 
the  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award  to  be  given  to  the  outstanding  senior  graduating 
in  political  science  who  has  demonstrated  qualities  of  excellence  in  academic  career, 
personal  integrity,  and  commitment  to  the  highest  ideals  of  the  public  good  in  a  democrat- 
ic society. 

Lambda  Chi  Alpha  Award  is  given  annually  to  that  faculty  member  who  has  con- 
tributed most  to  understanding  life  and  ideals  set  forth  by  the  college. 

Jim  Lucas  Scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  the  student  who  best  exemplifies 
talent  in  technical  theatre  and  desires  to  pursue  a  career  in  that  field. 

James  P.  Magnus  Award  in  Accounting  is  a  scholarship  to  an  accounting  major 
who  has  demonstrated  academic  excellence  and  has  completed  the  sophomore  year. 

Freshman  Mathematics  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Department  of  Mathemat- 
ics of  Millsaps  College  to  the  most  outstanding  freshman  in  mathematics. 

Mathematics  Major  Award  is  made  annually  to  three  majors.  Each  recipient  is 
given  a  year's  membership  in  the  Mathematical  Association  of  America. 

C.  Wright  Mills  Award.  This  award  is  given  each  year  to  the  outstanding  senior 
majoring  in  sociology. 

Mississippi  Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants'  Award  is  a  monetary  award 
made  each  year  to  an  accounting  major  who  has  compiled  an  outstanding  record  through 
the  junior  year. 

30 


Ross  H.  Moore  History  Award.  This  award  is  given  annually  to  the  outstanding 
senior  history  major  in  recognition  of  Dr.  Moore's  distinguished  service  to  Millsaps 
College  for  more  than  60  years. 

Senior  IVIusic  Award  is  presented  to  ihe  senior  music  major  who,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  faculty,  has  been  the  most  outstanding  student  in  the  Department  of  Music  dur- 
ing their  four  years  at  Millsaps. 

General  Physics  Award.  The  Physics  Department  presents  annually  to  the  two 
students  with  the  highest  scholastic  averages  in  general  physics  a  handbook  of  chemistry 
and  physics. 

J.  B.  Price  General  Chemistry  Award.  The  Chemistry  Department  presents  an- 
nually to  the  student  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  in  general  chemistry  a  hand- 
book of  chemistry  and  physics. 

Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  French  is  given  to  a  student  in  intermediate 
French  on  the  basis  of  academic  excellence  in  the  language  and  for  general  interest 
and  contributions  in  the  dissemination  of  French  culture  and  civilization.  The  award  is 
intended  to  encourage  students  on  the  intermediate  level  to  continue  their  studies  in 
the  field  of  French  literature,  and  it  carries  with  its  honor  a  certificate  of  excellence  and 
a  handsome  volume,  devoted  to  some  aspect  of  French  culture,  donated  by  the  Cultur- 
al Services  of  the  French  Embassy  in  New  York. 

Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  Spanish  has  the  same  purpose  and  qualifi- 
cations for  the  student  in  intermediate  Spanish  as  the  A.  G.  Sanders  Award  in  French 
has  for  students  of  that  language.  The  award,  in  addition  to  the  honor  conferred,  con- 
sists of  a  certificate  of  excellence  and  a  handsome  volume  devoted  to  some  aspect 
of  Spanish  culture. 

Schiller  Gesellschaft  Prize.  The  Schiller  Gesellschaft  offers  an  award  annually 
to  the  graduating  senior  who  is  distinguished  in  the  study  of  German. 

William  S.  Triplett  Award  in  Economics  is  a  scholarship  to  an  economics  major 
who  has  demonstrated  academic  excellence  and  has  completed  the  sophomore  year. 

Union  Pacific  Scholarship.  This  cash  award  is  made  annually  to  a  graduating 
senior  in  Geology  with  the  highest  GPA  in  Geology  and  the  highest  overall  GPA. 

West  Tatum  Award  is  made  annually  to  the  outstanding  pre-medical  student  select- 
ed by  the  faculty. 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  awards  annually  a  certificate  to  the  member  of  the  graduating 
class  who  has  done  outstanding  work  in  the  natural  sciences. 

Wall  Street  Journal  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Wall  Street  Journal  of  New 
fork  to  the  business  administration  senior  who  scores  highest  on  the  UAP  exam. 


31 


Curriculum 


MILLSAPb  UULL 


'-O!  =  ■- 


"  \  f~" 


Requirements  for  Degrees 

1.  Requirements  for  All  Degrees 

A  total  of  124  hours  is  required  for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Science, 
and  Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  degrees;  1 20  hours  for  the  Bachelor  of  Liber- 
al Studies  degree;  and  128  hours  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree. 

Of  this  total,  1 20  (1 24  for  the  B.M.  degree)  nnust  be  letter  graded  academic  hours 
excluding  activity  courses*  but  including  core  requirements  and  major  requirements. 
The  only  exception  is  that  a  maximum  of  six  hours  in  the  internship  program  may 
be  graded  on  a  credit/no-credit  basis. 

Credit  by  examination,  where  there  is  a  score  that  can  be  entered  on  the  stu- 
dent's record,  is  treated  as  letter-graded  credit  subject  to  the  limitations  stated  in  the 
section  on  Advanced  Placement  and  Credit  by  Examination. 

*An  activity  course  is  defined  as  an  approved,  faculty-supervised  physical,  in- 
tellectual, or  cultural  activity  available  to  the  student  outside  the  regular  classroom 
offerings.  Such  courses  (currently  offered  in  music,  physical  education  and  theatre) 
are  designated  by  the  symbol  A  before  the  course  number. 

2.  Core  Requirements  for  All  Degrees: 

Fine  Arts 3  Hours 

Any  course  in  art  or  music  for  which  the  student  qualifies,  or 
Theatre  103-104. 

History  6  Hours 

History  101-102 

Literature   6  Hours 

English  201-202  or  203-204 

Religion  and/or  Philosophy  6  Hours 

Any  course  in  religion  or  philosophy  for  which  the 

student  qualifies  (except  that  three  hours  must  be  in  religion). 

Laboratory  Science  8  Hours 

A  one-year  course  to  be  chosen  from: 
Astronomy  101-102 
Biology  131  and  132  or  133 
Chemistry  121-123,  122-124 
Geology  101-102 
Natural  Science  201-202 
Physics  111-112  or  131-132  in  addition  to  151-152 

Mathematics  6-8  Hours 

A  minimum  requirement  of: 
Mathematics  103-104  for  the  B.A.,  B.M.,  and  B.L.S.  degrees. 
Mathematics  107-108,  115-116  or  115-108  for  B.S.  and  B.B.A.  degrees. 
Note:  Certain  majors  require  a  specific  sequence  (see  departmental 
requirements).  Deviation  from  listed  sequences  requires  approval 
from  the  Department  of  Mathematics. 

Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences 6  Hours 

Any  course  in  the  disciplines  of  anthropology, 
economics,  political  science,  psychology  and 
sociology  for  which  the  student  qualifies  (excluding 
Economics  201-202  for  students  pursuing  the  B.B.A.  degree). 
A  student  may  also  select  three  hours  from  Education  205  or  210. 

Physical  Education 1  Hour 

A  physical  education  activity  course  is  required  for  all  degrees 
except  the  B.L.S.  degree. 


34 


Writing 7-10  Hours 

Freshmen  are  required  to  take  one  of  three  courses  in  English 
composition:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105.  (B.L.S.  candidates 
may  substitute  Liberal  Studies  100.)  In  addition,  a  student  in  order 
to  graduate  must  complete  satisfactorily  (with  a  grade  of  C  or 
better)  one  4-hour  course  designated  with  a  "W"  and  designed 
specifically  to  develop  writing  skills.  This  course  may  be  taken  in 
any  department  of  the  College  and  may  be  used  to  meet  other  re- 
quirements (including  core  requirements  and  departmental  require- 
ments) as  appropriate.  To  be  eligible  to  enroll  in  a  W-course,  a 
student  must  have  satisfied  the  Junior  English  Proficiency  require- 
ment and  have  junior  standing. 

HERITAGE  PROGRAM 

Heritage,  an  interdisciplinary  humanities  program  designed  for 
freshmen,  fulfills  the  following  requirements: 

Fine  Arts  3  Hours 

History  6  Hours 

Literature  6  Hours 

Religion  3  Hours 

Philosophy  3  Hours 

Students  enrolled  in  Heritage  will  ordinarily  take  English  103-104 
concurrently  with  it  for  a  total  of  18  credit  hours, 

3.  Additional  Requirements  for  Bachelor  of  Arts  and 
Bachelor  of  Music  Degrees: 

Proficiency  at  the  intermediate  level  (202)  of  a  foreign  language.  .  .  .6-12  Hours 
Philosophy 3  Hours 

4.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree: 

Two  additional  one-year  courses  in  the  natural  sciences  to  be  chosen  from: 

Astronomy  101-102 8  Hours 

Biology  131  and  132  or  133 8  Hours 

Chemistry  121-122  in  addition  to  123-124 8  Hours 

Geology  1 01  -1 02 8  Hours 

Mathematics  223-224  or  225-226 6-10  Hours 

Natural  Science  201  -202 8  Hours 

Physics  111-112  or  131-132  in  addition  to  151-152 8-10  Hours 

The  distribution  of  the  total  science  requirement  for  the  B.S.  degree  must  include 

courses  in  three  disciplines  from  the  above  list. 

5.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of 
Business  Administration  Degree: 

B.B.A.  Core 

Accounting  281  -282 6  Hours 

Business  Administration  274,  275,  321, 

333,  334,  362  and  399 21  Hours 

Economics  201  -202 6  Hours 

Business  Administration  220  and  336/337  for  Business  majors 

or  221  and  Accounting  394  for  Accounting  majors 6  Hours 

Business  Administration  101,  393,  Philosophy  311  or  Religion  352  .  .  3  Hours 

At  least  54  hours  must  be  earned  in  courses  offered  by  the  Else  School  of  Manage- 
ment and  at  least  51  hours  must  be  earned  outside  the  Else  School  of  Management. 
A  grade  of  C  or  better  is  required  in  each  of  the  B.B.A.  core  courses. 
The  B.B.A.  is  required  for  accounting  and  business  administration  majors. 
Coursework  at  the  300-level  or  above  may  be  taken  only  by  students  who  have  com- 
pleted at  least  52  semester  hours. 
Computer  Studies  182  is  a  recommended  elective. 


35 


6.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Liberal  Studies  Degree: 

Liberal  Studies  100* 3  Hours 

Philosophy 3  Hours 

Proficiency  at  the  intermediate  level  in  a 
foreign  language  or  computer  language 6-12  Hours 

*  Satisfies  three  hours  of  the  core  requirement  in  philosophy  and  religion. 

7.  Residence  Requirements: 

To  qualify  for  graduation  from  Millsaps,  30  of  the  last  36  hours  of  academic  work 
must  be  done  in  residence  as  a  degree-seeking  student.  The  three  exceptions  allowed 
to  this  rule  are:  (1)  pre-engineering  dual-degree  program  students  may  transfer  back 
as  many  as  31  hours,  (2)  students  who  have  been  approved  for  the  prescribed  pre- 
medical  technologist  program  may  take  the  last  26  hours  at  the  affiliated  institution  and 
(3)  students  leaving  to  enter  professional  school  may  transfer  back  the  final  26  hours 
of  work  (in  this  case,  however,  residence  will  be  required  at  Millsaps  for  the  second 
semester  of  the  junior  year). 

8.  English  Proficiency  Requirement: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  each  student  is  required  to  demonstrate  profi- 
ciency in  English  composition  and  usage  by  passing  an  examination  given  by  the  En- 
glish Department.  It  consists  of  a  500-word  essay  written  extempore  within  two  and 
one-half  hours  on  a  subject  selected  from  a  list  furnished  at  the  examination.  Students 
who  made  grades  of  A  or  B  on  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105  at  Millsaps  are  ex- 
empted from  this  examination.  Students  may  also  demonstrate  the  required  proficiency 
in  Liberal  Studies  100. 

The  examination  is  given  by  the  English  Department  twice  in  the  academic  year. 
The  regular  administration  usually  occurs  in  the  second  or  third  week  of  November. 
A  special  administration  of  the  examination  is  given  in  the  second  or  third  week  of  March 
to  seniors  who  hope  to  graduate  but  who  have  not  passed  the  Junior  English  Proficien- 
cy Examination.  Seniors  who  fail  the  special  examination  and  who  think  they  have  com- 
pelling cause  may  petition  the  dean  of  the  college  for  an  extraordinary  administration 
of  the  examination  in  the  summer  session  following.  If  the  dean  grants  the  petition,  he 
may  also  stipulate  that  the  student  must  audit  English  1 01  -1 02  during  the  summer  session. 

All  rising  juniors,  transfer  students  at  the  junior  and  senior  levels,  and  seniors  who 
failed  the  examination  in  their  junior  year  must  be  present  for  the  November  administra- 
tion of  the  proficiency  examination. 

Each  student  who  fails  the  examination  in  November  is  assigned  to  a  member  of 
the  English  Department  for  remedial  instruction. 

9.  Majors: 

In  addition  to  taking  the  prescribed  work  for  the  degree,  the  student  must  major 
in  one  of  the  following  areas:  accounting,  art,  business  administration,  biology,  chemis- 
try, classics,  computer  studies,  economics,  education,  English,  French,  geology,  Ger- 
man, history,  mathematics,  music,  philosophy,  physics,  political  science,  psychology, 
religion,  sociology,  Spanish,  or  theatre.  For  students  pursuing  the  B.L.S.  degree  an  in- 
terdisciplinary major  is  also  possible  with  the  consent  of  the  appropriate  departments. 

Specific  requirements  for  the  major  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment of  instruction.  Students  may  be  permitted  to  major  in  a  subject  only  after  careful 
consideration  and  with  the  consent  of  the  chairman  of  the  department. 

A  major  for  each  student  must  be  approved  no  later  than  the  beginning  of  the  junior 
year  and  the  proper  forms  submitted  to  the  Office  of  Records.  All  work  to  be  applied 
toward  the  major  must  be  approved  in  advance  by  the  department  chairman  or  the 
student's  major  professor. 

A  student  may  have  more  than  one  major  by  completing  the  requirements  in  the 
departments  involved. 

10.  Minors: 

While  there  is  no  requirement  that  students  complete  a  minor  as  a  part  of  their  degree, 
they  may  elect  a  minor  in  those  departments  which  offer  one. 

Ordinarily  a  student  must  have  a  minimum  of  12  hours  in  a  department  beyond 
what  is  used  to  meet  degree  requirements  in  order  to  qualify  for  a  minor.  A  minimum 

36 


Df  eight  hours  toward  the  minor  must  be  taken  at  Millsaps.  Specific  requirements  for 
a  particular  minor  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  department  of  instruction. 

11.  Comprehensive  Examinations: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  the  student  must  pass  a  satisfactory  compre- 
hensive examination  in  the  major  field  of  study.  This  examination  is  given  in  the  senior 
year  and  is  intended  to  cover  subject  matter  greater  in  scope  than  a  single  course  or 
series  of  courses.  The  purpose  of  the  comprehensive  examination  is  to  coordinate  the 
class  work  with  independent  reading  and  thinking  in  such  a  way  as  to  relate  the 
knowledge  acquired  and  give  the  student  a  general  understanding  of  the  field  which 
could  not  be  acquired  from  individual  courses. 

The  comprehensive  examination  requires  at  least  three  hours  and  is  part  written 
and  part  oral,  the  division  of  time  between  the  two  to  be  at  the  discretion  of  the  mem- 
bers of  the  department  concerned.  The  oral  examination  will  be  conducted  by  a  com- 
mittee composed  of  members  of  the  department,  and,  if  desired  by  the  department, 
one  or  more  members  of  the  faculty  from  other  departments  or  other  qualified  persons. 

Students  may  take  the  comprehensive  examination  only  if  the  courses  in  which  they 
have  credit  and  in  which  they  are  currently  enrolled  are  those  which  fulfill  the  require- 
ments in  their  major  department.  They  may  take  the  examination  in  the  spring  semester 
if  they  are  within  18  hours  of  graduation  by  the  end  of  that  semester.  The  examination 
will  be  given  in  December  or  January  for  students  who  meet  the  other  requirements 
and  who  will  not  be  in  residence  at  Millsaps  during  the  spring  semester. 

The  time  of  the  comprehensive  examination  is  given  in  the  College  calendar.  Com- 
prehensive examinations  will  not  be  given  at  any  other  time  except  by  permission  of 
the  dean.  Those  who  fail  a  comprehensive  examination  may  have  an  opportunity  to 
take  another  examination  after  the  lapse  of  two  months.  Additional  examinations  may 
be  taken  at  the  discretion  of  the  chairman  of  the  student's  major  department  with  the 
consent  of  the  dean  of  the  college. 

12.  Quality  Index  Required: 

A  minimum  of  240  quality  points  is  required  for  the  B.A.,  B.S.,  B.B.A.,  and  B.L.S. 
degrees;  248  for  the  B.M.  degree.  An  overall  quality  point  index  of  2.00  is  required  of 
all  students.  Transfer  students  must  have  at  least  a  quality  point  index  of  2.00  on  their 
Millsaps  work.  The  index  is  always  calculated  on  the  total  number  of  academic  hours 
attempted;  however,  an  exception  to  the  rule  of  hours  attempted  is  allowed  in  instances 
where  courses  are  repeated  at  Millsaps.  (See  Section  Grades,  Honors,  Class  Standing.) 

13.  Application  for  a  Degree: 

Each  student  who  is  a  candidate  for  a  degree  is  required  to  submit  a  written  appli- 
cation for  the  degree  by  November  1  of  the  academic  year  of  graduation.  This  date 
will  apply  also  to  students  who  plan  to  complete  their  work  in  the  summer  session.  Forms 
for  degree  applications  are  to  be  secured  and  filed  in  the  Office  of  Records. 

14.  Requirements  for  a  Second  Degree: 

In  order  to  earn  a  second  degree  from  Millsaps  College  a  student  must  have  30 
additional  semester  hours  of  work  beyond  the  semester  hours  required  for  the  first  degree, 
and  these  additional  hours  must  include  all  of  the  requirements  for  both  the  second 
degree  and  the  second  major. 

15.  Required  Sequence  of  Courses  for  All  Regular  Students: 

Freshmen  students  shall  enroll  in  the  appropriate  course  in  English  composition 
(unless  exempt  by  examination)  and  in  at  least  one  other  prescribed  course  as  listed 
in  the  Core  Curriculum  or  the  Additional  Degree  Requirements. 

Sophomore  students  shall  enroll  in  at  least  two  prescribed  courses  as  listed  in  the 
Core  Curriculum  or  the  Additional  Degree  Requirements. 

Enrollment  in  the  required  language  courses  will  begin  not  later  than  the  first  semester 
of  the  junior  year.  It  is  recommended  that  language  be  started  in  the  freshman  or  sopho- 
more year.  Those  freshmen  who,  by  virtue  of  previous  study,  plan  to  satisfy  the  lan- 
guage requirement  taking  courses  at  the  intermediate  level  only,  are  strongly  advised 
to  begin  such  courses  in  the  freshman  year  while  their  experience  in  the  language  chosen 
is  recent. 


37 


Pre-Medical  and  Pre-Dental 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students  to  consult  the  cata- 
logs of  the  schools  to  which  they  wish  to  apply  for  their  specific  requirements.  The  fol- 
lowing courses  are  required  by  nnany  medical  and  dental  schools. 

Biology  131-132 8  hours      Mathematics  115-116  or  115-108.   8  hours 

Chemistry  121-122,  123-124  .   8  hours      Physics  111-112  or  131-132  in  addition  to 
Chemistry  231-232,  233-234  .10  hours         151-152  8-10  hours 

The  student  is  urged  to  consult  with  a  member  of  the  Pre-medical  Advisory  Com- 
mittee (Sarah  Armstrong,  Al  Berry,  Robert  Kahn,  Robert  Nevins,  Robert  McAdory,  and 
Edmond  Venator)  in  designing  a  program  that  will  fit  particular  needs,  background  and 
interest. 

Millsaps  College  and  the  majority  of  medical  and  dental  schools  strongly  recom- 
mend that  the  student  obtain  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  an  area  of  interest.  This  cata- 
log should  be  consulted  elsewhere  for  the  exact  major  and  degree  requirements.  Millsaps 
and  most  medical  and  dental  schools  also  strongly  recommend  that  the  student  de- 
velop a  sound  background  in  the  humanities  and  social  sciences. 

Some  medical  and  dental  schools  will  not  accept  credit  in  laboratory  science  courses 
obtained  by  C.L.E.P.  or  advanced  placement  tests.  Students  planning  to  obtain  such 
credit  should  first  consult  the  medical  or  dental  schools  in  which  they  have  an  interest 
to  be  certain  that  the  school  will  accept  such  credit. 

Students  should  remember  that  the  requirements  listed  in  a  medical  or  dental  school 
catalog  are  minimal  but  that  they  should  obtain  maximum  preparation.  In  general,  the 
student  who  is  weak  in  some  science,  as  shown  by  performance  in  introductory  college 
courses,  is  urged  to  take  further  work  in  that  science  to  prepare  adequately.  The  stu- 
dent should  also  utilize  limited  time  in  taking  courses  that  will  not  be  available  during 
professional  training.  The  following  courses  are  recommended  as  electives  by  many 
medical  and  dental  schools. 

Biology  251,  301,  315,  381,  383,  391 

Chemistry  251-253,  264-266,  363-365,  364-366 

English 

Economics  and  Business  Administration 

Foreign  Language  (reading  knowledge) 

History 

Mathematics  223-224  or  225-226 

Philosophy 

Physics  301,  306,  311-312,  315,  316 

Psychology  303,  307 

Sociology 

The  Heritage  Program  gives  the  student  a  more  flexible  schedule  and  time  to  take 
additional  courses  of  interest  and  need. 


Pre-Ministerial 


There  is  no  required  program  of  studies  for  persons  planning  to  enter  one  of  the 
ministries  of  the  Church.  Undergraduate  pre-seminary  work  at  Millsaps  should  include 
significant  work  in  the  study  of  religion  and  philosophy  and  in  the  behavioral  sciences. 
A  major  may  be  chosen  from  several  fields,  including  literature,  philosophy,  psycholo- 
gy, religion,  and  sociology.  Pre-ministerial  students  are  urged  to  consult  with  the  pre- 
ministerial  adviser,  the  chairman  of  the  Department  of  Religion,  early  in  their  freshman 
year. 

Given  the  special  challenges  of  the  practice  of  ministry,  students  should  plan  to 
undertake  professional  education  in  a  theological  seminary.  The  best  basis  for  such 
professional  education  is  an  undergraduate  education  with  breadth  in  liberal  arts  studies. 


38 


Pre-Law 

No  particular  major  or  sequence  of  courses  is  necessary  for  students  planning  to 
go  to  law  school;  there  is  no  ideal  pre-iaw  program  for  all  students.  To  do  well  in  the 
study  of  law,  a  student  should  possess: 

(a)  ability  to  communicate  effectively  and  precisely 

(b)  critical  understanding  of  the  human  institutions  with  which  the  law  deals 

(c)  creative  power  in  thinking. 

Different  students  may  obtain  the  desired  training  in  these  three  areas  from  different 
courses.  Therefore,  students  should  consult  with  their  faculty  or  major  advisers  and  with 
the  pre-law  adviser  in  designing  a  program  of  courses  that  will  best  fit  particular  needs, 
background,  and  interests.  The  student  with  a  pre-law  interest  should  consult  the  pre- 
law advisor,  John  Quincy  Adams,  from  time  to  time. 

Pre-Social  Work 

Students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  a  professional  career  in  social  work  should  plan 
a  broad  liberal  arts  program  with  a  major  in  one  of  the  social  sciences.  Introductory 
courses  in  sociology,  psychology,  and  social  work  are  essential.  Other  courses  which 
are  strongly  recommended  include  Social  Problems,  Theories  of  Personality,  and  So- 
cial Psychology.  Internships  can  provide  valuable  practical  experience  with  community 
social  welfare  agencies.  Students  are  urged  to  consult  with  their  faculty  advisers  to  plan 
a  schedule. 

Programs  for  Teacher  Certification 

A  student  may  prepare  for  teacher  certification  at  Millsaps  College  in  a  variety  of 
ways.  Millsaps  offers  Teacher  Education  Programs  which  lead  to  certification  at  the 
elementary  school  level  (K-8),  the  secondary  school  level  (7-12),  and  in  special  areas 
(K-1 2).  A  student  may  pursue  any  degree  offered  by  the  College  and  qualify  for  teacher 
certification  provided  all  College  major  requirements  are  met  and  all  teacher  certifica- 
tion requirements  are  met.  The  Teacher  Education  Programs  offer  certification  in  Elemen- 
tary Education  (K-8),  Secondary  Education  (7-12)  in  Bible,  English,  Foreign  Language, 
Mathematics,  Science,  and  Social  Studies,  and  in  the  special  areas  (K-1 2)  Art,  Health 
and  Physical  Education,  and  Music  Education.  A  student  may  also  qualify  for  the  "add- 
on" certificate  in  Computer  Education,  Gifted  Education,  or  Remedial  Reading.  The 
Teacher  Education  Programs  qualify  the  student  for  provisional  teacher  certification  as 
required  by  the  Office  of  Teacher  Certification  and  the  Mississippi  State  Board  of  Edu- 
cation. After  completing  a  certification  program  at  Millsaps,  the  student  will  be  prepared 
to  pass  the  provisional  year  evaluation  and  receive  the  standard  Class  A  certificate. 

Prior  to  being  admitted  to  any  Teaclier  Education  Program  at  Millsaps  Col- 
lege, a  student  shall  have  completed  the  core  curriculum,  achieved  a  minimum  grade 
point  average  of  2.50,  passed  an  entrance  competency  examination,  received  the  writ- 
ten recommendation  of  two  faculty  members  outside  the  Department  of  Education,  and 
completed  all  application  procedures  with  the  Chair  of  the  Department  of  Education. 
To  receive  the  College's  recommendation  for  teacher  certification,  the  student  must  main- 
tain the  2.5  G.P.A.  and  take  the  National  Teacher  Examination  no  later  than  the  fall 
semester  of  the  senior  year. 

Millsaps  College  also  offers  a  Post-Baccalaureate  Teacher  Certification  Program 
for  those  persons  who  hold  the  bachelor's  degree  and  seek  only  teacher  certification. 
The  Mississippi  Education  Update  course  is  also  available  for  those  teachers  who  wish 
to  have  an  expired  certificate  reinstated. 


39 


Cooperative  Programs 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

3-2  Master's  Program  in  Business  Administration:  The  Else  School  of  Manage- 
ment at  Millsaps  College  offers  a  program  permitting  an  undergraduate  at  Millsaps  to 
pursue  any  non-B.B.A.  degree  concurrent  with  the  M.B.A.  degree.  The  student  would 
complete  substantially  all  Millsaps  core  and  major  requirements  in  three  years  and  ap- 
ply to  the  M.B.A.  program  in  the  junior  year.  An  acceptable  score  on  the  Graduate 
Management  Admission  Test  is  required  for  admission.  The  baccalaureate  degree  would 
be  awarded  after  the  degree  requirements  are  satisfied  at  that  level,  normally  after  the 
fourth  year,  and  the  masters  degree  after  the  fifth  year.  Twenty-six  hours  of  graduate 
work  may  be  applied  towards  the  undergraduate  degree  in  this  program.  Details  of  the 
program  may  be  obtained  from  the  Assistant  Dean  of  the  Else  School  of  Management. 

ENGINEERING  AND  APPLIED  SCIENCE 

This  program  at  Millsaps  offers  many  opportunities  for  the  student  interested  in  en- 
gineering, applied  science,  management  and  business  administration.  With  this  cooper- 
ative program  the  student  can  combine  the  advantages  of  a  liberal  education  at  Millsaps 
with  the  specialized  programs  of  a  major  university.  The  Arthur  C.  Miller  Pre-engineering 
Scholarship  Fund  provides  a  scholarship  based  on  financial  need  and  academic  progress 
for  a  student  expressing  an  interest  in  engineering. 

3-2  B.S.  Programs:  At  present  we  have  arrangements  with  five  universities - 
Auburn,  Columbia,  Georgia  Tech,  Vanderbilt  and  Washington  Universities- by  which 
a  student  may  attend  Millsaps  for  three  years  accumulating  a  minimum  of  93  hours  and 
then  continue  work  at  any  of  the  schools  listed  above.  The  student  then  transfers  a  maxi- 
mum of  31  hours  back  for  a  bachelor's  degree  from  Millsaps  and  at  the  end  of  the  fifth 
year  recieves  another  bachelor's  degree  from  the  university. 

4-2  B.S.  and  M.S.  Programs:  The  Columbia  University  Combined  Plan  also  has 
4-2  programs  in  which  a  student  attends  Millsaps  for  four  years  completing  degree  re- 
quirements and  then  spends  two  more  years  at  Columbia  to  obtain  a  B.S.  or  M.S.  degree 
from  the  Columbia  School  of  Engineering  and  Applied  Science. 

3-3  B.S.-M.S.  and  B.S.-M.B.A.  Programs:  Washington  University  also  has  a  Com- 
bined Degree  Program  wherein  the  student  spends  three  years  at  Millsaps  as  in  the 
3-2  program,  but  then  spends  three  years  at  Washington  University  earning  both  the 
B.S.  and  M.S.  from  the  School  of  Engineering  and  Applied  Science  or  both  the  B.S. 
from  the  School  of  Engineering  and  Applied  Science  and  the  M.B.A.  from  the  Gradu- 
ate School  of  Business  Administration. 

A  wide  variety  of  programs  are  offered  by  the  five  participating  universities,  includ- 
ing financial  aid  for  qualified  students.  For  detailed  descriptions  of  programs  and  finan- 
cial aid  the  interested  student  is  urged  to  consult  with  the  Pre-engineering  Advisor,  Robert 
McAdory.  To  be  admitted  to  the  programs  listed  below  the  student  must  fulfill  certain 
minimum  course  requirements  at  Millsaps.  For  many  programs,  particularly  those  in 
engineering  and  applied  science,  the  mathematics  requirements  are  strict.  To  keep  the 
3-2  or  4-2  option  viable,  a  student  should  plan  to  take  calculus  at  the  earliest  possible 
time  at  Millsaps. 

The  Dual  Degree  Program  at  Auburn  University  includes  bachelor  of  engineering 
degrees  in  aerospace,  chemical,  civil,  electrical,  industrial,  materials  and  mechanical 
engineering.  It  is  also  possible  to  obtain  a  B.S.  in  agricultural  engineering. 

The  Combined  Plan  Program  at  Columbia  University  offers  B.S.  and  M.S.  degrees 
in  civil,  electrical,  industrial,  mechanical,  mining,  nuclear,  biological,  chemical,  metal- 
lurgical and  mineral  engineering.  Other  programs  include  computer  science,  engineer- 
ing mechanics,  applied  mathematics  (B.S.  only),  applied  physics,  materials  science, 
operations  research,  solid  state  science  (M.S.  only),  chemical  metallurgy,  applied  chemis- 
try and  materials  science. 

The  Dual  Degree  Program  at  the  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology  offers  degrees 
in  aerospace,  ceramic,  chemical,  civil,  electrical,  industrial,  mechanical,  nuclear,  and 
textile  engineering.  Other  programs  include  engineering  science  and  mechanics,  tex- 
tile chemistry,  textiles,  health  physics,  economics,  management,  management  science. 


40 


applied  biology,  applied  mathematics,  applied  physics,  applied  psychology,  chemis- 
ry,  information  and  computer  science,  and  physics. 

Vanderbilt  University  offers  bachelor  of  engineering  degrees  in  chemical,  civil,  elec- 
rical  and  mechanical  engineering. 

Washington  University  offers  B.S.  and  M.S.  programs  in  chemical,  civil,  electrical 
and  mechanical  engineering.  Other  programs  include  computer  science,  engineering 
and  public  policy,  systems  science  and  engineering,  and  business  administration  (M.B.A.) 

MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Millsaps  College  offers  a  three-year  program  for  those  who  plan  to  enter  schools 
Df  medical  technology.  This  college  work  includes  not  only  the  necessary  science  and 
Tiathematics  courses,  but  also  courses  in  history,  fine  arts,  sociology,  composition,  liter- 
ature, and  other  subjects  which  ensure  a  liberal  arts  experience  for  pre-medical  tech- 
lology  students. 

Millsaps  College  maintains  a  formal  affiliation  with  several  schools  of  medical  tech- 
lology  which  are  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  and  Hospitals  of  the 
\merican  Medical  Association.  This  is  the  only  qualifying  board  recognized  by  the  Ameri- 
:an  Medical  Association,  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists,  the  American 
Dollege  of  Surgeons,  the  American  Hospital  Association,  and  other  authoritative  medi- 
cal groups. 

The  medical  technology  student  is  expected  to  spend  the  first  three  years  at  Mill- 
saps College  (or  transfer  here  from  another  recognized  college,  with  at  least  the  third 
/ear  spent  in  residence  here)  and  the  senior  year  at  theapproved  hospital.  The  student 
must  complete  the  general  requirements  for  the  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  biology. 

Students  enrolled  in  affiliated  schools  of  medical  technology  may  transfer  back  the 
inal  26  hours  of  work.  The  courses  required  for  registry  are  accepted  as  completing 
he  requirements  of  124  semester  hours  for  graduation.  The  B.S.  degree  is  awarded 
at  the  first  commencement  exercise  following  the  completion  of  the  medical  technology 
raining. 

Medical  technology  students  are  encouraged  to  secure  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree 
Defore  entering  an  approved  school  of  medical  technology. 

MILITARY  SCIENCE 

A  Military  Science  program  is  offered  on  the  campus  of  Jackson  State  University 
jnder  a  cross-enrollment  agreement  between  Millsaps  College,  Jackson  State  Univer- 
sity, and  the  U.S.  Army.  Students  enrolled  at  Millsaps  are  eligible  to  enroll  and  attend 
Reserve  Officer  Training  Corps  (ROTC)  classes  on  the  campus  of  Jackson  State  Univer- 
sity. Credits  earned  in  ROTC  will  be  entered  onto  the  student's  transcript  but  will  not 
De  counted  towards  Millsaps  graduation  requirements. 

ROTC  provides  male  and  female  students  an  opportunity  to  earn  a  commission 
as  a  Second  Lieutenant  (2LT)  in  the  U.S.  Army,  the  IJ.S.  Army  Reserves,  or  the  Army 
National  Guard,  concurrent  with  the  pursuit  of  an  academic  degree.  The  objectives  of 
;he  program  are: 

'^)  To  provide  an  understanding  of  how  the  U.S.  Army,  U.S.  Army  Reserves,  and  Army 

National  Guard  fit  into  our  national  defense  structure. 
[2)  To  develop  the  leadership  and  managerial  potential  of  students  needed  to  facilitate 

their  future  performance  as  officers. 
'3)  To  develop  student  abilities  to  think  creatively  and  to  speak  and  to  write  effectively. 
^4)  To  encourage  the  development  of  mental  and  moral  standards  that  are  essential 

to  military  service. 

The  program  of  instruction  includes  developing  self-discipline,  physical  stamina  and 
Dther  qualities  necessary  for  leadership. 

The  ROTC  Program  is  divided  into  a  basic  course  of  instruction  (freshman  and  sopho- 
more classes)  and  an  advanced  course  of  instruction  (junior  and  senior  classes).  In  ad- 
dition to  the  course  of  instruction,  students  are  required  to  attend  a  leadership  laboratory 
in  conjunction  with  all  ROTC  courses. 

There  is  no  charge  for  enrolling  in  the  ROTC  program;  however,  cadets  must  be 
full-time  undergraduate  students  (12  semester  hours  or  more)  or  full-time  graduate  stu- 

41 


dents  (9  semester  hours  or  more)  before  enrollment  in  ROTC.  Books,  equipment,  and 
uniforms  are  free  of  charge  to  the  students.  Three-  and  two-year  ROTC  scholarships 
are  also  awarded  on  a  competitive  basis. 

Faculty 

LIEUTENANT  COLONEL  JAMES  McKAN,  Professor  of  Military  Science 
CAPTAIN  EUGENE  PAYTON,  Senior  Assistant  Professor  of  Military  Science 
CAPTAIN  DAVID  SMITH,  Assistant  Professor  of  Military  Science 
CAPTAIN  MARTHA  A.  McRAVEN,  Assistant  Professor  of  Military  Science 
CAPTAIN  RONALD  HEATER,  Assistant  Professor  of  Military  Science 
CAPTAIN  LARRY  McMILLIAN,  Assistant  Professor  of  Military  Science 
SERGEANT  MAJOR  FREDERICK  E.  SHARPS,  Chief  Instructor 
MASTER  SERGEANT  MARCEL  MARTIN,  Principle  Drill  Instructor 
SERGEANT  BRENDA  T.  JOHNSON,  Administration 
STAFF  SERGEANT  LUTHER  B.  BURNS,  Logistics 

Description  of  Courses 

MS  101.  Fundamentals  of  Leadership  and  Management  I.  An  introduction  to  the 
U.S.  Army  and  the  Reserve  Officers'  Training  Corps  (1  semester  hour). 

MS  102.  Fundamentals  of  Leadership  and  Management  II.  A  study  of  military 
first  aid  tasks  and  procedures  (1  semester  hour). 

MS  201 .  Applied  Leadership  and  Management  I.  A  study  of  Nuclear,  Biological  and 
Chemical  Weapons,  Tactical  Operations  and  Leadership  (2  semester  hours). 

MS  202.  Applied  Leadership  and  Management  II.  An  introductory  study  of  land 
navigation  and  Army  training  management  (2  semester  hours). 

MS  301.  Advanced  Leadersliip  and  Management  I.  A  study  of  the  functional  ap- 
proach to  leadership,  land  navigation,  and  military  communication  systems  (3  semester 
hours). 

MS  302.  Advanced  Leadership  and  Management  II.  A  study  of  combat  operations 
and  military  tactics  (3  semester  hours). 

MS  401.  Seminar  in  Leadership  and  Management.  A  study  of  staff  procedures 
with  emphasis  on  oral  and  written  communication  (3  semester  hours). 

MS  402.  Theory  and  Dynamics  of  the  Military  Team,  A  study  of  the  military  as- 
pects of  Ethics  and  Professionalism,  Military  Justice,  and  the  Law  of  War  (3  semester 
hours). 

Special  Programs 

The  Honors  Program 

The  Honors  Program  provides  an  opportunity  for  students  of  outstanding  ability 
to  pursue  an  advanced  course  of  study  which  would  ordinarily  not  be  available.  In  the 
spring  of  their  junior  year  and  the  fall  of  their  senior  year,  honors  students  carry  out 
a  research  project  of  their  choice  under  the  direction  of  a  professor  from  their  major 
department.  The  project  culminates  in  an  honors  thesis,  which  is  presented  before  a 
panel  of  faculty  members.  In  the  spring  of  the  senior  year,  students  participate  in  an 
interdisciplinary  colloquium  which  intensively  examines  a  topic  of  broad  interest.  Stu- 
dents successfully  completing  all  phases  of  the  Honors  Program  receive  the  designa- 
tion "with  honors"  in  their  major  subject  at  graduation.  Students  interested  in  participating 
in  the  Honors  Program  should  consult  with  the  director  of  the  Honors  Program  in  the 
fall  of  their  junior  year. 

The  Oak  Ridge  Science  Semester 

Under  this  program,  sponsored  jointly  by  the  Southern  College  University  Union 
and  by  the  Department  of  Energy,  a  Millsaps  student  may  spend  the  spring  semester 
of  the  junior  or  senior  year  studying  and  doing  research  at  Oak  Ridge  National  Labora- 
tory, Oak  Ridge,  TN.  A  full  semester's  academic  credit  is  normally  earned.  The  student 

42 


technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose  of  scholarships  and 
loans,  which  are  not  affected  by  participation  in  the  program. 

The  Washington  Semester 

"The  Washington  Semester"  is  a  joint  arrangement  between  The  American  Univer- 
sity, Washington,  D.C.,  Millsaps  College,  and  other  colleges  and  universities  in  the  United 
States  to  extend  the  resources  of  the  national  capital  to  superior  students  in  the  field 
of  the  social  sciences.  The  object  is  to  provide  a  direct  contact  with  the  work  of  govern- 
mental departments  and  other  national  and  international  agencies  that  are  located  in 
Washington,  thus  acquainting  the  students  with  possible  careers  in  public  service  and 
imparting  a  knowledge  of  government  in  action. 

Under  this  arrangement  qualified  students  of  demonstrated  capacity  from  the  par- 
ticipating colleges  will  spend  a  semester  at  the  School  of  Government  and  Public  Ad- 
ministration of  The  American  University  in  Washington.  They  earn  16  hours  of  credit 
toward  graduation  in  their  home  colleges.  Eight  hours  are  earned  in  a  Conference  Semi- 
nar, in  which  high-ranking  leaders  of  politics  and  government  meet  with  students.  Four 
hours  are  earned  in  a  research  course  which  entails  the  writing  of  a  paper  by  utilizing 
the  sources  available  only  at  the  nation's  capital.  And  four  hours  are  earned  in  an  In- 
ternship, in  which  the  student  is  placed  in  a  government  or  public  interest  organization 
office.  In  Washington  the  program  is  coordinated  by  faculty  members  of  The  American 
University. 

Millsaps  has  a  guaranteed  quota  of  two  students  for  each  spring  semester,  although 
students  may  petition  for  entry  in  the  fall.  Second  semester  sophomores,  juniors,  or  seniors 
are  eligible. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose  of 
scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  diminished  by  participation  in  the  program. 

The  United  Nations  Semester 

A  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  in  Madison,  NJ,  enables  Millsaps  po- 
litical science  majors  to  spend  a  semester  making  a  firsthand  study  of  the  work  of  the 
United  Nations.  Participants  may  earn  15  hours  of  credit  toward  graduation.  Three  hours 
of  credit  are  earned  in  a  Conference  Seminar,  which  meets  two  days  of  each  week  in 
the  United  Nations  Plaza.  Members  of  the  Secretariat,  delegates,  and  special  agency 
representatives  often  lead  discussions  in  a  planned  program  of  studies.  Students  also 
earn  three  hours  of  credit  by  engaging  in  an  individual  research  project  on  some  phase 
of  the  United  Nations.  The  remaining  hours  of  credit  are  electives  taken  from  the  regu- 
lar course  offerings  of  Drew's  liberal  arts  college. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose  of 
scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  diminished  by  participation  in  the  program. 

The  London  Semester 

Another  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  gives  upperclass  political  science 
majors  the  opportunity  to  study  in  London,  England,  for  a  semester.  Fifteen  hours  of 
credit  are  earned  in  the  social  sciences,  with  primary  emphasis  on  political  science.  The 
faculty,  including  a  resident  director  from  Drew,  includes  members  of  the  faculty  of  the 
London  School  of  Economics  and  Political  Science,  Oxford  University,  Leeds  Universi- 
ty, and  other  outstanding  schools.  Students  live  in  a  residential  hotel  in  the  heart  of  Lon- 
don. Provision  is  made  for  an  optional  pre-fall  or  post-spring  tour  of  the  continent  at 
a  modest  cost. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose  of 
scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  participation  in  the  program. 

British  Studies  at  Oxford 

Millsaps  College  in  cooperation  with  seven  other  colleges  in  the  Southern  College 
and  University  Union  sponsors  a  six-week  intensive  summer  program  at  Oxford  University 
in  England.  It  enables  students  to  study  a  particular  period  of  British  history  in  a  thoroughly 
integrated  way  and  in  a  milieu  which  affords  an  incomparable  opportunity  to  benefit 
from  the  experience.  Up  to  six  hours  of  credit  may  be  earned  through  this  program. 
Limited  financial  aid  is  available. 


43 


International  Studies  in  London 

A  six-week  summer  program  based  in  London  and  focusing  on  challenges  of  the 
multinational  economy  was  recently  instituted  under  the  auspices  of  the  Southern  Col- 
lege and  University  Union.  It  provides  an  opportunity  to  study  in  an  integrated  way  the 
social,  economic,  and  political  facets  of  contemporary  international  problems  while  ob- 
serving firsthand  the  operations  of  a  major  financial  center.  Up  to  six  hours  of  credit 
may  be  earned  through  this  program.  Limited  financial  aid  is  available. 

Other  Study  Abroad  Programs 

Millsaps  College  maintains  cooperative  arrangements  with  the  Junior  Year  Abroad 
program  at  the  Institute  for  American  Universities  at  Aix-en-Provence  in  France  and  the 
Institute  of  European  Studies.  Students  with  a  special  interest  in  classics  should  con- 
sider the  Intercollegiate  Center  for  Classical  Studies  in  Rome  and  the  College  Year  in 
Athens  Program,  both  of  which  offer  semester  programs  in  the  classical  languages  com- 
bined with  archeological  site  and  museum  study  during  the  regular  academic  year.  The 
American  Academy  in  Rome  and  the  American  School  of  Classical  Studies  in  Athens 
offer  summer  programs  in  classical  art  and  archeology.  Other  study  abroad  programs 
are  available  in  most  countries  of  Western  Europe  as  well  as  in  Latin  America.  Students 
interested  in  receiving  college  credit  for  such  study  may  receive  information  concern- 
ing these  programs  from  the  chairman  of  the  appropriate  department  or  from  the  dean 
of  the  college. 

Legislative  Intern  Program 

When  the  Mississippi  Legislature  is  in  session,  selected  political  science  students 
may  participate  in  an  internship  program  which  permits  them  to  observe  the  state  law- 
making process.  Students  serve  as  aides  to  legislators  and  legislative  committees,  per- 
forming a  variety  of  tasks  such  as  research,  writing,  and  marking  up  bills.  Students  also 
take  part  in  a  seminar  with  other  interns  to  examine  the  legislative  process.  See  Political 
Science  452. 

Public  Administration  Internship 

With  the  cooperation  of  city,  state,  and  federal  agencies,  students  who  have  had 
the  introductory  public  administration  course  may  be  placed  in  middle  management 
level  positions. 

Real  Estate  Institute 

The  Real  Estate  Institute  provides  credit  and  non-credit  courses  to  serve  the  real 
estate  industry  in  the  State  of  Mississippi.  This  program  is  administered  by  the  School 
of  Management  and  course  offerings  are  described  in  that  section  of  the  catalog. 

School  of  Management  Intern  Programs 

Students  have  the  opportunity  of  obtaining  specialized  training  and  practical  ex- 
perience through  an  established  Internship  Program.  The  program  involves  prominent 
regional  and  national  business  organizations  and  an  agency  of  the  federal  government. 
The  student's  training  is  conducted  and  supervised  by  competent  management  per- 
sonnel according  to  a  predetermined  agenda  of  activities.  Evaluation  of  the  student's 
participation  and  progress  provides  the  basis  for  granting  appropriate  academic  credit. 
See  offerings  451-452  in  the  Else  School  of  Management. 

Small  Business  Institute 

Students  apply  theory  to  practice  by  consulting  small  business  management  in  the 
area.  The  program  is  sponsored  by  the  Small  Business  Administration  (S.B.A.),  an  agency 
of  the  federal  government. 

Adult  Degree  Program 

The  Adult  Degree  Program  was  established  in  1982  to  meet  the  needs  of  adults 
24  years  of  age  and  older  who,  because  of  work  or  family  responsibilities,  cannot  at- 
tend college  in  the  traditional  way.  Students  admitted  to  the  Adult  Degree  Program  are 
candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Liberal  Studies  degree. 

This  program  features  individualized  academic  advising,  a  required  introductory 
seminar  for  adults  returning  to  college,  evaluation  of  previous  college  work,  credit  for 

44 


prior  learning,  and  an  opportunity  for  independent  directed  study.  Students  in  the  Adult 
Degree  Progrann  may  elect  to  major  in  one  of  the  traditional  disciplines  or  they  may 
choose  to  design  an  interdisciplinary  major. 

In  addition  to  its  academic  programs,  Millsaps  provides  a  variety  of  special  serv- 
ices for  adult  students.  These  include  career  planning  and  placement  assistance,  finan- 
cial aid,  information  sessions,  and  newsletters. 

For  further  information  about  the  Adult  Degree  Program,  see  the  Guidelines  and 
Procedures  Handbool<. 

Post  Baccalaureate 
Teacher  Certification  Program 

The  Post  Baccalaureate  Teacher  Certification  Program  is  designed  for  the  student 
who  holds  the  bachelor's  degree  and  seeks  only  teacher  certification.  The  program  fea- 
tures an  intensive  summer  program,  evening  classes,  the  opportunity  for  independent 
directed  study,  and  academic  advising  regarding  the  Mississippi  State  Department  of 
Education's  "Alternate  Route"  for  Teacher  Certification.  For  further  information  regard- 
ing the  PBTC  program  please  contact  the  Office  of  Adult  Learning  or  the  Department 
of  Education. 

The  Graduate  Program 

Master  of  Business  Administration 

The  Master  of  Business  Administration  (M.B.A.)  degree  is  offered  in  both  daytime 
and  evening  classes.  The  Millsaps  M.B.A.  program  is  particularly  suited  for  those  stu- 
dents with  a  liberal  arts  bacl<ground.  A  typical  class  includes  men  and  women  with  a 
broad  range  of  ages,  and  with  backgrounds  from  engineering,  the  physical  and  social 
sciences,  the  arts  and  the  humanities  as  well  as  from  business.  The  following  founda- 
tion courses  may  be  taken  at  the  undergraduate  level:  Accounting  281-282;  Business 
Administration  220,  275,  321 ,  333,  334,  336,  362;  Economics  201-202;  and  Computer 
100. 

For  further  information  about  the  MBA  Program,  see  the  Graduate  Catalog. 


45 


Administration  of  the  Curriculum 


Grades,  Honors,  Class  Standing 

The  grade  in  any  class  is  determined  by  the  combined  class  standing  and  a  written 
examination.  The  examination  is  approximately  one-third  of  the  grade  for  the  semester. 
"A"  represents  superior  work. 
"B"  represents  above  the  average  achievement. 
"C"  represents  an  average  level  of  achievement. 
"D"  represents  a  level  of  achievement  in  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the  class  below 

the  average  in  the  same  relationship  as  "B"  is  above  the  grade. 
"E"  represents  a  condition  and  is  changed  to  a  "D"  if  the  grade  in  the  other  semester 

of  the  course  is  "C"  or  above,  providing  that  the  "E"  precedes  the  higher  grade  on  the 

student's  record. 
T"  represents  failure  to  do  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the  class.  All  marks  of  "D"  and 

above  are  passing  marks  and  "F"  represents  failure. 
"WP"  indicates  that  the  student  has  withdrawn  from  the  course  while  passing,  and  "WF" 

means  withdrawal  while  failing. 
"I"  indicates  that  the  work  is  incomplete  and  is  changed  to  "F"  if  the  work  is  not  completed 

by  the  end  of  the  following  semester. 
"CR"  represents  passing  work  in  a  non-graded  course  taken  for  hourly  credit  (not  com- 
puted in  G.P.A.). 
"NC"  represents  no  credit  in  a  non-graded  course  taken  for  hourly  credit  (not  computed 

in  G.P.A.). 

Quality  Points 

The  completion  of  any  academic  course  with  a  D  shall  entitle  a  student  to  one  qual- 
ity point  for  each  semester  hour;  a  grade  of  C  for  the  semester  shall  entitle  a  student 
to  two  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour;  a  grade  of  B  for  the  semester  shall  entitle 
a  student  to  three  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour,  and  a  grade  of  A  shall  entitle 
a  student  to  four  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour.  A  quality  point  index  is  deter- 
mined by  dividing  the  total  numiber  of  quality  points  by  the  number  of  academic  hours 
taken.  The  change  from  a  3.00  to  a  4.00  quality  point  index  was  made  in  1968. 

Class  Standing 

The  following  number  of  hours  and  quality  points  is  required: 

For  sophomore  rating 24  hours;         24  quality  points 

For  junior  rating 52  hours;         72  quality  points 

For  senior  rating 90  hours;       144  quality  points 

A  student's  classification  for  the  entire  year  is  his/her  status  at  the  beginning  of  the 
fall  semester. 

Student  Status 

Degree-seeking  students  taking  12  or  more  academic  hours  will  be  classified  as 
full-time  students.  Students  taking  fewer  than  12  academic  hours  may  not  represent 
the  college  in  extracurricular  activities. 

Degree-seeking  students  taking  fewer  than  12  academic  hours  will  be  classified 
as  part-time  students. 

A  special  student  is  a  mature  person  of  ability  and  seriousness  of  purpose  who 
enrolls  for  limited  academic  work  and  does  not  plan  to  seek  a  degree.  The  category 
of  "special  student"  is  not  intended  to  include  recent  high  school  graduates.  Special  stu- 
dents observe  the  same  regulations  concerning  attendance,  examination  and  proficiency 
as  regular  students. 

Credit/No  Credit  Grade  Option 

Some  courses  have  been  approved  to  be  graded  either  by  letter  grade  or  by 
credit/no  credit  grading.  The  purpose  of  credit/no  credit  grading  is  to  encourage  stu- 
dents to  take  courses  in  areas  they  might  not  otherwise  select.  Credit/no  credit  grading 
requires  full  participation  of  the  student  in  all  class  activities.  Credit  signifies  work  of  passing 
quality  or  above.  It  will  not  carry  quality  points  nor  be  included  in  the  G.P.A.  Students 
are  reminded  that  (except  for  certain  internship  programs)  courses  graded  by  the 
credit/no  credit  option  do  not  count  toward  fulfilling  the  120  (124  for  the  B.  M.  degree) 
letter-graded  hours  requirement  and  cannot  be  used  to  fulfill  core  requirements  or  major 
requirements. 

48 


When  grade  option  is  available,  it  will  be  incumbent  upon  the  student  to  nnake  the 
choice  at  the  time  of  registration.  Any  change  in  grading  option  must  be  made  within 
the  drop-add  period.  (Exception:  Theatre  activity  may  be  added  later  with  appropriate 
approval.) 

Repeat  Courses 

A  student  may  enroll  in  a  course  at  Millsaps  which  has  previously  been  taken.  In 
such  a  case  the  highest  grade  earned  in  that  course  will  be  used  in  determining  the 
cumulative  quality  point  average.  If,  however,  a  course  previously  taken  at  Millsaps  is 
repeated  at  another  school,  the  Millsaps  grade,  whether  higher  or  lower  will  be  used 
in  determining  the  cumulative  quality  point  average.  All  grades  reported  for  the  course 
remain  a  part  of  the  permanent  record. 

Graduation  With  Distinction 

A  student  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.2  for  the  entire  course  shall  be  graduated 
Cum  Laude;  one  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.6  shall  be  graduated  Magna  Cum  Laude; 
and  one  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.9  and  who  has  a  rating  of  excellent  on  the  com- 
prehensive examination  shall  be  graduated  Summa  Cum  Laude. 

To  be  eligible  for  graduation  Cum  Laude,  Magna  Cum  Laude  or  Summa  Cum 
Laude,  a  student  must  have  passed  at  least  60  academic  semester  hours  in  Millsaps 
College.  Distinction  or  special  distinction  may  be  refused  a  student  who,  in  the  judg- 
ment of  the  faculty,  has  forfeited  the  right. 

In  determining  eligibility  for  distinction  or  special  distinction  for  students  who  have 
not  done  all  their  college  work  at  Millsaps,  the  quality  points  earned  on  the  basis  of  grades 
made  at  other  institutions  will  be  considered,  but  students  will  be  considered  eligible 
only  if  they  have  the  required  index  both  on  the  work  done  at  Millsaps  and  on  college 
courses  as  a  whole. 

Graduation  Witli  Honors 

A  full-time  student  with  junior  standing  who  has  an  overall  quality  point  index  of 
3,0  may  apply  to  the  department  chairman  for  permission  to  declare  as  a  candidate 
for  honors.  Admission  requires  acceptance  by  the  chairman  and  approval  by  the  Honors 
Council.  Entrance  into  the  Honors  Program  becomes  effective  in  the  spring  semester 
of  the  junior  year. 

Honors  Program 

The  Honors  Program  extends  over  three  semesters.  A  student  admitted  to  the  pro- 
gram will  in  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year  enroll  in  a  directed  study  entitled 
Honors  Research  I.  Work  begun  at  that  time  will  ordinarily  be  completed  in  the  fall 
semester  of  the  senior  year  when  the  student  will  be  enrolled  in  Honors  Research  II. 
A  letter  grade  will  be  given  for  each  of  these  courses.  The  two  semesters  of  research 
are  intended  to  culminate  in  an  honors  paper  presented  to  the  Honors  Council  and 
defended  before  an  examining  board. 

The  last  semester  in  the  Honors  Program  consists  of  an  Honors  Colloquium  designed 
to  bring  together  for  intellectual  exchange  all  students  in  the  Honors  Program.  The  aim 
of  the  Honors  Colloquium  is  the  total  involvement  of  good  minds  in  the  exchange  of 
ideas  and  values  centering  around  selected  themes  and  areas  of  investigation  of  mutu- 
al interest  to  all  disciplines.  The  Honors  Colloquium  is  required  of  all  students  in  the 
Honors  Program. 

A  candidate  who  completes  the  colloquium  satisfactorily,  who  presents  and  de- 
fends the  honors  paper  satisfactorily,  who  has  a  3.0  overall  quality  point  index,  and  who 
has  a  3.33  index  in  honors  work  will  be  graduated  with  Honors.  A  candidate  who  has 
a  3.6  overall  quality  point  index,  who  has  a  4.0  index  in  honors  work  and  who  has  present- 
ed a  superior  honors  paper  will  be  graduated  with  High  Honors. 

A  student  may  voluntarily  withdraw  candidacy  for  honors  at  any  time.  Students  en- 
rolled in  honors  courses  are,  however,  bound  by  the  general  college  rules  for  dropping 
a  course  and  for  receiving  course  credit.  Candidacy  may  be  involuntarily  terminated 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  honors  advisor  and  with  the  approval  of  the  Honors 
Committee. 


49 


Dean's  List 

Those  meeting  these  requirements  are  on  the  Dean's  List: 

1.  Scholarship: 

(a)  The  student  must  carry  not  less  than  12  academic  hours  during  the  semester 
on  which  the  scholastic  average  is  based. 

(b)  The  student  must  have  a  quality  point  average  of  3.2  for  that  semester. 

(c)  The  student  must  have  no  mark  lower  than  a  C  for  that  semester. 

2.  Conduct: 

The  student  must  be,  in  the  judgment  of  the  dean,  a  good  citizen  of  the  college 
community. 

Hours  Permitted 

Fifteen  academic  semester  hours  is  considered  the  normal  load  per  semester. 

Students  may  not  take  more  than  1 7  semester  hours  of  academic  work  unless  they 
have  a  quality  index  of  2.5  on  the  last  semester.  No  student  may  take  more  than  19 
semester  hours  without  a  quality  point  index  of  3.00  on  the  last  semester  and  permis- 
sion from  the  dean.  No  student  may  receive  credit  for  more  than  21  hours  in  a  semester 
under  any  circumstances.  In  order  to  be  classified  as  a  full-time  student,  one  must  take 
no  fewer  than  12  semester  hours,  unless  a  graduating  senior. 

Administrative  Regulations 

Schedule  Changes 

A  freshman  may  not  enroll  for  more  than  eight  hours  of  laboratory  science  courses 
in  any  one  semester  except  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  student's  adviser. 

No  student  can  be  registered  for  courses  in  another  college  while  being  enrolled 
at  Millsaps  without  the  written  permission  of  the  dean  of  the  college  or  the  associate 
dean  of  the  college. 

A  student  cannot  change  classes,  drop  classes  or  take  up  new  classes  except  by 
the  consent  of  the  faculty  adviser.  Courses  dropped  within  the  first  two  weeks  of  a 
semester  do  not  appear  on  the  student's  record.  Courses  dropped  after  the  first  two 
weeks  and  no  later  than  one  week  after  the  reporting  date  for  mid-semester  grades 
are  recorded  as  W.P.  (withdrawn  passing)  or  W.F.  (withdrawn  failing).  Courses 
dropped  after  this  time  are  recorded  as  F.  Students  who  drop  a  course  without  securing 
the  required  approvals  will  receive  an  F. 

Withdrawal 

A  student  desiring  to  withdraw  within  any  term  must  obtain  permission  from  the 
dean  or  associate  dean  of  the  college  and  file  a  withdrawal  card.  No  refund  will  be  con- 
sidered unless  this  written  notice  is  procured  and  presented  to  the  Business  Office. 

Refunds  will  be  made  only  as  outlined  under  Financial  Regulations. 

A  student  who  withdraws  with  permission  after  the  first  two  weeks  of  a  semester 
is  recorded  as  W.P.  (withdrawn  passing)  or  W.F.  (withdrawn  failing)  in  each  course.  A 
student  who  withdraws  without  permission  receives  a  grade  of  F  in  each  course. 

Enforced  withdrawal  may  result  from  habitual  delinquency  in  class,  or  any  other 
circumstance  which  prevents  the  student  from  fulfilling  the  purpose  for  which  (s)he  should 
have  come  to  college. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any  student.  In  such  a 
case,  the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition  will  be  returned,  except  that  students  withdrawing 
under  discipline  forfeit  the  right  to  a  refund. 

No  student  who  withdraws  is  entitled  to  a  grade  report  or  to  a  transcript  of  credits 
until  all  accounts  are  settled  in  the  Business  Office. 

Academic  Suspension 

For  full-time  students  entering  the  college  as  freshmen,  it  is  necessary  to  pass  in 
the  first  semester  six  hours  of  academic  work  in  order  to  remain  in  college.  Thereafter 
a  full-time  student  must  pass  nine  hours  of  academic  work  to  be  eligible  to  continue 


50 


in  college.  Furthermore,  the  maximum  number  of  semesters  a  student  may  be  on  aca- 
demic probation  without  suspension  is  two. 

Students  who  are  requested  not  to  re-enter  because  of  academic  failure  may  peti- 
tion in  writing  for  re-admission,  but  such  petition  will  not  be  granted  unless  convincing 
evidence  is  presented  that  the  failure  was  due  to  unusual  causes  of  a  non-recurring 
nature  and  that  the  student  will  maintain  a  satisfactory  record  during  the  subsequent 
semester.  However,  such  a  student  may  attend  the  summer  session  at  Millsaps  without 
a  petition. 

Academic  Probation 

Students  who  pass  enough  work  to  remain,  but  make  in  any  semester  a  quality 
index  of  less  than  1 .5  will  be  placed  on  probation.  Restricted  attendance  privileges  ap- 
ply for  all  courses  in  which  students  are  enrolled. 

Students  may  be  removed  from  probation  by  making  a  2.00  quality  index  during 
a  regular  semester  or  during  a  summer  session  at  Millsaps  College  in  which  the  student 
is  enrolled  for  at  least  12  academic  hours  credit.  A  student  on  academic  probation  for 
two  semesters  is  asked  not  to  re-enroll  at  Millsaps  College. 

Unsatisfactory  Academic  Progress 

A  part-time  student  who  makes  a  quality  index  of  less  than  1 .5  in  any  semester 
will  be  notified  that  he  or  she  is  making  unsatisfactory  academic  progress.  To  be  re- 
moved from  that  classification  the  student  must  make  a  2.0  quality  index  during  a  regu- 
lar semester  or  summer  session. 

Class  Attendance 

Irregular  attendance  indicates  that  the  student  may  be  having  difficulties  adjusting 
to  the  course  or  to  college.  The  primary  responsibility  for  counseling  students  with  respect 
to  their  absence  rests  with  the  faculty  member;  but,  in  the  following  circumstances,  the 
faculty  member  is  expected  to  report  in  writing  the  student's  unsatisfactory  attendance 
record  to  the  Office  of  Records. 

1 .  For  a  freshman  — whenever  the  total  absences  are  equal  to  twice  the  number  of 
class  meetings  per  week. 

2.  For  any  student— after  three  successive  absences  for  reasons  unknown  to  the  in- 
structor, or  when  in  danger  of  failing  the  course. 

This  reporting  of  absences  is  for  counseling  purposes  only,  and  has  no  effect  on  the 
student's  grade. 

Individual  faculty  members  decide  the  manner  and  extent  to  which  absences  alone 
will  affect  a  student's  grade.  Each  faculty  member  is  expected  to  outline  the  policy  in 
writing  to  each  class  at  the  beginning  of  the  semester.  This  may  extend  to  dismissal 
from  the  course  with  a  grade  of  "F  for  reasons  solely  of  absence. 

Absences  are  excusable  only  by  the  individual  faculty  member,  but  an  excused 
absence  does  not  excuse  the  student  from  being  responsible  for  the  course  work.  Ex- 
planation for  a  student's  absence  provided  by  a  parent,  medical  doctor,  or  a  member 
of  the  faculty  or  administration  may  be  helpful  to  the  faculty  member,  but  such  explana- 
tions are  not  in  themselves  excuses.  This  is  particularly  important  in  the  case  of  absences 
involving  missed  examinations,  late  assignments,  laboratory  sessions  and  similar  sched- 
uled commitments.  Faculty  members,  however,  may  not  excuse  students  from  atten- 
dance on  the  two  days  preceding  and  the  two  days  following  vacation  periods  without 
the  express  permission  of  the  dean. 

Each  student  is  responsible  for  knowing  general  attendance  policy  of  the  college 
and  the  particular  policies  operative  in  each  class.  Further  details  relating  to  attendance 
are  in  the  student  handbook. 

Permission  to  make  up  an  examination  or  alter  the  time  for  an  examination  may 
be  granted  only  through  the  vice  president  and  dean  of  the  college.  Any  special  exami- 
nation, if  granted,  must  be  held  no  later  than  the  sixth  week  of  the  next  regular  semester. 

A  student  who  has  been  excluded  from  a  course  by  recommendation  of  the  in- 
structor may  petition  the  vice  president  and  dean  of  the  college  within  one  week  for 
the  privilege  of  a  reinstatement  examination.  This  examination,  to  be  prepared  and  ad- 
ministered by  the  instructor,  shall  cover  the  work  of  the  course  up  to  that  date.  Re-entry 


51 


shall  depend  upon  the  examination  results.  If  a  student  does  not  petition  for  re-entry, 
or  if  the  re-entry  is  denied,  the  grade  shall  be  recorded  as  F. 

Exemptions 

Students  may  elect  to  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  in  the  semester  in  which 
they  complete  their  comprehensive  examinations,  but  only  in  those  courses  in  which 
they  have  a  C  average  or  better.  It  shall  be  understood,  however,  that  this  exemption 
does  not  ensure  the  student  a  final  grade  of  C,  since  daily  grades  during  the  last  two 
weeks  shall  count  in  the  final  average.  Under  no  circumstances  may  a  student  be  ex- 
empt from  any  examination  in  more  than  one  term  or  semester. 

Students  may  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  only  in  the  semester  in  which  they 
complete  their  comprehensive,  scholastic  requirements  being  met. 

Seniors  may  be  allowed  one  special  examination  in  any  subject  taken  and  failed 
in  the  senior  year.  Permission  for  such  examination  must  be  secured  from  the  dean 
or  associate  dean  of  the  college.  Students  may  request  exemption  from  other  require- 
ments by  petition  to  the  dean  of  the  college. 

Student  Behavior 

The  College  has  the  responsibility  and  authority  to  establish  standards  for  scholar- 
ship, student  conduct  and  campus  life.  Therefore,  it  cannot  condone  violations  of  local, 
state  or  federal  laws  or  conduct  detrimental  to  students  or  to  the  College.  Students,  as 
adults,  are  presumed  to  know  the  law  as  to  illegal  conduct  prohibited  by  municipal, 
state  or  federal  law  and  are  governed  thereby. 

Millsaps  students  are  expected  to  act  with  honesty  and  integrity  in  personal,  social 
and  academic  relationships  and  with  consideration  and  concern  for  the  community,  its 
members  and  its  property. 

Millsaps  requires  from  every  student  sober,  decorus  and  upright  conduct  as  long 
as  he/she  remains  a  member  of  the  college  community,  whether  he  or  she  be  within 
its  precincts  or  not.  No  individual  or  group  should  cause  serious  discomfort  or  injury 
to  others  or  to  the  community.  This  will  include  such  acts  as  obstruction  or  disruption 
of  teaching,  research,  administration  or  other  collegiate  activities  and  unauthorized  en- 
try to  or  use  of  college  facilities. 

The  College  expects  students  to  be  concerned  with  the  physical  and  psychologi- 
cal well-being  of  others  and  cannot  condone  behavior  which  exploits  another  individu- 
al. Students  and  organizations  are  expected  to  comply  with  rules  governing  the  academic, 
social,  and  residential  life  of  the  College.  They  are  expected  to  comply  with  directions 
of  college  officials.  Students  are  also  responsible  for  the  behavior  of  their  guests  while 
on  Millsaps  property  and/or  at  Millsaps  functions. 

Alcoholic  Beverages 

The  Trustees  and  administration  are  fully  committed  to  the  spirit  of  the  United 
Methodist  Church  and  are  equally  committed  to  comply  with  the  laws  of  the  state  of 
Mississippi  regarding  the  consumption  of  alcoholic  beverages,  (which  shall  include,  but 
not  be  limited  to,  light  wine  and  beer)  on  the  Millsaps  College  campus.  It  is  the  position 
of  the  college  that  the  use  of  alcoholic  beverages  is  not  a  part  of,  nor  does  it  contribute 
to,  the  total  educational  emphasis  of  Millsaps  College  and  to  the  full  and  abundant  life 
that  God  wills  for  each  person. 

The  College  expects  students  to  comply  with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Mississippi 
and  the  college  regulations  relating  to  alcoholic  beverages  and  to  accept  responsibility 
for  their  behavior  as  members  of  the  College  Community.  The  College  does  not  con- 
done the  illegal  possession,  use,  distribution  or  sale  of  alcoholic  beverages. 

A  student  may  consume  alcoholic  beverages  only  within  the  privacy  of  his  or  her 
room  whether  in  the  residence  hall  or  in  the  fraternity/sorority  facilities  and  only  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  state  law  which  prohibits  the  drinking  of  alcoholic  beverages  for  those 
under  21  years  of  age.  Regardless  of  age  and  state  law  requirements,  no  student  is 
allowed  to  consume  alcoholic  beverages  outside  the  confines  of  a  student's  room. 

Fraternity  and  sorority  facilities  are  subject  to  all  applicable  state  laws  and  city  or- 
dinances. The  display,  serving,  consumption,  or  any  other  use  of  alcoholic  beverages 
is  prohibited  in  public  areas  which  include  the  lounges,  porches,  yards,  grounds  and 
other  external  structures  of  such  facilities. 

52 


Consumption  of  alcoholic  beverages  for  those  of  age  in  a  student's  room  in  the 
residence  hall  or  fraternity/sorority  facilities  must  never  result  in  irresponsible  behavior 
or  contribute  to  an  environment  not  conducive  to  the  realization  of  the  primary  goals 
and  aims  of  the  College. 

The  possession  and  consumption  of  alcoholic  beverages  are  not  permitted  in  any 
public  area  on  the  campus.  This  includes  all  public  areas  on  the  campus.  Public  areas 
are  defined  as  any  area  outside  of  the  student's  private  room. 

Complete  regulations  governing  the  use  of  alcoholic  beverages  on  campus  and 
at  off-campus  functions  may  be  found  in  the  current  Major  Facts,  the  student  handbook. 

The  use,  possession  or  distribution  of  narcotics  or  dangerous  drugs  such  as  mariju- 
ana, except  as  expressly  allowed  by  law,  is  not  permitted.  Gambling  is  not  permitted 
on  campus. 

Disciplinary  Regulations 

Students  guilty  of  serious  infractions  of  college  regulations  may  be  placed  on  so- 
cial probation,  disciplinary  probation,  suspension  or  expulsion  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Judicial  Council,  the  dean  of  student  affairs  or  the  president  of  the  college  dependent 
upon  the  original  jurisdiction.  Cases  involving  a  recommendation  of  suspension  or  ex- 
pulsion are  automatically  appealable  to  the  president  of  the  college. 

Social  Probation 

Social  probation  is  a  warning  to  a  student  regarding  conduct  standards.  Its  primary 
purpose  is  to  serve  as  a  period  of  time  in  which  a  student  is  asked  to  prove  responsibili- 
ty to  himself/herself  and  the  College. 

When  a  student  is  placed  on  social  probation  he/she  is  prohibited  from  participat- 
ing in  extracurricular  campus  activities  such  as  fraternity/sorority  social  activities,  intramural 
and  varsity  sports.  In  addition  a  student  may  hold  no  office  of  campus  leadership. 

When  an  organization  is  placed  on  social  probation  the  organization  may  not  sponsor 
social  activities  in  the  name  of  the  organization  for  the  period  of  the  social  probation. 

Disciplinary  Probation 

Disciplinary  probation  is  the  most  serious  penalty,  short  of  suspension  and  expul- 
sion, that  can  be  incurred  by  a  student.  During  a  period  of  disciplinary  probation  any 
further  infraction  of  college  regulations  will  render  the  student  liable  to  suspension. 

Disciplinary  Suspension  and  Disciplinary  Expulsion 

Suspension  is  a  decision  to  temporarily  separate  a  student  from  the  college. 

Expulsion  is  a  decision  to  permanently  separate  a  student  from  the  college. 

When  a  student  is  placed  on  disciplinary  probation,  suspended  or  expelled,  par- 
ents are  notified  and  asked  to  come  to  the  campus  for  a  conference  with  the  President 
and  the  dean  of  student  affairs. 

A  more  comprehensive  statement  of  college  policy  regarding  student  behavior  is 
contained  in  the  student  handbook.  Specific  regulations  pertaining  to  residence  halls 
and  other  facets  of  campus  life  are  available  through  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 


53 


Departments  of  Instruction 


Academic  Divisions 


The  academic  program  of  the  college  is  organized  into  six  academic  divisions,  in- 
cluding the  Else  School  of  Management.  These  divisions  are:  Fine  Arts,  Humanities, 
Language  and  Literature,  Science  and  Mathematics,  Social  and  Behavioral  Sciences, 
and  the  School  of  Management.  Within  these  divisions  are  the  academic  departments 
and  programs  through  which  the  curriculum  of  the  college  is  administered. 

Course  offerings,  together  with  major  and  minor  requirements,  are  listed  by  depart- 
ment and  division.  Interdisciplinary  courses  are  listed  under  a  separate  heading.  Depart- 
mental listings  can  be  found  on  the  following  pages: 

page 

Accounting 97 

Art 57 

Biology 74 

Business  Administration 98 

Chemistry 76 

Classical    Studies 63 

Computer    Studies 77 

Economics 99 

Education 85 

English 69 

Geology 79 

History 64 

Interdisciplinary  Studies 94 

Mathematics 81 

Modern   Languages 71 

Music 58 

Philosophy 66 

Physics  and  Astronomy 83 

Political  Science 88 

Psychology 90 

Religion 67 

Sociology  and  Anthropology 91 

Theatre 61 

Explanation  of  Numbers  and  Symbols 

Courses  101-199     Primarily  for  freshmen. 

Courses  201-299     Primarily  for  sophomores. 

Courses  301-499     Limited  to  juniors  and  seniors  or  those  meeting  the  necessary 

prerequisites. 
Courses  501-699     Graduate  courses. 

Courses  represented  by  odd  numbers  are  normally  taught  during  the  fall  semester; 
even-numbered  courses,  during  the  spring  semester.  "S"  indicates  courses  offered  in 
summer  only.  Courses  numbered  with  a  98  represent  credit  for  prior  learning  in  The 
Adult  Degree  Program.  Courses  numbered  with  a  99  represent  independent  directed 
studies  in  The  Adult  Degree  Program. 


56 


Fine  Arts 


ART 


Assistant  Professor:  JACK  D.  AGRICOLA,  Ph.  D.,  Chairman 

Associate  Professor:  LUCY  WEBB  [\/IILLSAPS,  M.A. 

Requirements  for  IVIajor:  Courses  required  for  a  major  in  art  fail  within  three  divi- 
sions: art  history,  introductory  studio  art,  and  upper  level  studio  art.  Within  the  division 
of  art  history,  a  student  must  take  Art  290-291 ,  298,  and  an  additional  course  in  a  specific 
period.  The  required  introductory  courses  are  Design  101,  1 02  and  Drawing  1 04,  1 05. 
Within  this  division,  a  student  must  also  take  three  other  beginning  level  courses.  The 
upper  level  division  consists  of  two  intermediate  level  courses,  an  advanced  level  course, 
and  420-421,  a  two  semester  course  culminating  in  a  senior  exhibition. 

Requirements  for  l\/linor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  by  completing  12  hours 
of  art  courses  in  a  single  area,  in  addition  to  either  101-102,  or  104-105. 

101 .  Two-dimensional  Design  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  elements  and  organizational 
principles  of  art,  including  color  theory.  Emphasis  on  two-dimensional  design. 

102.  Three-dimensional  Design  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  art  specifi- 
cally relating  to  volume  and  space.  Emphasis  on  three-dimensional  design. 

104.  Beginning  Drawing  (3).  An  introduction  to  drawing  using  lines  and  tones  to 
model  still  life  objects,  landscapes,  the  skeleton  and  the  figure. 

105.  Intermediate  Drawing  (3).  A  continuation  of  the  above  course  using  pen  and 
ink,  wash  and  conte  crayon.  Prerequisite:  Art  104. 

206.  Advanced  Drawing  (3).  Advanced  problems  employing  various  mixed-media 
techniques.  Prerequisite:  Art  104,  105 

210.  Beginning  Painting  (3).  Offers  technical  training  in  the  use  of  materials  and  in 
the  basics  of  color  and  composition.  In  approach,  the  course  attempts  to  acquaint 
the  student  with  the  world  beyond  the  studio  and  the  work  of  artists  past  and  present. 

211.  Intermediate  Painting  (3).  A  continuation  of  the  above  course.  This  course 
attempts  to  establish  in  students  the  habit  of  questioning  themselves  and  their  work 
and  a  commitment  to  constant  exploration  and  experimentation.  Prerequisite:  Art  210. 

312.  Advanced  Painting  (3).  Concentrates  on  major  contemporary  themes  and  issues 
in  the  medium.  Prerequisite:  Art  210,  211. 

220.  Beginning  Ceramics  (3).  Introduces  students  to  fundamental  handbuilding  tech- 
niques and  glazing  with  an  emphasis  on  form  and  function. 

221.  Intermediate  Ceramics  (3).  A  continuation  of  the  above  course,  it  introduces 
students  to  wheel  throwing  techniques  and  to  colored  slips  with  an  emphasis  on  the 
cylindrical  form.  Prerequisite:  Art  220. 

322.  Advanced  Ceramics  (3).  A  continuation  of  previously  taught  handbuilding  and 
wheel  throwing  techniques  and  introduction  to  glaze  formulation  and  kiln  building. 
Prerequisite:  Art  220,  221 . 

230.  Beginning  Printmaking  (3).  An  introduction  to  relief  printing  techniques  with 
an  emphasis  on  woodcuts.  Prerequisite:  104  or  consent  of  instructor. 

231.  Intermediate  Printmaking  (3).  An  introduction  to  intaglio  printing  techniques. 
Prerequisite:  Art  230. 

332.  Advanced  Printmaking  (3).  Examines  areas  of  personal  involvement.  Pre- 
requisite: Art  231 . 

240.  Beginning  Sculpture  (3).  Offers  instruction  in  both  traditional  and  the  more 
experimental  sculptural  modes. 


57 


241.  Intermediate  Sculpture  (3).  A  continuation  of  the  above  course,  it  explores 
experimental  methodologies  including  such  forms  as  events,  performances  and 
documentation.  Prerequisite:  Art  240. 

250.  Beginning  Photography  (3).  Explores  the  camera  as  a  tool  for  self-expression 
while  teaching  fundamental  dark  room  procedures. 

251 .  Intermediate  Photography  (3).  Offers  an  opportunity  to  develop  skills  in  the  uses 
of  photography  and  to  gain  an  historical  and  critical  understanding  of  the  field  with 
a  concentration  on  subject  and  content  rather  than  technique.  Prerequisite:  Art  250. 

305.  Lettering  (3).  Introduces  basic  letter  forms  and  the  art  of  calligraphy  and  examines 

their  use  as  a  visual  element  in  design. 
350.  Commercial  Imagery  (3).  Investigates  the  union  of  image  and  language  to 

meet  commercial  and  artistic  ends.  Prerequisite:  Art  251  or  consent  of  instructor. 

290.  A  Survey  of  Western  Art  History  I  (3).  Traces  the  development  of  western  art 
from  Prehistoric  times  through  the  Late  Gothic  period. 

291 .  A  Survey  of  Western  Art  History  II  (3).  Traces  the  development  of  western  art 
from  the  Italian  Renaissance  through  the  Twentieth  Century. 

292.  Classical  Art  and  Archaeology  (3).  Focuses  on  the  changing  vision  of  the 
world  and  human  experience  in  ancient  art  and  the  forms  and  techniques  which 
artists  evolved  to  represent  that  vision. 

293.  Medieval  Art  (3).  Examines  art  in  the  Age  of  Faith. 

294.  Renaissance  Art  (3).  Examines  art  in  the  Age  of  Humanism,  combining  High, 
Low,  and  Northern  Renaissance  Art. 

295.  Mannerism  and  Baroque  Art  (3).  Examines  art  during  the  Rise  of  Science. 

296.  Eighteenth  and  Nineteenth  Century  Art  (3).  Examines  art  during  the  Rise  of 
Romanticism. 

297.  Modern  European  Art  (3).  Examines  major  European  movements  in  art  begin- 
ning with  Realism  and  concluding  with  Surrealism. 

298.  American  Art  of  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  Examines  the  role  of  American 
art  beginning  with  the  Armory  Show  of  1913  and  concluding  with  contemporary  issues. 

401.  Museumship  (3).  A  course  offered  in  cooperation  with  the  Mississippi  Museum 
of  Art  in  which  students  develop  a  working  knowledge  of  a  museum.  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1-3  —  1-3).  Open  only  to  approved  students. 

410.  Art  Internship  (3).  A  course  in  which  a  student  works  with  a  local  business  firm 
or  craftsperson  and  under  the  supervision  of  the  Art  Department.  Prerequisite:  con- 
sent of  instructor. 

411.  Special  Topics. 

420-421 .  Senior  Project  (3-3).  A  course  in  which  the  senior  produces  a  body  of  work 
to  be  evaluated  for  his  or  her  graduation.  This  work  is  the  source  for  the  senior  exhi- 
bition. It  is  understood  that  the  department  will  retain  a  work  from  the  exhibit. 


MUSIC 


Professor  Emerita:  MAGNOLIA  COULLET,  B.M.,  A.M. 

Professor:  JONATHAN  M.  SWEAT,  A.Mus.D.,  Chairman 

Associate  Professor:  DONALD  D.  KILMER,  M.M. 

FRANCIS  E.  POLANSKI,  M.M. 

Assistant  Professors:  McCARRELL  L.  AYERS,  M.M. 

TIMOTHY  C.  COKER,  Ph.D. 
HARRYLYN  SALLIS,  M.M. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  music  may  apply  for  either  the 
Bachelor  of  Music  or  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 

58 


Bachelor  of  Music:  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Music  with  a  performance  major 
in  piano,  voice,  organ,  or  in  choral  music  education  may  be  earned,  the  minimum  credit 
requirement  for  the  performance  major  is  128  semester  hours,  for  the  choral  music  edu- 
cation major,  135  hours.  Performance  major  candidates  are  required  to  give  a  full  recital 
in  each  of  their  final  two  years  of  study.  Music  Education  majors  are  required  to  give  a 
full  recital  in  their  senior  year.  An  upper  divisional  examination  in  the  student's  performance 
area  is  required  at  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year.  This  examination  is  not  usually  taken 
until  the  student  is  either  enrolled  in  or  has  completed  Theory  202.  A  comprehensive  ex- 
amination is  required  during  the  senior  year.  Each  candidate  must  be  registered  for  choir 
or  another  large  ensemble  each  semester  until  graduation. 

Bachelor  of  Arts:  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  with  a  major  in  piano,  organ,  voice, 
or  church  music  may  be  earned.  An  upper  divisional  examination  in  the  student's  perfor- 
mance area  is  required  at  the  end  of  the  sophomore  year.  This  examination  may  not  be 
taken  until  the  student  is  either  enrolled  in  or  has  completed  Theory  202.  A  comprehen- 
sive examination  is  required  during  the  senior  year.  Students  desiring  teacher  certifica- 
tion should  consider  state  requirements.  A  senior  recital  is  required  and  must  be  given 
while  the  student  is  registered  for  senior  level  applied  music.  Each  candidate  must  be 
registered  for  choir  or  another  large  ensemble  each  semester  until  graduation. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  music  minor  in  piano,  voice,  or- 
gan, or  the  orchestral  instruments.  The  course  requirements  are  Music  101-102,  Music 
251-252,  and  10  hours  in  the  instrument,  culminating  in  one  half-hour  recital.  A  student 
may  also  minor  in  church  music.  The  course  requirements  are  Music  101-102,  Music 
251-252,  Music  315-316,  Music  341  or  Music  362,  and  six  hours  in  the  instrument.  No 
solo  recital  is  required. 

GENERAL  REQUIREMENTS 

All  students  studying  applied  music  must  attend  weekly  repertoire  classes,  all  reci- 
tals presented  by  the  Music  Department,  and  take  an  examination  before  the  faculty  at 
the  end  of  each  semester. 

All  keyboard  majors  are  required  to  do  accompanying  each  semester  for  either  a 
singer,  an  instrumentalist,  or  one  of  the  vocal  ensembles. 

PIANO  REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  piano,  the  student  must  have  an  adequate 
musical  and  technical  background  and  should  be  able  to  play  all  major  and  minor  scales. 
They  should  have  had  some  learning  experience  in  all  periods  of  the  standard  student 
repertory,  such  as  the  Bach  Two-Part  Inventions,  the  Mozart  and  Haydn  Sonatas,  the 
Mendelssohn  Songs  Without  Words,  and  the  Bartok  Mikrokosmos. 

For  students  whose  principal  performing  instrument  is  not  piano  or  organ,  a  piano 
proficiency  examination  is  required.  The  student  must  perform  acceptably,  from  memory, 
the  following  material  (or  its  equivalent  in  styles  and  difficulty):  the  major  and  minor  scales, 
a  Bach  two-part  invention,  a  movement  from  a  classical  sonatina,  a  romantic  and  a  con- 
temporary work  of  moderate  difficulty.  The  students  ability  at  sight-reading  will  be  tested. 
Until  the  student  passes  the  piano  proficiency  examination,  piano  must  be  studied  each 
semester. 

Candidates  for  the  B.M.  or  B.A.  must  have  one  semester  of  piano  pedagogy  and 
one  semester's  internship  in  piano  pedagogy.  They  must  also  fulfill  repertory  and  techni- 
cal requirements  specified  by  the  department. 

ORGAN  REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  organ,  the  student  must  have  completed 
sufficient  piano  study  to  play  the  Bach  Two-part  and  Three-part  Inventions,  Mozart  and 
Beethoven  Sonatas,  and  compositions  by  Chopin,  Schumann,  Mendelssohn,  and  Bar- 
tok. The  student  should  also  be  able  to  play  all  major  and  minor  scales  and  arpeggios. 

Candidates  for  the  B.M.  or  B.A.  degree  must  have  one  year  of  voice  study,  direct- 
ed study  in  organ  literature  and  the  techniques  of  playing  for  religious  services,  and 
console  conducting. 

VOICE  REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  voice,  the  student  must  possess  above 

59 


average  talent  and  evidence  ability  to  sing  with  correct  pitch,  phrasing,  and  musical 
intelligence  and  should  know  the  rudiments  of  music  and  be  able  to  sing  a  simple  song 
at  sight.  A  student  should  have  experience  in  singing  works  from  the  standard  repertory. 
Voice  candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  must  obtain  18  hours  in  foreign 
languages  to  be  chosen  from  at  least  two  of  the  following:  French,  German,  Italian.  Can- 
didates for  both  the  B.M.  and  B.A.  degrees  will  be  required  to  have  a  basic  piano  profi- 
ciency. 

CHORAL  MUSIC  EDUCATION 

Students  electing  the  choral  music  education  major  will  receive  the  Bachelor  of  Music 
degree.  The  program  of  135  to  141  hours  is  one  that  is  directed  toward  enabling  the 
graduate  to  do  effective  music  teaching  throughout  the  pre-college  curriculum.  Along 
with  the  core  requirements  for  the  bachelor  degree  the  choral  music  education  requires 
66  hours  in  music  and  15  hours  in  education.  Student  teaching  the  senior  year  represents 
12  of  these  education  hours. 

CHURCH  MUSIC 

Students  electing  the  church  music  major  will  receive  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 
The  program  of  1 1 8  total  hours  is  designed  to  equip  the  church  musician  with  a  variety 
of  skills  so  as  to  meet  the  demands  of  the  contemporary  church.  Along  with  the  core 
requirements  for  all  degrees,  the  church  music  major  carries  additional  requirements 
in  music  (53  hours),  religion  (18  hours),  and  education  (six  hours).  An  internship  is  also 
a  part  of  the  program. 

Music  Theory 

101-102.  Basic  Theory  (4-4).  Harmonic  part-writing,  sight-singing  and  dictation,  and 
keyboard  harmony.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week. 

201-202.  Intermediate  Theory  (4-4).  Harmonization  of  chorales,  modulation,  altered 
chords,  advanced  sight-singing,  harmonic  dictation,  and  keyboard  harmony.  Three 
lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  101-102. 

303-304.  Advanced  Theory  (4-4).  First  semester  includes:  harmonic  and  structural 
analysis  of  basic  musical  forms  and  study  of  advanced  musical  forms.  The  second 
semester  is  the  study  of  polyphony  of  the  eighteenth  century,  the  writing  of  canon 
and  fugue,  and  free  counterpoint  in  contemporary  styles.  Four  lecture  hours  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Intermediate  Theory,  201-202. 

Music  Literature 
215.  Music  Appreciation  (3).  (For  non-majors).  The  literature  of  music  as  an  important 

aspect  of  Western  culture. 
251-252.  Music  Literature  (2-2).  An  introduction  to  music  history  and  music  literature 

with  special  emphasis  on  aural  comprehension  of  form,  style,  period,  and  composer. 

Open  to  non-music  majors  with  consent  of  instructor. 
381-382.  Music  History  (3-3).  Music  from  antiquity  to  1750,  first  semester,  and  from 

1750  to  the  present,  second  semester.  Prerequisite:  Music  Literature  251-252. 
401.  Directed  Study  (1-3).  Designed  to  correlate  work  studied  and  to  prepare  the 

student  for  graduate  study.  Research  and  projects  pertaining  to  the  student's  major 

interest. 

Church  Music 
315-316.  Church  Music  Literature  (2-2).  Sacred  music  from  antiquity  to  the  present. 
Organization  and  administration  of  the  church  music  program  is  included.  Open  to 
non-music  majors  on  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

361 .  Service  Playing  and  Repertory  (2).  Open  to  advanced  organ  students.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

362.  Console  Conducting  (2).  Includes  detailed  study  of  anthems,  accompanying,  and 
directing  the  choir  from  the  console.  Open  to  advanced  organ  students.  Offered  in 
alternate  years. 

Choral  Music  Education 
100.  Recital  Class  (0).  Attendance  at  all  departmental  and  student  recitals. 


80 


J33.  Teaching  Music  in  the  Schools  (3).  Administration  and  teaching  of  music  in 
grade  K-12.  An  eclectic  study  of  methods  for  teaching  music  in  public  and  private 
schools.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

)41-342.  Choral  Conducting  (2-2).  Conducting,  score-reading,  rehearsal  techniques, 
and  diction  for  singers.  342  is  a  continuation  of  341  with  an  emphasis  on  expressive 
aspects  of  conducting.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

J53.  Instrumental  Ensemble.  (2).  Fundamentals  of  string,  woodwind,  and  brass 
instruments,  including  training  methods  and  materials.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

125-426.  Piano  Pedagogy  (2-3).  A  basic  course  emphasizing  techiniques  and  materials 
used  in  teaching  piano  to  children  and  older  students  in  both  private  and  class  in- 
struction Offered  in  alternate  years. 

lAO.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School.  Same 
as  Education  430  or  440.  Prerequisite:  Music  333. 

151.  Choral  Methods  and  Techniques.  (2).  Administration  and  teaching  of  choral 
music  with  emphasis  on  the  secondary  level.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

152.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School.  Same  as 
Education  452.  Prerequisite:  Music  333  and  451. 

191-492.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  in  piano  teaching 
or  working  in  the  music  program  of  a  church. 

Applied  Music 

Courses  are  designed  by  the  first  letter  of  the  instrument,  followed  by  the  proper 
lumber  from  the  following  table: 
=reshman  111-112;  121-122;  Sophomore  211-212,  221-222;  Junior  311-312, 

321-322;  Senior  411-412,  421-422.  One  or  two  lessons  per  week.  One  or  two  hours 

credit  each  semester. 
181-182;  281-282.  (1).  Class  instruction  in  voice  or  piano  to  a  minimum  of  four  students 

who  meet  for  two  hours  per  week. 
)31-332  (3-3).  One  hour  lesson  per  week  plus  special  instruction  culminating  in  a  junior 

recital. 
141-442  (4-4).  One  hour  lesson  per  week  plus  special  instruction  culminating  in  a  senior 

recital. 
The  300  level  may  be  achieved  only  by  satisfactory  completion  of  the  upper  divi- 
sional examination. 

Additional  semesters  on  each  level  will  be  designated  by  successive  numbering, 
.e.,  113,  114,  etc. 

Choir 

Students  are  admitted  to  the  Millsaps  Singers  (choir)  by  audition.  One  hour  credit 
s  given  per  semester. 

Freshman  A133-A134;  Sophomore  A233-A234; 
Junior  A333-A334;  Senior  A433-A434. 

Instrumental  Ensembles 

Two  instrumental  ensembles  are  open  to  students,  the  Wind  Ensemble  and  the  Brass 
Duintet.  The  student  may  receive  one  hour  credit  for  either  ensemble. 


rHEATRE 


•rofessor:  LANCE  GOSS,  A.M.,  Chairman 

Assistant  Professor:  BRENT  LEFAVOR,  M.A. 

Requirements  for  major:  37  hours  to  include  Theatre  103-104,  141-142,  203-204, 
?05-206,  213-214,  225,  305-306,  395-396,  402. 


61 


Requirements  for  minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  Theatre  with  the  follow- 
ing courses:  Theatre  103-104,  203-204,  205-206,  213-214,  and  two  hours  of  Per- 
formance. 

SPEECH 

101 .  Speech  Fundamentals:  Public  Speaking  (3).  Each  student  delivers  a  minimum 
of  five  addresses  which  deal  with  progressively  more  difficult  material  and  situations. 
Emphasis  on  development  of  correct  breathing,  proper  pronunciation,  accurate  enun- 
ciation, and  an  effective  platform  manner.  Individual  attention  and  criticism. 

102.  Speech  Fundamentals:  Oral  Reading  (3).  Each  student  presents  a  minimum 
of  five  readings  which  deal  with  progressively  more  difficult  material  and  situations. 
Emphasis  on  interpretation  and  platform  technique. 

THEATRE 

103-104.  Introduction  to  Theatre  (3-3).  The  first  semester  introduces  the  student 
to  theatrical  history  and  literature,  drama  theory  and  criticism.  The  second  semester 
deals  with  types  of  staging  and  aspects  of  theatrical  production,  including  scenery, 
lighting,  costuming  and  properties. 

131-132  (Freshman),  231-232  (Sophomore),  331-332  (Junior),  431-432  (Senior). 
Performance.  Practical  experience  in  acting  or  techinical  work  in  productions  by 
the  Millsaps  Players.  One  hour  per  semester  to  a  total  of  eight  hours. 

141-142.  Theatre  Movement  (1-1).  Includes  classical  ballet  barre,  pantomime,  exer- 
cises, basic  dance  steps,  and  general  movement. 

203-204.  Production  I,  Introduction  to  Theatrical  Production  (3-3).  Emphasis  on 
basic  stagecraft,  lighting,  properties,  and  sound.  To  be  taken  concurrently  with 
213-214. 

205-206.  Acting  (2-2).  Basic  principles  of  acting  in  modern  plays,  first  stemester;  second 
semester,  acting  in  pre-modern  drama.  Prerequisite:  Theatre  103-104.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

213-214.  Production  I  Lab  (2-2).  To  be  taken  concurrently  with  Production  I,  203-204. 

225.  Stage  Makeup  (3). 

301.  Greek  Drama  (3).  The  theatre  of  ancient  Greece.  (See  Classical  Civilization  302: 
Greek  Tragedy.) 

303-304.  Production  II,  Scene  Design  and  Stage  Lighting  (2-2).  Prerequisite: 
203-204,  213-214.  To  be  taken  concurrently  with  313-314. 

305-306.  The  History  and  Literature  of  the  Theatre  (4-4).  Prerequisite:  Theatre 
103-104.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

312.  Theatre  in  America  (3).  American  theatre  since  1900.  Prerequisite:  Theatre 
103-104.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

313-314.  Production  II  Lab  (2-2).  To  be  taken  concurrently  with  303-304. 

325.  Stage  Management  (2).  The  role  of  the  stage  manager  in  the  modern  theatrical 
production.  Prerequisite:  103-104. 

337.  Modern  Drama.  See  English  337. 

365-366.  Shakespeare.  See  English  365-366. 

395-396.  Directing  (2-2).  Covers  all  facets  of  the  director's  role.  Prerequisite: 
103-104.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

402.  Senior  Project  (2).  The  student  completes  a  major  project  in  a  field  of  spe- 
cial interest,  such  as  directing,  scenery,  lighting  or  costume  designing. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Designed  to  cover  areas  of  special 
interest  not  included  in  other  courses.  Open  only  to  approved  students. 


62 


Humanities 


CLASSICAL  STUDIES 


The  Alfred  Porter  Hamilton  Chair  of  Classical  Languages 
Associate  Professors:  CATHERINE  RUGGIERO  FREIS,  Ph.D.,  Chair 

RICHARD  FREIS,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  student  may  elect  a  major  in  classical  studies  with 
18-24  semester  hours  in  one  classical  language,  6  semester  hours  in  the  other  classical 
language,  and  12  semester  hours  in  classical  civilization  courses.  The  student  must  earn 
a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  all  courses  counted  toward  the  major  and  a  grade  point  of 
3.0  in  the  major.  Either  Greek  or  Latin  may  be  chosen  as  the  language  of  concentra- 
tion. If  Latin  is  the  language  of  concentration,  Greek  1 01  -1 02  will  suffice  for  the  second- 
ary language;  but  if  Greek  is  the  language  of  concentration,  two  Latin  courses  above 
the  1 01  -1 02  level  will  be  required.  Any  of  the  following  courses  may,  with  the  approval 
of  the  department  chair,  substitute  for  one  3-hour  course  in  classical  civilization: 
Philosophy  301,  Art  201,  English  203,  Political  Science  301. 

Students  who  choose  Latin  with  the  goal  of  teaching  Latin  in  the  secondary  schools 
must  take  18  hours  above  the  101-102  level  for  teacher  certification.  Students  who  in- 
tend to  go  to  graduate  school  in  classics  should  take  additional  language  courses  in 
both  Greek  and  Latin.  Prospective  majors  should  also  consider  off-campus  programs 
in  classics.  For  further  information  see  section  Special  Programs. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  classical  studies  with 
two  courses  in  Greek  or  Latin  above  the  101-102  level,  two  classical  civilization  courses, 
and  one  additional  course  in  Greek,  Latin,  or  classical  civilization. 

CLASSICAL  CIVILIZATION 

The  following  courses  are  conducted  in  English;  they  are  open  to  all  students  for 

elective  credit  regardless  of  classification.  Different  courses  in  this  sequence  will  be  offered 

from  year  to  year. 

210.  Myth  and  Man  (3).  A  study  of  the  ancient  myths  of  Greece  and  Rome  and  their 
influence,  with  comparative  material  introduced  from  near  Eastern,  American  Indian, 
and  Norse  mythology. 

220.  Greek  Tragedy  (3).  After  a  brief  introductory  study  of  Greek  theatre  production 
and  the  social-religious  context  of  Greek  tragedy,  the  class  will  read  the  main  surviv- 
ing works  of  the  three  great  tragedians,  Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  and  Euripides,  and 
close  with  two  critical  works,  Aristotle's  Poetics  and  Aristophanes'  comedy  about  trage- 
dy. The  Frogs. 

230.  The  Classical  Epic  (3).  At  the  head  of  Western  literature  and  thought  stand  the  two 
Homeric  poems,  the  Iliad  and  the  Odyssey.  The  class  will  begin  by  studying  the 
Homeric  poems  in  themselves  and  as  shaping  factors  in  Western  civilization.  Then, 
after  a  brief  study  of  the  later  Greek  works,  Hesiod's  Worl<s  and  Days  and  Descent 
of  the  Gods  and  Appollonius'  Voyage  of  the  Argo,  it  will  turn  to  Vergil's  Aeneid,  in 
which  the  Homeric  poems  are  transformed  in  the  service  of  a  quite  different  but  no 
less  important  vision  of  man. 

240.  Greek  Art  and  Archaeology  (3).  This  course  will  focus  on  the  changing  vi- 
sion of  the  world  and  human  experience  in  ancient  art  and  the  forms  and  tech- 
niques which  artists  evolved  to  represent  that  vision.  The  class  also  will  examine  the 
techniques  and  the  efforts  of  archaeologists  to  bring  the  lost  works  of  ancient  civili- 
zation to  light.  There  will  be  a  field  trip  to  the  Museum  of  Classical  Archaeology  at 
the  University  of  Mississippi. 


63 


250.  Roman  Art  and  Archeology.  This  course  will  focus  on  the  changing  vision  of 
the  world  and  human  experience  in  Roman  art  and  the  forms  and  techniques  which 
artists  evolved  to  represent  that  vision.  The  class  will  also  examine  the  techniques 
and  the  efforts  of  archeologists  to  bring  the  lost  works  of  Roman  civilization  to  light. 
There  will  be  a  field  trip  to  the  Museum  of  Classical  Archeology  at  the  University  of 
Mississippi. 

290/390/490.  Special  Topics  (1-3,  1-3). 

GREEK 

Courses  labeled  211-291  are  suitable  for  second  year  course  work.  Credit  is  not 

given  for  101  unless  102  is  completed. 

101-102.  Introduction  to  Greek  (3-3).  Primary  emphasis  is  on  mastery  of  grammar, 
vocabulary,  and  forms  with  some  attention  to  Greek  literature  and  culture.  Readings 
include  selections  from  the  New  Testament,  Greek  philosophy  and  Homer. 

211.  Plato  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Dialogues. 

221.  Greek  New  Testament  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Gospels  and  Paul. 

231.  Homer  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Iliad. 
241.  Euripides.  A  reading  of  one  of  the  plays. 

291/391/491.  Special  Topics  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Study  of  such  authors  as  Homer,  the 
lyric  poets,  Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  Euripides,  Aristophanes,  Demosthenes,  Plato, 
Aristotle,  New  Testament  writers,  and  Greek  composition,  prose  or  verse. 

LATIN 

Courses  labeled  212-292  are  suitable  for  second  year  work.  Credit  is  not  given  for 

101  unless  102  is  completed. 

101-102.  Elementary  Latin  (3-3).  Designed  for  students  who  have  undertaken  no 
previous  study  of  the  language.  Attention  is  paid  to  the  thorough  mastery  of  forms, 
vocabulary,  syntax,  and  the  techniques  of  translation.  Readings  include  selections 
from  Roman  comedy,  Cicero,  and  Latin  poetry. 

212.  Ovid  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Metamorphoses. 

222.  Virgil  (3).  Selected  readings  from  the  Aeneid. 

232.  Cicero  (3).  Selected  readings  from  Cicero's  oratorical  and  philosophical  prose. 
292/392/492.  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Study  of  such  authors  as  Horace,  the  elegists,  Lucretius, 
Sallust,  Livy,  Tacitus,  Juvenal,  Petronius,  Plautus,  Terence,  and  Latin  composition,  prose, 
or  verse. 


fflSTORY 


Professor  Emeritus:  ROSS  HENDERSON  MOORE,  Ph.D. 

Professors:  WILLIAM  CHARLES  SALLIS,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

FRANK  MILLER  LANEY,  JR.,  Ph.D. 

ROBERT  S.  McELVAINE,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professor:  ADRIENNE  C.  PHILLIPS,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  student  must  have  a  2.50  average  in  history  and  main- 
tain this  grade  for  the  full  course.  History  1 01  -1 02  or  Heritage  1 01  -1 02,  History  201  -202, 
and  History  401  must  be  included  in  the  27  semester  hours  required  for  a  major.  A 
preliminary  test  must  be  passed  at  least  one  academic  year  before  the  comprehensive 
examination.  Students  who  expect  to  do  graduate  work  should  take  French  and  German. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  minimum  of  18  semester  hours  in  history  courses, 
to  include  History  101-102  or  Heritage  101-102,  History  201-202,  and  6  semester  hours 
of  elective  courses  offered  in  the  History  Department.  No  credit  will  be  given  toward 
the  minor  for  history  courses  in  which  the  student  makes  a  grade  of  less  than  C. 

101.  Western  Civilization  to  1715  (3). 
64 


102.  Western  Civilization  since  1715  (3). 

>01.  History  of  the  United  States  to  1877  (3). 

>02.  History  of  the  United  States  from  1877  (3). 

241-242.  The  Afro-American  Experience  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  historic  and  contem- 
porary experience  of  black  people  in  America.  The  first  semester  covers  the  period 
up  to  1 877.  The  second  semester  covers  the  period  from  1 877  to  the  present.  (Same 
as  Sociology  241-242.)  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

JOO.  Topics  in  American  Culture  (3),  A  multi-disciplinary  exploration  of  a  particular 
topic  in  American  culture.  The  history,  literature,  thought,  music,  art,  and  popular 
culture  of  a  particular  period  (such  as  a  decade)  or  aspect  of  the  United  States  will 
be  studied.  Topics  will  change  from  year  to  year,  and  a  student  may  take  the  course 
more  than  once  if  the  topics  are  different.  (Same  as  English  300.) 

JOS.  The  Old  South  (3).  Development  of  the  southern  region  of  the  United  States  from 
the  time  of  discovery  to  the  beginning  of  the  Civil  War.  Prerequisite:  junior  standing 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

J06.  The  New  South  (3).  Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 
J07.  The  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  (3).  An  examination  of  the  political,  economic, 

military,  diplomatic,  and  social  aspects  of  the  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  periods. 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
)08.  Mississippi  and  its  Relation  to  the  South  (3).  Students  may  enroll  for  306  or 

308,  but  not  both.  Prerequisite:  junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor. 

)09.  The  American  Revolution  and  the  Establishment  of  the  Federal  Union,  1754- 

1789  (3).  Prerequisite:  History  201  or  consent  of  instructor. 
J10.  The  Age  of  Jefferson  and  Jackson,  1789-1848  (3).  A  continuation  of  History 

309.  Prerequisite:  History  201  or  consent  of  instructor. 

J1 1 .  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  A  topical  study  of  the  history  of  the 
United  States  1917-1945.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

J12.  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  A  continuation  of  History  31 1  from  1945 
to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

)13-314.  Social  and  Intellectual  History  of  the  United  States  (3-3).  First  semester: 
From  Colonial  times  to  the  Civil  War.  Second  Semester:  From  the  Civil  War  to  the 
present.  Prerequisite:  History  201-202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

J15.  The  Emergence  of  Modern  America  (3).  A  topical  study  of  the  history  of  the 
United  States  1877-1916.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 

323-324.  Nineteenth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  First  semester,  1815-1870;  second 
semester,  1870-1914.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

325-326.  Twentieth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  First  semester,  1914-1939;  second 
semester.  World  War  II  and  the  post-war  era.  Prerequisite:  History  101 -102  or  equiva- 
lent. Offered  in  alternate  years. 

327-328.  History  of  England  (3-3).  A  general  survey  from  Roman  times  to  the  pre-, 
sent.  The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  to  the  Stuart  Era,  1603.  The  second 
semester  will  continue  the  study  to  the  contemporary  period,  with  some  attention 
to  the  development  of  the  British  Empire.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  equiva- 
lent. Offered  in  alternate  years. 

329-330.  History  of  Russia  (3-3).  The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  to  1 855.  The 
second  semester  will  continue  to  the  contemporary  period,  with  special  attention  to 
the  late  nineteenth  century  and  early  twentieth  century  revolutionary  movements  and 
to  the  Soviet  regime.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

334.  Contemporary  History  (3).  Current  issues  are  discussed  in  their  historical  per- 
spective. Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit. 

401 .  Special  Problems  in  History  (3).  A  study  of  how  history  is  written  and  interpreted 
and  of  problems  in  American  civilization.  May  be  taken  by  students  who  have  six 
semester  hours  in  history  and  is  required  of  all  history  majors. 

402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

65 


411-412.  Special  Topics  in  History  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas  not  covered  in 
other  courses.  Offered  as  required.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  chairman. 


PHILOSOPHY 


The  J.  Reese  Linn  Chair  of  Philosophy 

Professors:  ROBERT  E.  BERGMARK,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

ROBERT  H.  KING,  Ph.D. 

IVIICHAEL  H.  MITIAS,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professors:  THEODORE  G.  AMMON,  Ph.D. 

STEVEN  G.  SMITH,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  24  semester  hours,  including  202,  301 , 

302,  311,  and  492. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  philosophy  with  1 5  hours 
of  philosophy  (18  hours  if  six  hours  are  used  to  meet  degree  requirements),  including 
202,  301,  302,  311,  and  at  least  one  other  300  or  400  level  course. 

201 .  Problems  of  Philosophy.  (3).  A  basic  introduction  to  the  main  problems,  such  as 
knowledge,  man,  nature,  art,  the  good,  and  God. 

202.  Logic.  (3).  Language,  fallacies,  deduction  (syllogistic  and  symbolic),  and  induction 
(scientific  methods). 

301-302.  History  of  Philosophy.  (3-3).  The  first  semester  is  a  survey  of  western 
philosophy  through  the  medieval  period;  the  second  semester,  from  the  Renaissance 
through  the  nineteenth  century. 

303.  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy.  (3).  A  survey  of  western  philosophy  from  1 900 
to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201 ,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

311.  Ethics.  (3).  Principles  used  in  the  choosing  of  personal  and  social  values. 
315.  Existentialism.  (3).  Historical  and  comparative  treatment  of  works  of  such  thinkers 

as  Kierkegaard,  Jaspers,  Heidegger,  Sartre,  and  Marcel. 
321 .  Aesthetics.  (3).  Consideration  of  the  creative  impulse,  of  the  art  object,  and  stan- 
dards of  aesthetic  appreciation. 
331 .  Philosophy  of  Religion.  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
351 .  Oriental  Philosophy.  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
361 .  Philosophy  of  Science.  (3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201 ,  or  consent  of  the 

instructor. 
381.  Metaphysics.  (3).  Basic  categories  of  experience  and  reality.  Prerequisite: 

Philosophy  201 ,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
401-402.  Directed  Readings.  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201 ,  or  consent 

of  the  instructor. 
411-412.  Special  Topic  Courses.  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201 ,  or  consent  of  the 

instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
492.  Senior  Seminar.  (3).  Intensive  reading  in  a  broad  spectrum  of  issues,  schools,  and 

thinkers.  For  senior  majors. 


66 


RELIGION 


The  Tatum  Chair  of  Religion 

Professors:  LEE  H.  REIFF,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

ROBERT  H.  KING,  Ph.D. 

THOMAS  WILEY  LEWIS,  III,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professor:  STEVEN  G.  SMITH,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  25  hours  beyond  those  used  to  meet 
core  requirements  for  graduation,  including  201 ,  202,  21 0,  391 ,  392,  492.  Philosophy 
331  may  be  counted  toward  the  religion  major  if  the  student  does  not  use  it  to  meet 
core  requirements  for  graduation. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  religion  with  12  hours 
beyond  those  used  to  meet  degree  requirements  (1 5  hours  if  the  requirement  in  religion 
is  met  by  Heritage),  including  201,  202,  210  or  381. 

200.  introduction  to  the  Bible  (3).  A  survey  of  selected  epochs  and  themes  of 
history  and  thought  in  the  Hebrew  and  Christian  Scriptures.  Not  open  to  students 
who  have  taken  201  or  202. 

201.  Old  Testament  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  history,  literature,  and  thought  of 
ancient  Israel. 

202.  New  Testament  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  background  and  beginnings,  the 
earliest  development  and  thought  of  Christianity  as  seen  in  the  distinctively  Christian 
Scriptures. 

210.  Ways  of  Being  Religious  (3).  A  study  of  religious  phenomena  through  the 
analysis  and  critique  of  expressions  and  practices  found  in  the  religions  of  the  world. 

301.  The  Teachings  of  Jesus  (3).  A  study  of  the  teaching  of  Jesus  as  found  in 
the  synoptic  gospels,  with  special  attention  to  the  parables.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

302.  The  Prophets  (3).  A  study  of  the  prophetic  movement  in  ancient  Israel.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

311.  Paul  (3).  A  study  of  the  background,  writings,  and  thought  of  the  Apostle  Paul. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

321.  The  Educational  Ministry  of  the  Church  (3).  An  examination  of  the  purpose 
and  implementation  of  the  church's  educational  ministry.  Prerequisites:  Religion  201 , 
202.  Offered  on  demand. 

Religion  in  America.  (3).  A  study  with  two  goals:  to  trace  the  planting,  growth  and 
development  of  religious  movements  in  America;  to  assess  expressions  of  what  has 
been  called  the  "religious  meaning  of  America."  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

352.  Religion  and  Ethics  (3).  An  investigation  of  religious  principles  of  moral  rea- 
soning and  their  application  to  issues  of  personal  and  social  life,  with  primary  atten- 
tion to  Christianity.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

361 .  Religion  and  Science  (3).  A  study  of  problems  in  the  relationship  between  religious 
thinking  and  modern  science  and  technology.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

381.  World  Religions  (3).  A  study  of  the  history,  literature  and  thought  of  selected 
religious  traditions,  including  the  religions  of  India,  Chinese  and  Japanese  religions, 
Judaism  and  Islam.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

391-392.  History  of  Christianity  (3-3).  The  development  of  Christianity  and  Christian 
thought  from  Jesus  to  the  High  Middle  Ages,  and  from  the  High  Middle  Ages  through 
the  Reformation  to  the  present.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

396.  Theology  in  the  Modern  Period  (3).  An  examination  of  major  developments  in 
theology  from  the  Enlightenment  to  the  present.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Individualized  reading  and  research. 
Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department  chair. 


67 


405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Individual  investigation  culminating  in 
a  written  report.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department  chair. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Special  areas  of  study  not  regularly  offered, 
for  an  organized  class  of  interested  students. 

492.  Seminar  (1).  Selected  topics  and  research. 


68 


Language  and  Literature 


ENGLISH 

Professor  Emeritus:  PAUL  DOUGLAS  HARDIN,  A.M. 

Professor:  ROBERT  HERBERT  PADGETT,  A.M.,  Chairman 

Associate  Professors:  RICHARD  P.  MALLETTE,  Ph.D. 

JUDITH  W.  PAGE,  Ph.D. 

AUSTIN  WILSON,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professors:  LORNE  M.  FIENBERG,  Ph.D. 

NONA  P.  FIENBERG,  Ph.D. 

VIRGINIA  FOOTE  IREYS,  PH.D. 

ROBERT  L.  WHITNEY,  M.  Div. 
Instructor:  ELIZABETH  T.  JONES,  A.M. 

Requirements  for  Major:  An  English  major  must  take  English  1 01  -1 02  or  1 03-1 04 
or  1 05,  201  -202,  481  in  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year,  and  1 8  hours  of  other 
courses  in  the  department.  Majors  must  complete  the  201-202  course  in  Greek,  Latin, 
or  a  modern  foreign  language  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better,  or  pass  an  equivalent  profi- 
ciency examination.  Students  planning  to  pursue  graduate  study  in  English  are  ad- 
vised that  a  reading  knov\/ledge  of  French,  German,  and  sometimes  Latin  is  generally 
required.  A  minimum  of  one  year  of  Latin  or  Greek  is  strongly  recommended. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  English  with  18  hours 
of  English  beyond  the  freshman  level.  Six  of  the  18  hours  must  be  English  201-202. 

101-102.  Composition  (3-3).  First  semester,  weekly  themes  and  introductions  to  essays, 
short  stories,  and  the  novel;  second  semester,  research  paper  and  introductions  to 
poetry  and  drama. 

103-104.  Composition  (2-2).  A  specially  designed  course  correlated  with  Heritage 
101-102,  the  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West,  and  intended  to  develop  and  augment 
the  student's  abilities  in  reading,  writing,  and  speaking.  Corequisite:  Heritage  101-1 02. 

105.  Advanced  Freshman  Composition  (3).  Designed  for  freshmen  with  exceptionally 
strong  preparation  in  English,  as  evidenced  by  an  A.C.T.  score  of  27  or  above  and 
the  extempore  writing  of  an  acceptable  theme  for  a  department  committee,  this  course 
concentrates  steadily  on  expository,  critical,  and  some  creative  writing.  Readings 
in  poetry  and  short  fiction  or  drama  furnish  materials  for  the  writing.  Class  member- 
ship selected  by  a  departmental  committee. 

106.  Freshman  Seminar  (3).  A  seminar  designed  for  freshmen  with  exceptionally  strong 
preparation  in  English,  this  course  will  explore  a  theme  of  general  interest  (currently. 
Modernism)  by  means  of  readings  in  criticism,  poetry,  fiction  and  drama  and  by 
means  of  writing  expository  and  critical  papers.  Prerequisite;  Eng.  105  or  4  or  5  on 
the  A.  P.  examination  in  English. 

201-202.  English  Literature  (3-3).  A  survey  of  English  literature  from  the  beginnings 
to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

203-204.  Literature  of  the  Western  World  (3-3).  A  chronological  study  of  selected 
major  works  of  Continental,  British,  and  American  literature  from  Homer  to  the  present. 
Prerequisite:  English  101-102  or  105  (Not  available  for  credit  to  Heritage  students.) 

205.  Journalism  (3).  A  basic  course  emphasizing  newswriting  and  reporting.  History 
and  principles  of  journalism;  introduction  to  make-up,  copywriting,  and  headlines. 
Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

207.  Introduction  to  Creative  Writing  (3).  An  introductory  course  emphasizing  the 
fundamentals  of  writing  both  poetry  and  fiction  through  readings  and  frequent  writ- 
ing assignments.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 


69 


211-212.  American  Literature  (3-3).  A  survey  of  American  literature  from  the  sev- 
enteenth century  to  the  present.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104  or  105. 

215-216.  Shakespeare  (3-3).  The  first  semester  focuses  on  the  plays  before  1603, 
with  particular  attention  to  the  histories  and  early  comedies  and  to  the  historical  back- 
ground; the  second  semester  stresses  the  development  of  tragedy,  comedy,  and 
romance  in  Shakespeare's  later  career.  Each  semester  may  be  taken  separately  and 
without  regard  to  sequence.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite;  English  201  or  Heritage 
101-102. 

219.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Sixteenth  Century  (3).  English  literature  at  the 
end  of  the  sixteenth  century,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  development  of  the 
lyric  and  on  the  early  books  of  The  Faerie  Queene.  Prerequisite:  English  201 . 

300.  Topics  in  American  Culture  (3).  A  multi-disciplinary  exploration  of  a  particular 
topic  in  American  culture.  The  history,  literature,  thought,  music,  art,  religion,  eco- 
nomics, and  popular  culture  of  a  particular  period  (such  as  a  decade)  or  aspect  of 
the  United  States  will  be  studied.  Topics  will  change  from  year  to  year,  and  a  stu- 
dent may  take  the  course  more  than  once  if  the  topics  are  different.  (Same  as  Histo- 
ry 300.) 

321 .  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  (3).  Major  poets  and 
prose  writers  of  the  seventeenth  century  in  their  cultural  context,  with  emphasis  on 
Donne,  Jonson,  Herbert,  Marvell,  and  Bacon.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

323.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Restoration  and  Earlier  Eighteenth  Cen- 
tury (3).  Major  poets  and  prose  writers  of  the  Restoration  and  neoclassical  age,  with 
emphasis  on  Dryden,  Swift,  and  Pope.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

324.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Later  Eighteenth  Century  (3).  Major  poets 
and  prose  writers  of  the  later  eighteenth  century,  with  emphasis  on  Johnson,  the 
"pre-Romantics,"  and  the  novels  of  Defoe,  Richardson,  and  Fielding.  Prerequisite: 
English  201-202. 

325-326.  Nineteenth  Centur/  Poetry  and  Prose  (3-3).  Major  poets  and  prose  writers 
of  the  Romantic  and  Victonan  age  (such  as  Blake,  Wordsworth,  Coleridge,  Byron, 
Shelley,  Keats,  Hazlitt,  Browning,  Arnold,  Tennyson,  Ruskin,  and  Pater),  with  em- 
phasis on  the  continuity  of  forms,  conventions,  and  ideas. 

327.  Women  Writers  (3).  A  survey  of  women  writers  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth 
centuries  (such  as  Austen,  Eliot,  Bronte,  Woolf,  Lessing,  Plath,  Hellman,  Welty,  and 
Drabble),  with  discussion  centering  on  formal,  thematic,  and  social  issues. 

331 .  History  of  the  English  Novel  (3).  Novels  from  Fielding  to  Hardy  are  cast  in  their 
historical  contexts,  with  specific  consideration  of  types,  movements,  and  critical  tech- 
niques. Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

332.  Modern  Fiction  (3).  Intensive  reading  of  selected  modern  novels  ranging  from 
Dreiser,  James,  and  Conrad  to  Lawrence,  Joyce,  and  Woolf  and  to  Mann,  Kafka, 
Faulkner,  and  Hemingway.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

337.  Modern  Drama.  (3).  A  survey  of  drama  from  Ibsen  to  Beckett  and  lonesco.  Pre- 
requisite: English  201-202  or  203-204. 

341 .  Modern  English  and  American  Poetry  (3).  A  survey  of  the  development  of 
modernism  in  English  and  American  poetry  from  the  early  twentieth  century  through 
the  1940s.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202  or  203-204. 

342.  Contemporary  Literature  (3).  A  survey  of  fiction  and  poetry  since  1950.  Pre- 
requisite: English  201-202  or  203-204. 

350.  Major  American  Writers  (3).  Intensive  reading  and  study  of  a  single  author  or 
group  of  authors.  Possible  offerings  include:  "Poe,  Hawthorne,  and  Melville;"  "Twain, 
James,  and  Wharton;"  "Stein,  Hemingway,  and  Fitzgerald."  Prerequisite:  English 
201-202. 

361.  Chaucer  (3).  A  reading  of  Chaucer's  major  works,  including  Troilus  and 
Criseyde  and  The  Canterbury  Tales,  in  the  context  of  Medieval  culture.  Prerequi- 
site: English  201-202. 

367.  Milton  (3).  Important  minor  poems,  selected  prose,  and  all  of  Paradise  Lost, 
Paradise  Regained,  and  Samson  Agonistes.  Reading  and  reports  from  Milton  scholar- 
ship and  a  critical  paper.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

70 


391-392.  Advanced  Creative  Writing:  Fiction  (2-2).  The  writing  of  a  number  of  short 
stories  or  one  long  work  of  fiction.  Discussion  of  student  work  at  a  two-hour  work- 
shop each  week  and  in  conference  with  the  instructor.  Designed  as  a  year-long  course, 
but  open  to  students  in  either  the  fall  or  spring  who  wish  to  take  only  one  semester. 
Prerequisite:  English  207  or  the  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

393-394.  Advanced  Creative  Writing:  Poetry  (2-2).  The  writing  of  a  substantial  number 
of  poems  in  both  traditional  forms  and  free  verse.  Discussion  of  students'  poems  at 
a  two-hour  session  each  week  and  in  conference  with  the  instructor.  Designed  as 
a  year-long  course,  but  open  to  students  in  either  the  fall  or  spring  who  wish  to  take 
only  one  semester.  Prerequisite:  English  207  or  the  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

395.  Advanced  English  Grammar  and  Composition  (3).  An  intensive  study  of  English 
grammar,  taking  account  of  both  current  American  usage  and  formal,  traditional 
usage,  and  a  re-examination  of  expository  composition  as  based  on  thesis  and  logi- 
cal outline.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102, 103-104,  or  105.  Offered  by  directed  study. 

396.  History  of  the  English  Language  (3).  The  origin  and  development  of  the  English 
language,  structural  and  phonetic  changes,  conventions  of  modern  usage.  Prereq- 
uisite: English  201-202  or  203-204.  Offered  by  directed  study. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Reading  and  research  in  special  areas 
under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  chairman. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  English  and  American  Literature  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  in  communica- 
tions (newspaper,  television,  or  advertising)  and  in  library  science  .for  well  prepared 
students.  Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  standing  and  consent  of  the  chairman. 

481 .  Junior  Seminar  (3).  A  survey  of  critical  theory  from  Aristotle  to  the  present.  Special 
attention  will  be  given  to  the  various  modern  critical  methodologies  and  their  appli- 
cation to  specific  literary  texts. 


MODERN  LANGUAGES 


Associate  Professors:  BILLY  MARSHALL  BUFKIN,  A.M.,  Chairman 

JOHN  L.  GUEST,  A.M. 

ROBERT  JOEL  KAHN,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professor:  PRISCILLA  FERMON,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Majors  in  French,  German  and  Spanish:  A  minimum  of  24 
semester  hours  is  required  beyond  the  101-102  series,  although  30  hours  is  recom- 
mended. If  a  candidate  takes  only  the  minimum  of  required  courses,  18  hours  must 
be  in  the  literature  of  the  target  language. 

Requirements  for  a  Minor  in  French,  German  or  Spanish:  A  student  may  elect 
a  minor  with  a  minimum  of  15  semester  hours  above  the  101-102  series. 

Placement  in  Modern  Languages:  Students  with  two  or  more  units  of  a  modern 
foreign  language  in  high  school  will  be  given  a  standard  placement  test  and  advised 
as  to  whether  they  are  prepared  to  continue  the  language  at  the  college  level  or  whether 
they  should  take  the  1 01  -1 02  course.  A  student  will  not  be  admitted  to  300  or  400  level 
courses  in  French,  German,  or  Spanish  until  201-202  (or  equivalent  if  transfer  student) 
have  been  completed. 

Credit  is  not  given  for  101  unless  102  is  completed. 

FRENCH 

101-102.  Elementary  French  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  prac- 
tice. A  minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  in  language  lab. 

201-202.  Intermediate  French  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  modern 
French  prose.  Prerequisite:  French  101-102  or  two  years  of  high  school  French. 


71 


251-252.  Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).  Designed  to  give  students  sonne  fluency 
in  the  use  of  the  spoken  language.  Connposition  drill  is  also  given.  Ennphasis  on  civili- 
zation in  the  second  semester.  Prerequisite:  French  101-102  or  equivalent.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

301-302.  Advanced  French  Composition  and  Conversation  (3-3).  This  course  nnay 
be  taken  in  addition  to  and  nnay  also  substitute  for  French  251-252.  Prerequisite: 
French  201-202  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

31 1-31 2.  Survey  of  French  Literature  (3-3).  Survey  of  French  literature  from  its  origins 
to  the  present  day.  Instruction  and  recitation  principally  in  French.  Prerequisite:  French 
201-202. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  For  advanced  students  who  wish  to  do 
reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Pre- 
requisite: consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.  Selected  Topics  in  French  Literature.  (3-3).  The  content  to  be  de- 
termined by  the  instructor  and  the  needs  of  the  students.  Prerequisite:  French  201-202 
and  consent  of  the  instructor. 

GERMAN 

101-102.  Elementary  German  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  prac- 
tice. A  minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  in  language  lab. 

201-202.  Intermediate  German  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  introduction  to  important 
writers  of  German  literature.  Prerequisite:  German  101-102  or  the  equivalent. 

251-252.  Conversation  and  Composition  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

261-262.  German  Civilization  (3-3).  Cultural  survey  with  special  emphasis  on  history, 
art  and  music.  Knowledge  of  German  not  necessary.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

313-314.  Survey  of  German  Literature  (3-3).  Survey  of  early  literary  monuments  with 
a  concentration  on  the  thirteenth  century  epic  and  poetry.  Works  from  the  Reforma- 
tion, Baroque  and  major  works  of  Lessing,  Goethe,  and  Schiller.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

315-316.  Survey  of  Nineteenth  Century  and  Modern  German  Literature  (3-3).  Sur- 
vey of  the  Romantics  and  Realists  of  the  nineteenth  century,  and  major  figures  of 
the  modern  period:  Hauptmann,  George,  Rilke,  Mann,  Hesse,  Kafka,  Hofmansthal, 
Brecht,  Boll,  and  Grass.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  For  advanced  students  who  wish  to  do 
reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Pre- 
requisite: consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.  Selected  Topics  in  German  Literature  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  in- 
structor. 

491.  Seminar  (1). 

SPANISH 

101-102.  Elementary  Spanish  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  prac- 
tice. A  minimum  of  one  hour  per  week  in  language  lab. 

201-202.  Intermediate  Spanish  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  modern 
Spanish  prose.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  101-102  or  two  units  of  high  school  Spanish. 

251-252.  Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).  Designed  to  give  students  some  fluency 
in  the  use  of  spoken  Spanish  and  a  familiarity  with  the  civilization.  Prerequisite:  Spanish 
101-102  and  preferably  201-202. 

311-312.  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature  (3-3).  Survey  of  Spanish  literature  from  its 
origins  to  the  present  day.  Instruction  and  recitation  principally  in  Spanish.  Pre- 
requisite: Spanish  201-202  or  equivalent.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

381-382.  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  (3-3).  The  first  semester  deals  with 
the  Colonial  and  inciependence  Periods.  The  second  semester  covers  the  Nineteenth 
and  Twentieth  Centuries.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  201-202  and  preferably  311-312. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 


72 


401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  For  advanced  students  who  wish  to  do 
reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Pre- 
requisite: consent  of  the  departnnent  chairman. 

411-412.  Selected  Topics  in  Spanish  Literature  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Spanish  201-202 
and  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

413-414.  Selected  Topics  in  Latin  American  Literature  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Spanish 
201-202  and  consent  of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 


73 


Science  and  Mathematics 


BIOLOGY 

Professors:  JAMES  P.  McKEOWN,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Associate  Professors:  DICK  R.  HIGHFILL,  Ph.D. 

ROBERT  B.  NEVINS,  IVI.S. 
Assistant  Professor:  SARAH  L.  ARI\/ISTRONG,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  IVIajor:  A  student  must  have  a  2.50  average  in  biology  and 
maintain  this  grade  for  the  full  course.  All  majors  take  Biology  131,  1 32,  1 33,  21 5,  491 , 
492;  one  of  223,  233,  243,  369,  or  396;  either  245  or  351;  one  of  370,  372,  383,  or 
391 ;  and  one  elective  to  be  chosen  from  251 ,  301  or  381 .  Candidates  for  the  B.S.  also 
must  take  Chemistry  231-232  with  labs,  and  Physics  1 1 1  -1 1 2  or  1 31  -1 32  and  1 51  -1 52. 
Candidates  for  the  B.A.  are  required  to  take  two  approved  electives  in  the  natural 
sciences. 

Requirements  for  IVIinor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  biology  with  12  hours 
of  biology  in  addition  to  either  general  zoology  or  general  botany. 

131 .  Introductory  Cell  Biology  (4).  An  examination  of  cytological,  physiological,  and 
biochemical  features  common  to  all  cells:  metabolism,  genetics,  growth,  movement 
and  reproduction.  Laboratories  will  include  basic  instrumentation  and  concepts  of 
quantification.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 

132.  General  Zoology  (4).  Invertebrate  and  vertebrate  taxonomy,  morphology,  physi- 
ology and  natural  history.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  peri- 
ods a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131. 

133.  General  Botany  (4).  Structure  and  function  of  seed  plants;  evolutionary  survey 
of  plant  kingdom.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131. 

215.  Genetics  (4).  Mendelian  genetics;  the  nature,  transmission,  and  mode  of  action 
of  the  geentic  material;  the  role  of  genetics  in  development  and  evolution.  Three  dis- 
cussion periods  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  weel.  Prerequisite:  Biology 
131,  132,  133. 

223.  Plant  Taxonomy  (4),  Principles  of  classification  and  evolution;  collection  and  iden- 
tification of  local  flora.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods 
a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131-133.  To  be  taught  on  demand. 

233.  Vertebrate  Taxonomy  (4).  Identification,  life  history,  ecology,  and  eveolutionary 
histories  of  the  vertebrates.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  peri- 
ods a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131,  132,  133.  To  be  taught  on  demand. 

235.  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  (4).  Structures  and  function  of  the  human 
body.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week;  particu- 
larly designed  for  pre-nursing,  medical  technology,  and  physical  education  students 
or  by  consent  of  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131.  Offered  in  altemate  years. 

236.  Applied  Physiology  (2).  A  study  of  the  physiological  effects  of  exercise  on  man 
and  the  study  of  movement  with  the  application  of  kinesiological  principles.  Open 
to  physical  education  majors  only  or  by  consent  of  the  instructor.  Corequisite:  Biolo- 
gy 235.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

243.  General  Entomology  (4).  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  four  lab.  Identi- 
fication, life  history,  ecology,  and  evolutionary  histories  of  the  class  insecta.  Prereq- 
uisite: Biology  131,  132,  133. 

245.  Ecology  (4).  Interrelationships  between  organisms  and  their  physical  environment; 
population  dynamics  and  interactions,  organization  of  biotic  communities;  energy 


74 


flow,  succession,  community  types.  Laboratory  may  include  some  field  studies.  Two 
discussion  periods  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131 , 
132,  133. 

251.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology  (5).  An  integrated  course  in  vertebrate 
anatomy  and  embryology.  Reproduction,  organ  system  differentiation,  and  a  com- 
parative study  of  the  gross  anatomy  of  the  vertebrate  systems.  Three  discussion  peri- 
ods and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131-132. 

301.  Histology  (4).  Microscopic  anatomy  of  the  different  vertebrate  systems,  with  an 
emphasis  on  basic  tissue  types.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131-132. 

351-352.  Field  Biology  (5-5).  Environmental  study  trips  throughout  North  America. 
Emphasis  on  ecology  and  community  composition.  Five  week  program  with  approx- 
imately three  weeks  away  from  campus,  open  by  application  only;  limited  enrollment. 
Prerequsite:  Eight  hours  of  biology. 

369.  Population  Biology  (4).  Biological  phenomena  at  the  population  level.  Emphasis 
on  modern  topics  including  population  genetics,  population  dynamics,  speciation, 
social  behavior,  and  principles  of  systematics.  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  four- 
hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131,  132,  133.  To  be  taught 
on  demand. 

370.  Comparative  Animal  Physiology  (4).  Comparison  of  animal  groups  (from  pro- 
tozoa to  chordates)  as  to  maintenance  of  life  functions  (e.g.,  energy  metabolism,  os- 
moregulation, irritability,  movement,  and  coordination)  in  different  environments  (aquat- 
ic, terrestrial,  and  aerial).  Three  discussion  periods  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period.  Prerequisite:  Biology  131,  132. 

372.  Plant  Physiology  (4).  Plant  soil  and  water  relations,  metabolism,  and  growth  regula- 
tion. Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite: Biology  131,  133;  Chemistry  232-234.  To  be  taught  on  demand. 

381.  General  Bacteriology  (4).  Historical  survey;  bacterial  structure,  metabolism  and 
taxonomy;  role  of  bacteria  in  disease,  industry,  and  ecology;  common  bacteriologi- 
cal techniques.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  131,  132,  133.  Chemistry  232-234  recommended. 

383.  Immunology  and  Virology  (4).  The  physiology,  biochemistry,  and  genetics  of 
the  immune  response;  viral  structure,  function,  and  relationship  to  host.  Three  dis- 
cussion periods  and  one  two-hour  laboratory.  Prerequisites:  Biology  1 32,  Chemistry 
231. 

391 .  Cellular  Physiology  (4).  Study  of  the  constituents,  properties,  and  activities  of 
protoplasm.  Three  discussion  periods  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  132  or  133;  Corequisite:  Chemistry  232-234. 

396.  Aquatic  Biology  (4).  Physical  and  biological  structure  of  freshwater  and  marine 
ecosystems.  Emphasis  on  natural  ecosystems  and  aspects  of  human  intervention. 
Two  discussion  periods  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Laboratories 
may  include  collection  and  field  projects  in  nearby  aquatic  habitats.  Prerequisite: 
Biology  131,  132,  133. 

401-402.  Reading  and  Conference  in  Biology  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

415-416.  Special  topics  in  Biology  (1-1).  One  discussion  period  a  week. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
research,  educational,  governmental,  and  business  institutions.  Prerequisite:  con- 
sent of  instructor. 

491-492.  Senior  Seminar:  Biological  Concepts  (1-1).  Selected  topics  of  biological 
interest.  Required  of  all  senior  biology  majors.  One  discussion  period  a  week. 


75 


CHEMISTRY 


The  J.  B.  Price  Chair  of  Chemistry 

Professors:  ROY  ALFRED  BERRY,  JR.,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

CHARLES  EUGENE  CAIN,  Ph.D. 

ALLEN  DAVID  BISHOP,  JR.,  Ph.D. 

GEORGE  HAROLD  EZELL,  Ph.D. 

JIMIVIIE  IVI.  PURSER,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  IVIajor:  All  majors  take  Chemistry  121-122,  123-124,  231-233, 
232-234,  251-253,  334,  491-492  and  Computer  100  or  1 10.  Candidates  for  the  bachelor's 
degree  accredited  by  the  American  Chemical  Society  must  have  a  2.5  average  in  chemis- 
try and  take  Chemistry  341-343,  354-356,  363-365,  364-366;  Physics  131-132,  151-152, 
231 ;  and  mathematics  through  integral  calculus.  Two  approved  electives  in  chemistry, 
physics,  or  mathematics  are  required.  German  201-202,  or  reading  knowledge,  is  strongly 
recommended.  Other  majors  are  required  to  take  Chemistry  264-266  or  363-365  and 
364-366;  Physics  1 1 1-112  or  131-132  in  addition  to  151-152;  and  two  approved  ad- 
vanced electives  in  the  natural  sciences.  A  grade  below  C  will  not  be  accepted  for  any 
of  the  above  courses  required  of  a  chemistry  major.  A  preliminary  test  must  be  passed 
at  least  one  academic  year  before  the  comprehensive  examination. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  chemistry  with  1 4  hours 
of  chemistry  in  addition  to  general  chemistry. 

121-122.  General  Chemistry  (3-3).  Atomic  theory,  theory  of  bonding,  kinetic  theory  of 

gases,  chemical  equilibrium,  periodicity,  liquid  and  solid  state  theory.  Corequisite: 
hemistry  123-124. 

123-124.  General  Analytical  Chemistry  (1-1).  Theory  and  applications  of  qualitative 
and  quantitative  techniques  with  emphasis  on  solution  chemistry.  Corequisite:  Chemis- 
try 121-122. 

231-232.  Organic  Chemistry  (3-3).  Structure,  reactions,  and  theory.  Prerequisite: 
Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  233-234. 

233-234.  Modern  Methods  In  Organic  Chemistry  (2-2).  Preparation,  separation,  and 
identification  of  organic  compounds.  Use  of  modern  instrumentation.  Corequisite: 
Chemistry  231-232. 

251.  Analytical  Chemistry  I:  Quantitative  Analysis  (3).  Chemical  equilibria,  acid-base 
theory,  oxidation-reduction,  and  an  introduction  into  electrochemical  techniques. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  253. 

253.  Applications  of  Analytical  Chemistry  (2).  Gravimetric  and  volumetric  methods 
are  presented  in  the  laboratory  with  unknowns  of  acidmetry  and  alkalimetry,  oxidation- 
reduction,  iodimetry,  and  precipitation  methods. 

264.  Principles  of  Physical  Chemistry  (3).  Gas  laws,  properties  of  liquids,  properties 
of  solutions,  thermodynamics,  chemical  kinetics,  catalysis,  electrochemistry,  and  col- 
loidal solutions.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  266. 

266.  Principles  of  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  (1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  264. 

334.  Organic  Analysis  (2).  Identification  of  organic  compounds  and  mixtures  of  organic 
compounds,  and  classification  of  organic  compounds  according  to  functional  groups. 
Spectral  methods  are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-233. 

336.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  (3).  Stereochemistry,  mechanisms,  and  selected 
topics.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

341.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3).  Atomic  structure,  theories  of  chemical  bond- 
ing, spectrascopy,  the  electronic  basis  of  periodic  classification,  and  inorganic 
stereochemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122,  Mathematics  224  or  226.  Coreq- 
uisite or  prerequisite:  Chemistry  363. 

343.  Modern  Coordination  Chemistry  (1).  Coordination  chemistry  and  inorganic  re- 
action mechanisms.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  341 . 


76 


354.  Analytical  Chemistry  II:  Instrumental  Analysis  (3).  Absorption  spectrometry, 
emission  spectrometry,  potentiometry,  polargraphy,  differential  thermal  analysis,  and 
gas  phase  chromatography.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  363,  or  consent  of  the  instruc- 
tor. Corequisite:  Chemistry  356. 

356.  Analytical  Chemistry  II  — Methods  (1).  Practical  applications  of  chemical  in- 
strumentation. Corequisite:  Chemistry  354. 

363-364.  Physical  Chemistry  (3-3).  Kinetic-molecular  theory,  chemical  thermo- 
dynamics, phase  rule,  chemical  kinetics,  nuclear  chemistry,  surface  chemistry,  and 
electrochemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122;  Mathematics  224  or  226.  Coreq- 
uisite: Chemistry  365-366.  Corequisite  or  prerequisite:  Chemistry  251 . 

365-366.  Physio-Chemical  Methods.  (1-1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  363-364. 

372.  Geochemistry  (3).  An  introduction  into  the  application  of  chemical  principles  of 
geological  systems:  carbonate  equilibria,  clay  colloid  chemistry,  Eh-pH  diagrams, 
chemical  weathering,  organic  materials  in  sediments,  and  phase  diagrams.  Pre- 
requisite: Chemistry  363  or  consent  of  instructor.  (Same  as  Geology  372.)  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

391.  Biochemistry  I.  (4).  Chemistry  of  biomolecules.  Emphasis  on  amino  acids  and 
protein  chemistry,  mechanisms  of  enzyme  action  and  enzyme  kinetics,  lipids  and 
biological  membranes,  nucleotides  and  nucleic  acids,  and  carbohydrate  chemistry. 
Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232. 

392.  Biochemistry  II.  (4).  Generation  and  storage  of  metabolic  energy;  protein  bio- 
synthesis; molecular  physiology.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  391. 

393.  Biochemistry  I.  (3).  Chemistry  of  living  organisms.  Emphasis  of  biochemistry  of  pro- 
teins, carbohydrates,  and  lipids.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232. 

394.  Biochemistry  II.  (3).  Photosynthesis,  nucleotides,  protein  biosynthesis,  and 
biochemical  control  mechanisms  are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  393. 

395.  Biochemical  Applications  I.  (1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  393. 

396.  Biochemical  Applications  II.  (1).  Corequisite:  Chemistry  394. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Approved  students  only. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Approved  students  only. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Chemistry  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Approved  students  only. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected  re- 
search, educational,  governmental  and  business  institutions.  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  instructor. 

491-492.  History  &  Literature  of  Chemistry  (2-2).  Designed  to  review  and  integrate 
basic  chemical  knowledge  in  conjunction  with  an  oral  and  written  presentation  of 
scientific  works.  History  of  chemistry  and  the  proper  use  of  chemical  literature  are 
included.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  251  and  264  or  363. 


COMPUTER  STUDIES 


Professors:  ALLEN  D.  BISHOP,  JR.,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

SAMUEL  R.  KNOX,  Ph.D. 

JIMMIE  M.  PURSER,  Ph.D. 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professors:  CLOYD  H.  EZELL,  Ph.D. 

THOMAS  A.  PRITCHARD,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professor:  ROBERT  W.  McCARLEY,  M.S. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Computer  Studies  majors  must  take  the  following  core 
of  courses:  Computer  182,  210,  220  or  230  or  240,  250,  491  and  492.  In  addition,  they 
must  take  21  hours  above  the  computer  core  from  the  following  group:  Any  200  level 
or  higher  course  in  the  Department  of  Computer  Studies;  Mathematics  335,  346,  351 , 
386,  388  or  389;  Accounting  281,  282  or  391;  Administration  333,  334  or  338;  Nine 

77 


of  these  21  hours  must  be  in  300  level  courses  in  the  Connputer  Studies  Departnnent. 
Majors  are  also  required  to  take  either  Mathematics  1 72  or  Administration  275  to  meet 
the  departmental  statistics  requirement.  Candidates  for  the  B.S.  degree  must  also  take 
either  Mathematics  223-224  or  225-226. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  computer  studies  with 
12  hours  of  computer  courses  beyond  the  degree  requirements.  These  courses  must 
include  Computer  1 82  and  nine  additional  hours  at  the  200  level  or  above  in  computer 
studies. 

Facilities  are  among  the  finest  for  student  use  including  two  Digital  Equipment  PDP-1 1 
RSTS  timesharing  systems  and  a  Digital  Equipment  VAX  750  in  the  campus  network. 
In  addition  a  Digital  Equipment  PDP-8/e  laboratory  computer  and  an  EAI-TR20  analog 
system  are  available  for  student  use.  More  than  50  student  terminals  are  available  in 
terminal  rooms  located  in  every  major  academic  building  on  campus  as  well  as  three 
microcomputer  laboratories  containing  over  50  DEC  Rainbow  and  IBM  personal  com- 
puters. 

100.  Introduction  to  Computing  (1).  A  brief  introduction  to  the  timesharing  language 
BASIC.  Designed  to  enable  the  student  to  utilize  the  computer  in  the  several  dis- 
ciplines. 

110.  Computer  Programming  in  BASIC  (3).  An  in-depth  introduction  to  the  program- 
ming language  BASIC.  Stresses  the  solution  of  problems  from  diverse  areas.  If  taken 
after  Computer  100,  only  two  hours  credit  allowed. 

120.  Computer  Programming  in  FORTRAN.  (3).  FORTRAN  programming  with 
applications  to  the  behavioral  and  natural  sciences. 

130.  Computer  Programming  in  COBOL  (3).  Introduction  to  data  processing  and 
COBOL  programming  with  applications  to  accounting  and  information  systems. 

140.  Computer  Programming  in  Pascal  (3).  Introduction  to  structured  program- 
ming using  the  language  Pascal. 

182.  Introduction  to  Computer  Science  (3).  Introduction  to  computer  history, 
organization  and  architecture,  file  structures,  record  I/O,  data  communications,  al- 
gorithms, and  elementary  data  structures.  Prerequisite:  Computer  110. 

210.  Computer  Organization  and  Machine  Programming  (3).  Discussion  of  fun- 
damentals of  computer  hardware  organization  and  symbolic  coding  with  assembly 
systems.  Prerequisite:  Computer  182. 

218.  Introduction  to  Microprocessors  (3),  Organization  and  structures  of  major  hard- 
ware components  of  computer  system.  Basic  designs.  Coding  techniques  (BCD,  AS- 
CII). Computer  architecture  with  particular  reference  to  microprocessors.  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Computer  182 

220.  Advanced  Programming  in  FORTRAN  (3).  An  advanced  FORTRAN  program- 
ming language  course.  Topics  include  access  processing,  advanced  language  fea- 
tures, software  design  and  development  techniques,  large  project  management. 
Prerequisites:  Computer  120  and  182. 

230  Advanced  COBOL  and  File  Processing  (3).  Advanced  COBOL  application 
including  systems  analysis,  data  acquisition,  file  structure,  table  handling,  file  merg- 
ing, file  updating,  interactive  processes  and  structured  programming.  Prerequisites: 
Computer  130  and  182. 

240.  Advanced  Programming  in  Pascal  (3).  Procedures  and  functions.  Recursive 
subprograms,  simple  data  types,  sets  and  arrays.  Records  and  files.  Prerequisite: 
Computer  140  and  182. 

250.  Data  Structures  (3).  Basic  concepts  of  data,  linear  and  orthogonal  lists,  trees, 
arrays,  representations  of  trees  and  graphs,  searching  and  sorting  techniques,  data 
structures  in  programming  languages  and  organization  of  files.  Examples  and 
programming  will  be  done  in  Pascal.  Prerequisites:  Computer  140  and  182. 

312.  Comparison  of  Programming  Languages  (3).  Formal  definition  of  program- 
ming languages.  Properties  of  languages  including  the  scope  of  declarations,  storage 
allocations,  groupings  of  statements,  binding  time,  subroutines,  coroutines.  List 
processing,  string  manipulation  and  data  descriptions.  Prerequisites:  Computer  182 
and  250.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

78 


318.  Digital  Electronics  and  Microprocessors  (3).  Electronic  processing  of  digitally 
coded  information.  Includes  Boolean  algebra,  logic  gates,  storage  elements  and  se- 
quential logic.  Microcomputer  interfacing  to  laboratory  instruments.  Processor  circuits. 
Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  Computer  182  and  218. 
(Same  as  Physics  318) 

342.  Theory  and  Design  of  Operating  Systems  (3).  Multiprogramming  and  multi- 
processing systems.  Mapping  and  binding  of  address.  Storage  management.  Process 
and  resource  control.  Analysis  of  file  structures  and  file  management.  Prerequisites: 
Computer  182,  210  and  250  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

346.  Language  Structures  and  Compiler  Theory  (3).  Techniques  of  compiler  design. 
Scanning  and  parsing  of  languages  described  by  regular  and  context  free  gram- 
mars. Lexical  analysis,  code  generation,  error  recovery  and  optimization  techniques. 
Prerequisites:  Computer  182  and  250.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

354.  Computer  Graphics  (3).  Design,  construction  and  utilization  of  interactive  com- 
puter graphics.  Device  independent  development  of  two  and  three  dimensional  trans- 
formations, clipping,  windows,  perspective,  hidden  lines  and  modeling.  Graphics  ex- 
amples are  developed  in  REGIS.  Prerequisites:  Mathematics  116  and  Computer  182. 
Computer  250  is  strongly  recommended. 

362.  Introduction  to  Data  Communications  (3).  Theoretical  and  practical  factors  in 
data  communications  including  communications  equipment,  communications  codes, 
error  effects,  protocols  and  architecture,  and  network  design.  Prerequisite:  Computer 
182. 

374.  Data  Base  Management  (3).  Organization  and  maintenance  of  sequential,  ran- 
dom access  and  indexed  sequential  data  base  systems.  Design  of  on-line  file  sys- 
tems. Directories,  hashing,  inverted  files  and  other  data  base  management  techniques. 
Prerequisites:  Computer  182  and  Computer  230  or  consent  of  instructor. 

382.  Systems  Analysis  and  Design  (3).  Systems  development  life  cycle.  HlPO,  Top- 
Down  approaches,  decision  tables.  Data  collection  and  analysis.  Systems  planning 
and  design.  File  and  data  base  organization.  Computer  system  evaluation  and  selec- 
tion. Prerequisites:  Computer  182  and  Computer  220,  230  or  240  or  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

388.  Discrete  Structures  (3).  Algebras  and  algorithms.  Lattices  and  Boolean  Algebras, 
Graphs  and  diagraphs.  Monoids  and  groups.  Prerequisites:  Computer  182  and  Math 
224  or  226.  Math  346  and  Computer  140  are  recommended.  (Same  as  Math  388.) 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

411-412.  Selected  Topics  (1  to  3  -  1  to  3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  - 1  to  3)  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
research,  educational,  governmental  and  business  institutions.  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  department  chairman. 

491-492.  Seminar  (1-1)  Discussion  of  current  problems  in  computing.  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor. 


GEOLOGY 


Associate  Professors:  WENDELL  B.  JOHNSON,  M.S.,  Chairman 

DELBERT  E.  GANN,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Geology  101-102,  200,  201,  203,  212,  221,  250,  and 
six  semester  hours  of  field  geology.  The  field  geology,  S371 ,  six  hours,  must  be  taken 
at  another  university.  Majors  must  take  Mathematics  115-11 6,  Chemistry  1 21  -1 22  (and 
laboratories  1 23-1 24),  and  Physics  1 31  -1 32  or  Physics  111-112.  Additional  courses  are 
suggested  in  mathematics,  chemistry,  computer  studies,  general  biology,  and  physics. 
Natural  Science  201-202  may  not  be  counted  toward  a  geology  major. 


79 


101 .  Physical  Geology  (4).  The  earth,  the  rocks  which  comprise  its  surface,  erosional 
and  depositional  processes,  volcanism,  deformation,  and  economic  deposits.  One 
field  trip.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours. 

102.  Historical  Geology  (4).  The  successive  events  leading  to  the  present  configuration 
of  the  continental  masses,  accounting  for  the  kinds  and  distribution  of  surface  rocks 
and  minerals.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology 
101,  or  consent  of  department. 

200.  Crystallography  (3).  Unit  cell  dimensions  of  the  crystallographic  systems  illustrated 
by  mineral  crystals,  laboratory-grown  crystals,  geometics  models,  x-ray  structure, 
stereographic  projections,  and  goniometric  measurements.  Two  lecture  hours  and 
two  laboratory  hours. 

201.  Mineralogy  (4).  Geometrical,  physical  and  chemical  properties,  genesis,  and 
atomic  structures  of  minerals.  Use  is  made  of  a  spectroscope,  density  balances,  and 
x-ray  equipment.  A  valuable  elective  for  chemistry  majors.  Three  lecture  hours  and 
two  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisites:  Geology  200  and  Chemistry  121-122  (and  labora- 
tories) or  consent  of  instructor. 

203.  Petrology  (4).  Introduction  to  the  origins,  processes,  occurrences,  associations, 
structures,  compositions,  and  classifications  of  rocks.  The  emphasis  is  on  megas- 
copic identification  of  igneous,  sedimentary,  and  metamorphic  rocks.  An  introduc- 
tion to  petrographic  procedures  is  included.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory 
hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  1 01  or  consent  of  instructor.  Geology  201  and  312  are 
strongly  recommended. 

211.  Geomorphology  (3).  A  more  detailed  treatment  of  land  forms  than  provided  in 
Geology  101.  The  physiographic  provinces  and  sections  of  the  United  States  are 
studied  systematically,  but  most  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  coastal  plain.  Two  lec- 
ture hours  and  two  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102.  Offered  in  al- 
ternate years  or  on  demand. 

221.  Invertebrate  Paleontology  (4).  Classification  and  morphology  of  fossil  inverte- 
brates with  reference  to  evolutionary  history  and  environment.  Field  trips  to  collect 
the  diagnostic  fossils  in  Mississippi.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours. 
Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

250.  Principles  of  Stratigraphy/Sedimentology  (4).  Rock  sequences  treated  in 
greater  detail  than  in  Historical  Geology.  Lithologic  and  paleontologic  facies  of  vari- 
ous parts  of  the  United  States  and  basic  sedimentological  principles.  Three  lecture 
hours  and  two  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102. 

301.  Economic  Geology  (4).  The  chief  economic  rocks  and  minerals  of  the  United 
States  and  other  countries,  with  consideration  of  their  stratigraphy,  genesis,  value, 
and  use.  Three  hours  lecture  and  two  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102, 
200  and  201 .  Offered  in  alternate  years  or  on  demand. 

302.  Petroleum  Geology  (3).  The  applications  of  geology  to  the  petroleum  industry, 
theories  on  origin,  problems  in  migration,  oil  traps,  and  occurrences  of  oil  and  gas. 
Several  Mississippi  oil  and  gas  fields  will  be  discussed  in  detail.  Two  hours  lecture 
and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102.  Offered  in  alternate  years 
or  on  demand. 

304.  Structural  Geology  (4).  Structural  features  of  the  rocks  comprising  the  earth's  crust, 
their  origin,  and  their  relations  to  economic  geology.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two 
laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102  or  consent  of  instructor. 

31 1 .  Iqneous  and  Metamorphic  Petrology  (4).  A  petrologic  study  of  the  megascopic 
and  microscopic  characteristics  of  igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks  and  their  use 
in  rock  classification.  Practice  in  identification  through  the  use  of  hand  specimens 
and  thin  sections.  Two  lecture  hours  and  four  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geolo- 
gy 200  and  201  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

321.  Sedimentary  Petrology  (4).  Unconsolidated  and  consolidated  sedimentary  rocks 
as  determined  by  megascopic  and  microscopic  mineralogy,  x-ray,  spectrochemical 
and  differential  thermal  analyses,  mechanical  analyses,  genesis,  and  classification. 
Two  lecture  hours  and  four  laboratory  hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  312  or  consent 
of  the  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years  or  on  demand. 

372.  Geochemistry  (3).  (Same  as  Chemistry  372.) 

80 


412.  Optical  Mineralogy  (4).  An  introduction  to  the  petrographic  microscope,  especially 
to  the  reflective,  refractive,  and  polarizing  properties  of  light  for  the  identification  of 
mineral  fragments  and  minerals  in  thin  sections.  Two  lecture  hours  and  four  labora- 
tory hours.  Prerequisite:  Geology  200  and  201 . 

S471.  Field  Geology  (6).  Practical  training  in  the  standard  methods  of  geologic  field 
work.  Prerequisite:  To  be  determined  by  the  university  or  universities  operating  the 
course,  the  probable  equivalent  of  Geology  101,  1 02,  211,  21 2,  and  Geology  200, 
201 ,  and  221 .  Offered  each  summer. 

401.  Special  Problems  (1-3). 

402.  Special  Problems  (1-3).  Open  to  advanced  students  who  have  individual 
problems  in  the  field  or  in  the  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

403.  Directed  Study  (1).  A  course  designed  to  introduce  field  geology  and  familiarize 
geology  majors  with  plane  table  and  alidade,  Brunton  compass,  field  mapping  proce- 
dures for  the  summer  field  program  in  S  471. 

404.  Directed  Study  (1-3).  Open  only  to  approved  students. 


MATHEMATICS 


The  Benjamin  Ernest  Mitchell  Chair  of  Mathematics 

Professors:  SAMUEL  ROSCOE  KNOX,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.,  Ph.D. 
Associate  Professor:  KATHLEEN  ANN  DRUDE,  Ph.D. 

Assistant  Professors:  HERMAN  L.  McKENZIE,  M.S. 

CECIL  EUGENE  ROBINSON,  JR.,  Ph.D. 

DAVID  G.  WINSLOW,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  In  addition  to  at  least  six  hours  of  calculus  and  the  senior 
seminar,  a  major  is  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  six  three-hour  courses  in  the  300-series. 
Work  in  the  major  field  not  taken  in  residence  must  be  approved  by  the  department. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  mathematics  with  the 
minimum  of  three  courses  in  the  300-series  in  addition  to  at  least  six  hours  of  calculus. 

103-104.  Foundations  of  Mathematics  (3-3).  Designed  primarily  for  freshman  non- 
science  majors.  Includes  the  structure  of  the  real  number  system  and  its  sub-systems, 
measurement,  geometry,  probability,  statistics,  logic,  and  the  BASIC  computer 
language. 

107.  Introduction  to  Quantitative  Methods  I  (3).  Algebra  review,  functions,  linear 
models,  matrices,  linear  systems,  and  linear  programming. 

108.  Introduction  to  Quantitative  Methods  II  (3).  Probability,  decision  theory,  statistics, 
differential,  and  integral  calculus  of  elementary  functions. 

115-116.  Pre-calculus  Mathematics  (4-4).  A  two-semester  course  for  freshman  science 
majors. 

172.  Elementary  Statistics  (3).  A  pre-calculus  course  concerned  with  the  description  of 
sample  data,  elementary  probability,  testing  hypotheses,  correlation,  regression,  the 
chi-square  distribution,  and  analysis  of  variance.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  103,  107, 
or  115. 

S215-S216.  Calculus  Is-lls  (4-4).  An  abbreviated  version  of  Mathematics  225-226  de- 
signed for  summer  school.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

S217-S218.  Calculus  Is-lls  (3-3).  Same  as  Mathematics  S215-S216  but  less  credit. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

223-224.  Calculus  l-ll  (3-3).  Basically  the  same  as  Mathematics  225-226  but  with  less 
emphasis  on  theory.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 


81 


225-226.  Calculus  l-ll  (5-5).  The  theory  and  application  of  limits  and  continuity,  dif- 
ferentiation and  integration  of  the  elementary  functions  of  one  variable,  series,  and 
introductory  multivariate  calculus.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  116. 

325-326.  Calculus  lll-IV  (3-3).  Topological  concepts  and  a  rigorous  treatment  of  con- 
tinuity, integration,  differentiation,  and  convergence  in  n-dimensional  Euclidean  space. 
Prerequisite:  Calculus  II.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

335.  Probability  (3).  The  concept  of  sample  space.  Discrete  and  continuous  pro- 
bability distributions.  Independence  and  conditional  probability.  Characteristics  of 
distributions.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

336.  Mathematical  Statistics  (3).  Distributions  of  discrete  and  continuous  random 
variables.  Moment-generating  functions.  Sampling  distributions  and  parameter  esti- 
mation. Prerequisite:  Mathematics  335.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

345.  Abstract  Algebra  (3).  Congruences,  groups,  rings,  ideals,  isomorphisms,  and 
homomorphisms,  fields,  equivalence.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

346.  Linear  Algebra  (3).  Vector  spaces  and  linear  transformations.  Algebra  of  matrices. 
Systems  of  linear  equations.  Eigenvalues  and  eigenvectors.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

351 .  Differential  Equations  (3).  Differential  equations  of  the  first  and  higher  orders,  with 
applications  to  geometry,  physics,  and  mechanics.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

352.  Electronic  Analog  Computer  (1).  Linear  components,  time-scale  and  amplitude- 
scale  factors,  non-linear  components,  and  function-generating  techniques.  One  lec- 
ture period  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  351. 

361.  College  Geometry  (3).  A  study  of  advanced  topics  in  Euclidean  geometry,  and 
an  introduction  to  non-Euclidean  geometries.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  I.  Offered  in  al- 
ternate years. 

371 .  Introductory  Topology  (3).  Topological  spaces,  metric  spaces,  Hausdorff  spaces, 
compactness,  continuous  mappings.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

381.  Operations  Research  I  (3).  Linear,  dynamic,  and  integer  programming.  Simplex 
method  and  applications.  Duality,  area  sensitivity  analysis,  and  parametric  program- 
ming. Prerequisite:  Mathematics  346  or  consent  of  instructor. 

382.  Operations  Research  II  (3).  Decision  theory  and  game  theory.  Queueing  theory. 
Networks  and  scheduling  problems.  Simulation,  non-linear  programming.  Prerequi- 
site: Mathematics  381  or  consent  of  instructor. 

386.  Numerical  Analysis  (3).  Solution  of  non-linear  equations  and  systems  of  linear 
equations.  Error  analysis.  Numerical  integration  and  differentiation.  Solution  of  differen- 
tial equations.  Interpolation  and  approximation.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II,  Mathemat- 
ics 351 ,  and  knowledge  of  a  programming  language  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

388.  Discrete  Structures  (3).  Algebras  and  algorithms.  Lattices  and  Boolean  Algebras. 
Graphs  and  diagraphs.  Monoids  and  groups.  Prerequisites:  Computer  182  and  Math 
224  or  226.  (Same  as  Computer  388.)  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

389.  Mathematical  Models  (3).  Model  construction,  linear  optimization,  chains,  graphs 
and  networks,  and  growth  processes.  Practical  aspects  of  model  building.  Applica- 
tions. Prerequisites:  Calculus  II  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

391-392.  Selected  Topics  in  Mathematics  (3-3).  Chosen  from  areas  such  as  applied 
mathematics,  number  theory,  complex  variables,  foundations  of  mathematics,  and 
history  of  mathematics.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  chairman. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Reading  and  research  in  advanced  mathe- 
matics. Prerequisite:  consent  of  department  chairman. 

491-492.  Seminar  (1-1).  Discussions  of  topics  of  interest. 


82 


PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY 

Assistant  Professors:  ROBERT  T.  McADORY,  JR.,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

ASIF  KHANDKER,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  l\/lajor:  Physics  1 31  -1 32,  1 51  -1 52,  231 ,  31 1  -31 2,  31 6,  331 ,  336, 
371  -372,  491  -492,  Calculus  I  and  II,  Mathematics  351 ,  and  Computer  1 20.  Prospective 
majors  should  take  1 31  -1 32  no  later  than  the  sophomore  year.  Students  who  have  taken 
111-112  may  be  considered  for  the  major  provided  the  mathematical  requirements  are 
met  and  the  consent  of  the  department  chairman  is  obtained.  No  student  may  receive 
credit  for  both  111  and  131  or  for  both  112  and  132. 

Requirements  for  l\/linor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  physics  with  12  hours 
of  physics  courses  beyond  the  degree  requirements.  These  hours  must  derive  from 
courses  at  or  above  the  200  level  and  be  approved  by  the  department  chairman. 

IVIathematics  Requirement:  Students  interested  in  maintaining  the  option  of  study 
in  physics  or  related  fields  (e.g.  pre-engineering)  are  urged  to  begin  their  mathematics 
course  work  at  Millsaps  as  early  as  possible  and  at  the  highest  level  possible. 

Teacher  Certification:  Physics  1 31  -1 32,  1 51  -1 52,  and  231  -232  is  a  well  defined 
sixteen  credit  hour  course  sequence  that  meets  the  teacher  certification  requirements 
for  physics. 

PHYSICS 

111-112.  General  Physics  (3-3).  Fundamentals  of  mechanics,  heat,  electricity  and  mag- 
netism, optics,  acoustics,  and  atomic  and  nuclear  physics.  Three  lecture  periods  per 
week.  A  non-calculus  course  intended  primarily  for  majors  in  the  biological  and  health 
sciences.  Prerequisite;  Mathematics  115;  while  not  formally  required.  Mathematics 
116  is  also  recommended.  Corequisite:  Physics  151-152. 

131-132.  Classical  Physics  (4-4).  Mechanics,  heat,  electricity  and  magnetism,  optics 
and  acoustics,  covered  more  rigorously  than  in  1 1 1  -1 1 2  and  making  use  of  elemen- 
tary calculus.  Four  lecture  periods  per  week.  Corequisites:  Physics  151-152  and  Cal- 
culus l-ll. 

151-152.  Physics  Laboratory  (1-1).  Experiments  to  accompany  either  of  the  two  intro- 
ductory physics  courses  listed  above.  One  laboratory  period  per  week.  Corequisite: 
Physics  111-112  or  131-132. 

200.  Crystallography  (3).  Unit  cell  dimensions  of  the  crystallographic  systems  il- 
lustrated by  mineral  crystals,  laboratory-grown  crystals,  geometric  models,  x-ray  struc- 
ture, stereographic  projections,  and  goniometric  measurements.  Two  lecture  hours 
and  two  laboratory  hours.  (Same  as  Geology  200.) 

211-212.  Special  Topics  or  Laboratories  in  Physics  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Deals  with 
areas  not  covered  in  other  courses  or  laboratories.  Aimed  primarily  at  sophomores 
and  juniors  at  an  intermediate  physics  level.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

218.  Introduction  to  Microprocessors  (3).  Organization  and  structures  of  major  hard- 
ware components  of  computer  systems.  Basic  designs.  Coding  techniques  (BCD, 
ASCII).  Computer  architecture  with  particular  reference  to  microprocessors.  Two  lec- 
tures and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  (Same  as  Com- 
puter 218.)  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

231-232.  Modern  Physics  (3-3).  An  introduction  to  quantum  physics  and  the  special 
theory  of  relativity,  with  applications  to  atoms,  molecules,  solids,  nuclei  and  parti- 
cles. Prerequisite:  Physics  132  or  consent  of  instructor. 

311-312.  Electricity  and  Magnetism  (3-3).  Charges,  currents,  electric  and  magnetic 
fields  in  vacuum  and  in  material  media,  Maxwell's  equations,  and  electromagnetic 
waves.  Prerequisite:  Physics  132  or  consent  of  instructor.  Corequisite:  Mathematics 
351 .  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

315.  Optics  (3).  Principles  of  physical  optics,  optical  systems,  and  lasers.  Two  lecture 
periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Physics  132  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

83 


316.  Electronics  for  Scientists  (4).  Fundamentals  of  electronic  circuits  and  the  use  of 

basic  laboratory  instruments.  Two  three-hour  lecture/laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  132  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

318.  Digital  Electronics  (3).  Introduction  to  electronic  processing  of  digitally  coded 
information.  Includes  binary  arithmetic,  Boolean  algebra,  logic  gates,  storage  ele- 
ments and  sequential  logic,  memory  and  processor  circuits,  microcomputer  organi- 
zation. One  three-hour  lecture/laboratory  plus  two  hours  of  independent  laboratory 
work  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Physics  316  and  an  introductory  computer  program- 
ming course  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  (Same  as  Computer  318.) 

331-332.  Classical  Mechanics  (3-3).  The  Newtonian  formulation  of  mechanics,  in- 
cluding applications  to  linear,  nonlinear  and  driven  oscillators,  central  forces  and  the 
kinematics  of  two-particle  collisions,  the  Lagrangian  formulation  of  mechanics  and 
the  theory  or  rotating  frames  of  reference  and  systems.  Prerequisites:  Physics  132 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Corequisite:  Mathematics  351.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

336.  Thermal  Physics  (3).  An  introduction  to  equilibrium  statistical  mechanics  with 
implications  for  thermodynamics  and  the  kinetic  theory  of  gases.  Prerequisite:  Phys- 
ics 231  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

371-372.  Advanced  Physics  Laboratory  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Experimental  or  theo- 
retical laboratory  involving  nonlinear  systems,  optics,  and  other  topics.  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor. 

401-402.  Special  Problems  (1  to  3-— 1  to  3).  The  student  may  begin  to  study  topics 
of  interest  through  readings  and  research.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  The  student  may  continue  to 
study  topics  of  interest  through  readings  and  research.  Prerequisite:  Physics  401-402 
or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  or  Laboratories  in  Physics  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Deals  with 
areas  not  covered  in  other  courses  or  laboratories.  Aimed  primarily  at  juniors  and 
seniors  at  the  intermediate  or  advanced  physics  level.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
research,  educational,  governmental  and  business  institutions.  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  the  instructor. 

491-492.  Seminar  (1  to  2-1  to  2).  Designed  to  review  and  integrate  basic  physics 
knowledge  in  conjunction  with  an  oral  and  written  presentation  of  scientific  work. 
Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

ASTRONOMY 

101-102.  General  Astronomy  (4-4).  A  study  of  the  earth,  moon,  time,  the  constellations, 
the  solar  system,  the  planets,  comets,  meteors,  the  sun,  the  development  of  the  so- 
lar system,  and  the  sidereal  universe.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  observatory 
period. 

301-302.  Practical  Astronomy  (3-3).  Spherical  astronomy  and  the  theory  of  astro- 
nomical instruments  with  exercises  in  making  and  reducing  observations.  One  lec- 
ture and  one  double  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Astronomy  101-102 
and  consent  of  the  instructor. 

Special  courses  and  opportunities  for  independent  study  or  research  in  astronomy 
will  be  offered  under  the  appropriate  physics  course  number. 


84 


Social  and 
Behavioral  Sciences 

EDUCATION 

Professors:  JAMES  A.  MONTGOMERY,  Ed.D. 

Associate  Professors:  JEANNE  MIDDLETON  FORSYTHE,  Ed.D.,  Chair 

J.  HARPER  DAVIS,  M.Ed. 

MARY  ANN  EDGE,  M.S. 

MARLYS  T.  VAUGHN,  Ph.D. 
Assistant  Professors:  DONALD  HOLCOMB,  M.Ed. 

THOMAS  L.  RANAGER,  M.Ed. 

Requirements  for  the  Elementary  Education  major:  ED  205,  300,  305,  310, 
315,  320,  335,  340,  345,  350,  400,  480,  Computer  (1-3  hours),  and  HPE  335,  plus 
6-hours  of  Education  electives. 

Requirements  for  the  Health  and  Physical  Education  major:  ED  205  or  210, 
300,  325,  335,  340,  480  or  490,  HPE  215,  315,  320,  325,  330,  335,  340  or  341 ,  345 
or  350,  360;  Sociology  301,  Biology  235-236,  plus  6-hours  of  HPE  electives. 

Requirements  for  Secondary  Education  majors  in  Science  or  Math:  ED  21 0, 
300,  325,  330,  335,  340,  350,  400,  490,  and  Connputer  (1-3  hours),  plus  the  courses 
listed  below  as  appropriate: 

To  qualify  for  the  Life  Science/General  Science  certificate,  the  student  must  also 
complete  36  hours  of  science  to  include  24  hours  of  Biology.  (See  Chair,  Department 
of  Education  for  the  specific  Biology  courses.) 

To  qualify  for  the  Chemistry/Physics/General  Science  certificate,  the  student  must 
also  complete  36  hours  of  science  to  include  21  hours  of  Chemistry  and  8  hours  of 
Physics.  (See  Chair,  Department  of  Education  for  the  specific  Chemistry  and  Physics 
courses.) 

To  qualify  for  the  Math  certificate,  the  student  must  also  complete  Math  115-116, 
223-224  or  225-226,  335  or  346,  361 ,  plus  9-hours  from  the  following:  Math  325,  326, 
335,  336,  345,  346,  351,  371,  and  Computer  110. 

Students  who  do  not  wish  to  major  in  Education  but  do  wish  to  pursue  teacher  cer- 
tification in  Art,  Bible,  English,  Foreign  Language,  Math,  Music,  Science,  Social  Studies, 
or  "add-on"  certification  in  Computer  Education,  Gifted  Education,  or  Remedial  Read- 
ing should  see  the  Chair  of  the  Department  of  Education, 

100.  Introduction  to  Education  (1).  An  introductory  course  designed  to  acquaint 
the  student  with  career  possibilities  in  the  field  of  education,  Elementary  and  secon- 
dary teaching,  school  administration,  counseling,  coaching,  and  the  teacher  certifi- 
cation process  will  be  explored. 

205.  Child  Development  (3).  A  study  of  the  theories,  principles,  and  characteristics  of 
human  development  from  conception  to  the  period  of  adolescence. 

210.  Adolescent  Development  (3).  A  study  of  the  theories,  principles,  and  charac- 
teristics of  human  development  from  pre-adolescence  to  adulthood. 

300.  Foundations  of  Education  (3).  An  overview  of  the  foundations  of  (American) 
education,  covering  issues  and  policies  related  to  the  history  and  philosophy  of  edu- 
cation, the  political,  economic,  and  social  dimensions  of  education,  school  law  and 
finance,  curriculum  and  instruction,  and  the  teaching  profession.  The  Mississippi 
Teacher  Assessment  Instrument  (MTAI)  is  also  introduced.  Prerequisite:  Junior 
status  or  consent  of  the  Department  Chair. 


85 


305.  Elementary  Classroom  Methods  and  Management  (3).  A  field-based  study 
of  the  instructional  methods  and  nnaterials  appropriate  for  use  at  the  elementary  school 
level,  with  emphasis  on  developing  self-discipline  in  the  classroom,  effective  class- 
roorri  management,  and  mastery  of  the  MTAI.  A  part  of  the  Elementary  Instructional 
Semester.  Prerequisite;  Junior  status. 

310.  Math  In  the  Elementary  School  (3).  A  study  of  the  structure  of  the  number 
system,  including  the  vocabulary  and  concepts  of  sets,  algebra,  and  geometry  ap- 
propriate for  the  elementary  school  level.  A  part  of  the  Elementary  Instructional 
Semester.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

315  Language  Arts  and  Literature  (3).  Speaking,  writing,  and  listening  with  special 
emphasis  on  linguistics.  A  part  of  the  Elementary  Instructional  Semester.  Prerequi- 
site: Junior  status. 

320.  Reading  in  the  Elementary  School  (6).  A  comprehensive  study  of  the  com- 
ponents of  the  reading  process  with  emphasis  on  the  teaching  skills  and  instruction- 
al methods  appropriate  to  the  cognitive  and  psychological  levels  of  elementary  school 
students.  Prerequisite:  Elementary  Instructional  Semester. 

325.  Secondary  Classroom  Methods  and  Management  (3).  A  field-based  study  of 
the  instructional  methods  and  materials  appropriate  for  use  at  the  secondary  school 
level,  with  emphasis  on  developing  self-discipline  in  the  classroom,  effective  class- 
room management,  and  mastery  of  the  MTAI.  A  part  of  the  Secondary  Instructional 
Semester.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

330.  Reading  in  the  Secondary  School  (3).  Designed  for  teachers  of  the  content  sub- 
jects in  grades  7-12  with  emphasis  on  the  role  of  reading  in  the  learning  process 
and  analysis  of  instructional  materials  and  methods  for  use  in  the  content  areas.  A 
part  of  the  Secondary  Instructional  Semester.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

335.  Measurement  and  Evaluation  (3).  A  study  of  the  methods  used  in  the  evalua- 
tion of  student  learning,  including  the  construction  and  use  of  the  classroom  test, 
standardized  tests,  test  terminology,  and  the  administering,  scoring,  tabulation,  and 
interpretation  of  test  data.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

340.  Educational  Psychology  (3).  The  application  of  psychology  to  the  process  of 
teaching  and  learning.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

345.  Early  Childhood  Education  (3).  A  study  of  the  cognitive,  affective,  and  psycho- 
motor characteristics  of  the  preschool  child,  and  the  design  of  the  school  curriculum 
to  meet  the  developmental  needs  of  the  preschool  child.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

350.  Survey  of  the  Exceptional  Child  (3).  A  study  of  the  exceptional  child  with  em- 
phasis on  identification,  diagnosis,  and  etiology.  Includes  objectives,  organization, 
and  administration  of  special  education  courses.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

360.  Computer  Applications  in  Education  (3).  The  application  of  computer-based 
technology  in  the  educational  process;  includes  the  role  and  use  of  computer  sys- 
tems in  instruction,  evaluation,  and  the  management  of  the  learning  environment. 
Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

400.  Seminar  on  Education  (3).  The  study  of  the  history,  philosophy,  and  sociology 
of  education  with  emphasis  on  current  research  and  educational  policy.  Extensive 
reading  and  writing  required.  Prerequisite:  Instructional  Semester. 

401.  Special  Topics  (1-3).  A  course  designed  by  the  student  and  professor  to  give 
the  student  the  opportunity  to  research  topics  of  special  interest.  Prerequisite:  In- 
structional Semester  and  consent  of  the  professor. 

405.  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education  (3).  A  study  of  the  history  and  philoso- 
phy of  education,  with  emphasis  on  an  interdisciplinary  and  cross-cultural  approach. 
Prerequisite:  Instructional  Semester. 

410.  Reading  Diagnosis  and  Remediation  (3).  A  study  of  the  diagnostic  techniques 
available  to  identify  weakness  in  specific  reading  skills,  and  emphasis  on  remedia- 
tion procedures.  There  is  also  emphasis  on  diagnostic  tests  and  testing  techniques. 
Prerequisite:  Instructional  Semester  and  ED  320  or  330. 

415.  Content  Area  Practicum  (3).  A  course  designed  to  give  the  student  the  op- 
portunity to  experiment  with  those  methods  and  theories  of  teaching  and  learning 
as  they  apply  to  a  particular  content  area.  The  practicum  combines  school-based 
experience  with  consultation  and  supervision  by  education  faculty  and  subject  area 

86 


faculty.  The  student  may  select  the  content  area  from  the  following:  reading,  math, 
science,  social  studies,  art,  music,  or  foreign  language.  The  course  may  be  repeat- 
ed. Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

420.  Education  of  the  Gifted  (3).  A  study  of  the  social,  emotional,  physical,  and 

intellectual  characterisitcs  of  the  gifted,  including  methods  of  identifying  the  gifted 

child.  Prerequisite:  Instructional  Semester. 
425.  IVIethods  and  IVIaterials  for  Gifted  Education  (3).  A  study  of  instructional 

methods  and  materials  most  useful  for  teaching  the  gifted.  Prerequisite:  Instructional 

Semester. 

430.  Methods  and  Materials  for  Early  Childhood  Education  (3).  A  study  of  in- 
structional methods  and  materials  most  useful  for  teaching  the  preschool  child.  Prereq- 
uisite: Instructional  Semester. 

450.  Mississippi  Education  Update  (3).  A  course  designed  for  those  educators 
who  have  been  out  of  service  for  more  than  five  years  and  who  wish  to  have  their 
teacher  certification  reinstated.  The  course  follows  the  curriculum  specified  by  the 
Commission  on  Certification,  Mississippi  State  Department  of  Education. 

480.  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School  (12).  Observation,  participation, 
and  student  teaching  at  the  elementary  school  (k-8)  all  day  for  twelve  weeks.  Prereq- 
uisite: Elementary  Instructional  Semester,  ED  300,  335,  and  340. 

490.  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (12).  Observation,  participation,  and 
student  teaching  at  the  high  school  (7-12)  all  day  for  twelve  weeks.  Prerequisite: 
Secondary  Instructional  Semester,  ED  300,  335,  and  340. 

HEALTH  AND  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 
Activity  Courses 

A105-A106  Archery  (1-1) 

A107-A108  Weight  Training  for  Men  (1-1) 

A1 09-A1 1 0  Body  Tone  for  Women  (1  -1 ) 

A1 11 -All 2  Karate  (1-1) 

A115-A116  Fencing  (1-1) 

A117-A118  Aerobics  (1-1) 

A119-A120  Dance  (1-1) 

A121-A122  Basketball  (1-1) 

A123-A124  Basic  Gymnastics 

A201-A202  Golf  (1-1) 

A211-A212  Bowling  (1-1) 

A221-A222  Tennis  (1-1) 

Varsity  Athletics 
A130  (First  Year),  A230  (Second  Year),  A330  (Third  Year),  A430  (Fourth  Year). 

Varsity  Golf.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in  varsity  golf. 
A140-A141  (First  Year),  A240-A241  (Second  Year),  A340-A341  (Third  Year), 
A440-A441  (Fourth  Year).  Varsity  Football.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in 

varsity  football. 
A150-A151  (First  Year),  A250-A251  (Second  Year),  A350-A351  (Third  Year). 
A450-A451  (Fourth  Year)  Varsity  Baseball.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in 

varsity  baseball. 

A160-A161  (First  Year),  A260-A261  (Second  Year),  A360-A361  (Third  Year), 
A460-A461  (Fourth  Year)  Varsity  Tennis.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in 

varsity  tennis. 
A170-A171  (First  Year),  A270-A271  (Second  Year),  A370-A371  (Third  Year), 
A470-A471  (Fourth  Year)  Varsity  Basketball.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in 

varsity  basketball. 
A181  (First  Year),  A281  (Second  Year),  A381,  (Third  Year),  A481  (Fourth  Year). 

Varsity  Cross  Country.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in  varsity  cross  country. 
A190-A191  (First  Year),  A290-A291  (Second  Year),  A390-A391  (Third  Year), 
A490-A491  (Fourth  Year)  Varsity  Soccer.  Open  only  to  students  who  compete  in 

varsity  soccer. 

87 


Academic  Courses 

215.  Foundations  of  Physical  Education  (3).  A  review  of  the  foundations  of  modern 
physical  education  derived  from  its  principles,  philosophy,  and  history, 

315.  First  Aid  (3).  A  study  of  first  aid  to  include  safety  skills  and  the  appropriate  tech- 
niques of  immediate  and  temporary  care  v^/hich  should  be  administered  in  the  event 
of  injury  or  sudden  illness. 

320.  Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Health  (3).  A  study  of  the  characteris- 
tics of  the  secondary  student,  with  emphasis  on  activities  suited  to  the  mental  and 
physical  needs  of  this  age  and  the  equipment  and  facilities  required  for  a  well-rounded 
program.  A  part  of  the  HPE  Instructional  Semester. 

325.  Consumer  Health  (3).  A  study  of  personal  health  and  the  care  of  the  body, 
including  food,  sanitation,  diseases  and  contagion,  vitamins,  and  hormones.  Prereq- 
uisite: Junior  status. 

330.  Motor  Development  and  Movement  Education  (3).  A  study  of  how  the  body 
moves  and  what  the  body  can  do  as  applicable  to  children  in  grades  K-6.  Ways 
to  recognize  the  stages  of  motor  development  in  children  and  the  preparation  of  ac- 
tivities for  skills  acquisition  will  be  emphasized.  Offered  in  alternate  years.  Prerequi- 
site: Junior  status. 

335.  Physical  Education  for  the  Elementary  Grades  (3).  A  study  of  the  charac- 
teristics of  the  elementary  school  child,  with  emphasis  on  activities  suited  to  the  mental 
and  physical  needs  of  this  age  and  the  equipment  and  facilities  required  for  a  well- 
rounded  program.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

340-341 .  Teaching  Individual  and  Team  Sports  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  rules  and 
regulations  of  different  sports,  including  the  opportunity  to  supervise  instruction  of 
each  sport.  A  student  not  majoring  in  Health  and  Physical  Education  may  enroll  in 
the  activity-hour  of  this  course  alone.  Prerequisite:  For  HPE  majors.  Junior  status. 

345.  Coaching  and  Officiating  of  Football  (3). 

350.  Coaching  and  Officiating  of  Basketball  (3). 

355.  Rhythms  (3).  A  study  of  the  scope,  content,  and  methodology  of  the  rhythms 
and  dance  program.  Emphasis  is  on  the  creative  and  aesthetic  values  therein,  and 
the  integration  and  coordination  with  the  other  arts  in  the  school  curriculum  (K-12). 
Prerequisite:  Junior  status.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

360  Physical  Education  for  the  ExceptlonI  Child  (3).  A  study  of  the  concept  and 
development  of  physical  education  programs  for  the  exceptional  child.  Offered  in 
alternate  years.  Prerequisite:  Junior  status. 

365.  Principles  of  Athletic  Administration  (3).  Analysis  of  the  administration  of 
physical  education  programs  at  the  elementary  and  secondary  levels.  Prerequisite: 
Junior  status. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


Associate  Professors:  JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS,  J.D.,  Chairman 

HOWARD  GREGORY  BAVENDER,  M.A. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Political  Science  101,  102,  201,  202,  271,  341,  342, 
351 ,  352  and  491 .  Majors  must  have  a  2.50  average  in  political  science  course  work. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  political  science  with 
a  minimum  of  18  semester  hour  from  the  following  courses:  Political  Science  101  and 
1 02,  either  201  or  202,  either  261  or  341 ,  and  two  courses  from  1 1 2,  21 1 ,  31 1 ,  351  -352. 

Special  Programs.  In  conjunction  with  Drew  University,  political  science  majors 
may  enroll  in  the  United  Nations  Semester,  the  Brussels  Semester,  and  the  London 
Semester.  In  conjunction  with  American  University,  students  may  enroll  in  the  Washing- 
ton Semester.  Each  program  involves  study  for  one  semester  off  campus.  For  further 
information  see  the  section  on  Special  Programs. 

88 


101 .  American  Government  I  (3).  A  systems  analysis  of  our  national  political  environ- 
ment, inputs,  and  decision-making  agencies,  involving  study  of  federalism,  political 
parties,  Congress,  the  Presidency,  and  the  judiciary. 

102.  American  Government  II  (3).  Output  analysis  of  civil  liberties  and  national  fiscal, 
regulatory,  grant-in-aid,  social,  defense,  and  foreign  policies. 

112.  State  and  Local  Government  (3).  Urban  democratic  theory,  community  power 
analysis,  and  institutions  and  policies.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

115.  Mississippi  Civil  Rights  and  Politics  Since  1950.  (3).  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

201.  Political  Theory  I  (3).  Classical  theory  from  the  Greeks  through  the  Protestant 
Reformation. 

202.  Political  Theory  II  (3).  Hobbes,  Locke,  and  Rousseau  through  the  early  Twen- 
tieth Century  political  philosophers. 

211.  President  and  Congress.  (3).  Powers,  functions,  organization,  and  decision- 
making processes  of  each  branch,  plus  roll-call  analysis  of  Congress.  Offered  in  al- 
ternate years. 

261 .  International  Relations  (3).  Issues,  strategies,  and  theories  of  international  politics 
including  the  concepts  of  national  interest  and  national  defense,  imperialism,  balance 
of  power,  economics,  and  international  cooperation.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

262.  U.S.  Foreign  Policy  (3).  Including  diplomatic,  military,  and  economic  aspects 
developed  within  the  context  of  current  issues.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

265.  U.S.  Diplomatic  History  (3).  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

271 .  Scope  and  Methods  (4).  The  nature  of  the  discipline,  library  research  techniques 
and  utilization  of  statistics  in  political  science. 

311.  American  Political  Parties  (3),  Functions,  organization,  nominations,  campaigns, 
and  voting  rights  and  behavior,  with  attention  to  Mississippi  politics.  Offered  in  alter- 
nate years. 

338.  Public  Administration  (3).  Theory  and  application  of  planning,  organizing,  staffing, 
directing,  coordinating,  reporting  and  budgeting  in  public  agencies.  Offered  in  al- 
ternate years. 

341 .  Comparative  Government  I  (3).  General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the 
political  cultures  and  institutions  of  Great  Britain,  France,  and  West  Germany.  Pre- 
requisite: Political  Science  101. 

342.  Comparative  Government  II  (3).  General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the 
political  cultures  and  institutions  of  the  Soviet  Union  and  other  nations.  Prerequisite: 
Political  Science  341. 

351 .  Courts  and  the  Constitution  I  (3).  Constitutional  politics,  the  judicial  process,  court 
operation,  and  constitutional  relationships  among  the  three  branches  of  government. 
Prerequisite:  Political  Science  101.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

352.  Courts  and  the  Constitution  II  (3).  Equal  protection,  criminal  due  process,  and 
first  amendment  freedoms.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  351.  Offered  in  alternate 
years. 

364.  International  Law  and  Organization  (3).  World  order  in  a  legal  setting.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  - 1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

411-412.  Special  Topics  Course  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

452.  The  Mississippi  Legislative  Intern  Program  (3).  A  student  serves  as  an  aide  to 
one  or  more  members  of  the  Mississippi  Legislature  for  one  semester  during  a  regu- 
lar session  of  the  Legislature.  Prerequisite:  (a)  a  major  in  political  science;  (b)  junior 
or  senior  standing;  (c)  permission  of  the  chairman.  Application  should  be  made  ear- 
ly in  December  immediately  preceding  a  new  legislative  session. 

453-454.  Constitutional  Liberties  Internship  (3).  Placement  with  a  law  firm  or  govern- 
ment agency  to  work  as  an  aide.  Prerequisites:  Political  Science  351  and  352. 


89 


456.  Public  Administration  Internship  (3).  Placement  with  a  federal,  state,  or  local 

government  office  to  work  at  the  middle  management  level.  Prerequisite;  Political 

Science  338. 
491 .  The  Senior  Seminar:  Modern  Theory  (3).  Reading,  reports,  and  discussion  on  the 

state  of  the  discipline  of  political  science.  Includes  contributions  by  other  disciplines 

to  politics. 


PSYCHOLOGY 


Professors:  RUSSELL  WILFORD  LEVANWAY,  Ph.D.,  Chairman 

EDMOND  R.  VENATOR,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  27  semester  hours  in  the  department. 
Required  courses  are  202,  305,  306,  314,  315,  491,  303  or  304,  313  or  331.  Under 
unusual  circumstances  students  may  substitute  an  elective  course  for  a  required  course 
if  they  pass  an  examination  on  the  subject  matter  covered  by  the  required  course.  This 
special  examination  will  be  administered  by  the  department  chairman  and  must  be 
passed  before  the  student  is  eligible  to  take  the  comprehensive  examination.  The  stu- 
dent successfully  taking  this  special  examination  will  receive  no  additional  course  credit 
toward  the  degree. 

Requirements  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  psychology  with  any 
12  semester  hours  beyond  Psychology  202  and  approval  of  the  department  chairman. 

Requirements  for  combined  major  in  Psychology-Sociology:  A  minimum  of 
41  semester  hours  in  the  two  departments.  A  combined  major  in  Psychology  and  So- 
ciology, with  a  concentration  in  Psychology,  requires  completion  of  the  following  courses: 
Psychology  202,  206,  303,  304,  305,  306,  313,  314,  315,  491;  Sociology  101,  221, 
371,  493.  An  internship  in  the  area  of  the  student's  interest  is  strongly  recommended. 

202.  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3).  Methods  of  studying  behavior  in  the  areas  of 
learning,  intelligence,  maturation,  personality,  emotions,  and  perception.  Not  gener- 
ally recommended  for  freshmen. 

203.  Abnormal  Psychology  (3).  Considers  man's  deviations  from  the  normal,  environ- 
mental correlates  of  such  deviations,  and  corrective  procedures.  Prerequisite:  Psy- 
chology 202. 

204.  Theories  of  Personality  (3).  Consideration  of  the  whole  spectrum  of  personality 
theories,  including  Freudian,  humanistic,  existential,  and  behavioristic  models.  Pre- 
requisite: Psychology  202. 

206.  Social  Psychology  (3).  Principles  of  communication,  group  interaction,  and  human 
relations.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

208.  Psychology  of  Behavioral  Change  (1).  Ideas,  principles,  and  techniques  of 
behavioral  change,  especially  self-change,  will  be  explored.  Students  will  make  a 
close  observation  of  their  lives  and  life  priorities,  and  will  conduct  systematic  self- 
change  (self-control)  projects.  Consent  of  instructor. 

212.  History  and  Systems  (3).  Emphasis  on  the  outstanding  systems  of  psychological 
thought  as  exemplified  by  both  past  and  contemporary  men  in  the  field.  Prerequi- 
site: Psychology  202. 

213.  Psychology  of  Motivation  (3).  Emphasizes  the  initiation  of  a  sequence  of  behavior, 
including  its  energization,  selection,  and  direction.  Examines  both  theory  and  research 
findings  involving  biological  and  social  controls  of  behavior.  Prerequisite:  Psycholo- 
gy 202.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

214.  Developmental  Psychology  (3).  Topics  emphasized  are:  Piagefs  developmental 
theory,  child-rearing  practices,  early  childhood  development,  and  the  nature-nurture 
issue.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 


90 


220.  Cognitive  Processes  (3).  An  examination  of  the  processes  of  thinking,  reasoning, 
problem  solving,  concept  formation,  memory,  hypnosis,  and  parapsychology.  Pre- 
requisite: Psychology  202. 

231.  Perception  (3),  Perceptual  phenomena  and  the  theories  which  have  been  con- 
structed to  explain  them.  Prerequisite;  Psychology  202,  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

305.  Experimental  Psychology  I  (4). Statistics  for  the  behavioral  sciences,  with  em- 
phasis on  inferential  techniques  and  interpretation  of  data.  Laboratory  emphasizes 
computer  analysis  of  data  and  introduction  to  techniques  of  psychological  research, 
including  literature  search  and  review,  design,  and  writing.  Required  lab.  Prerequi- 
site: Psychology  202. 

306.  Experimental  Psychology  II  (4).  Introduction  to  philosophy  of  science;  princi- 
ples and  problems  in  the  design  of  experiments;  interpretation  of  experimental 
research;  and  technical  writing.  Content  areas  include  psychophysics,  scaling  and 
sensory  systems.  Required  lab.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  305. 

307.  Physiological  Psychology  (4).  The  neuroanatomical  correlates  and  physiological 
processes  underlying  psychological  activity,  including  physiological  factors  in  learn- 
ing, emotion,  motivation,  and  perception.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

312.  Operant  Conditioning  Laboratory  (1).  Experience  with  the  techniques  of  operant 
conditioning.  Student  will  work  one  on  one  with  a  rat  and  explore  several  schedules 
of  reinforcement.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202  and  consent  of  instructor. 

314.  Learning  (3).  Human  verbal  learning,  memory  and  transfer.  Principles  and  theories 
of  respondent  and  operant  conditioning  and  their  interactions.  Prerequisite:  Psychol- 
ogy 202. 

315.  Psychological  Tests  and  Measurements  (3).  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202  and 
Psychology  305. 

316.  Basic  Circuitry  and  Instrumentation  in  Behavioral  Research  (1).  Research 
applications  of  equipment  in  common  use  in  psychology  laboratories.  The  student 
will  devise  and  construct  simple  circuitry.  Consent  of  instructor. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

411-412.  Special  Topics.  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

453-454.  Teaching  Practicum  (3).  As  a  member  of  a  teaching  team,  the  student  will 
attend  all  classes  of  the  introductory  Psychology  course  and  will  lead  a  tutorial  group 
composed  of  a  portion  of  the  students  enrolled  in  the  same  introductory  course.  Pre- 
requisite: selection  by  instructor. 

491-492.  Seminar  (1—2).  Reading  of  selected  books  and  articles  as  a  basis  for  criti- 
cal classroom  discussion. 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

Associate  Professors:  FRANCES  HEIDELBERG  COKER,  M.S.,  Chair 

ALLEN  SCARBORO,  Ph.D. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  27  semester  hours  in  the  department. 
Required  courses  are  101,  201,  281,  282,  371,  492,  493  and  any  other  two  courses 
offered  by  the  department.  Majors  are  encouraged  to  take  281  and  282  in  their  sopho- 
more or  junior  years;  492  and  493  in  their  junior  or  senior  years. 

Requirement  for  Minor:  A  student  may  elect  a  minor  in  sociology  with  15  hours 
in  the  department,  including  101 ,  or  a  minor  in  sociology-anthropology  with  15  hours 
in  the  department,  including  101,  201,  and  two  other  courses  in  anthropology. 

Requirements  for  combined  major  in  Sociology-Psychology:  A  minimum  of 
41  semester  hours  in  the  two  departments.  A  combined  major  in  Sociology  and  Psy- 

91 


chology,  with  a  concentration  in  Sociology,  requires  completion  of  the  following  courses: 
Sociology  1 01 ,  201 ,  206,  221 ,  281 ,  282,  371 ,  492,  493,  451 ,  or  452,  and  Psychology 
202,  303,  313,  and  315. 

SOCIOLOGY 

101.  introduction  to  Socioiogy  (3). 

102.  Sociai  Probiems  (3).  Survey  of  social  problems  such  as  overpopulation,  war, 
poverty,  and  deviance. 

205.  Sociology  of  Reiigion  (3).  Theories  and  studies  on  the  origin,  nature,  and  institu- 
tional structure  of  religion.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

206.  Sociai  Psyciioiogy  (2).  Same  as  Psychology  206. 

221.  Introduction  to  Social  Work  (3).  Explores  purpose,  techniques,  and  organiza- 
tion of  the  profession.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101  or  consent  of  instructor. 

240.  Minority  Group  Relations  in  American  Society  (3).  Sociological  theory  and  re- 
search on  racial  and  ethnic  groups  in  the  U.S.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

241-242.  Afro-American  Experience  (3-3).  Deals  with  the  historic  and  contemporary 
experience  of  black  people  in  America.  The  first  semester  covers  the  period  up  to 
1915.  The  second  semester  covers  the  period  from  1915  to  the  present.  Same  as 
History  241-242.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

281.  Methods  and  Statistics  I  (3).  Introduction  to  philosophy  of  science,  ethical  issues 
in  social  research,  basic  methods  of  data-gathering,  qualitative  analysis,  descriptive 
statistics.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101  or  equivalent. 

282.  Metliods  of  Statistics  II  (3).  Advanced  data  and  analysis,  methods  of  data  presen- 
tation and  introduction  to  computer  use.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  281 . 

301.  Marriage  and  the  Family  (3).  Emphasis  on  changing  roles  of  men  and  women 

and  patterns  of  child  rearing  in  contemporary  society. 
321 .  Urban  Sociology  (3).  Theory  and  research  on  the  city  and  the  problems  of  urban 

life.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 
332,  Social  Movements  (3).  The  study  of  both  reform  movements  and  revolutions, 

their  causes  and  effects.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered 

in  alternate  years. 
341 .  Social  Factors  in  Health  (3).  Covers  doctor/patient  relationships,  organization  of 

health  in  the  United  States,  the  effect  of  social  variables  on  health  and  illness.  Offered 

in  alternate  years. 

361.  Human  Ecology  (3).  Research  and  theory  interpreting  cultural  evolution  in  terms 
of  interaction  between  populations  and  environments.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101, 
or  201 ,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

371.  Class,  Sex  and  Race  (3).  Theories  and  empirical  findings  pertaining  to  social 
stratification.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 

381.  Death  and  Grief  (3).  Topics  include  stages  of  dying,  relationships  of  patients  to 
family  and  medical  staff,  ethical  issues  surrounding  death,  stages  of  grief  and  func- 
tions of  rituals.  Prerequisite:  junior  or  senior  standing. 

391.  Sociology  of  Deviance  (3).  Crime,  delinquency,  abortion,  homosexuality,  drug 
use,  alcoholism,  prostitution,  and  other  forms  of  deviance,  viewed  from  a  non- 
moralistic,  sociological  perspective.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101  or  equivalent.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3),  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Research  project  proposed  and 

conducted  independently  by  a  junior  or  senior  major,  with  report  due  at  end  of 

semester.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Inquiry  by  a  junior  or  senior  major 

capable  of  independent  work  with  minimum  of  supervision.  Prerequisite:  consent 

of  instructor. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Sociology  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas  not  normally 
covered  in  other  courses,  but  of  current  interest  to  students.  Prerequisite:  Sociology 
101. 

92 


451-452.  Internship  (1  to  3—1  to  3).  Practical  experience  and  training  for  majors  working 
with  selected  organizations  engaged  in  social  research,  social  work,  and  communi- 
ty organization.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

492.  Seminar  in  Sociological  Theory  I  (3).  Historical  approach  to  theoretical  develop- 
ment in  sociology,  focusing  on  European  school,  social  reformers,  and  symbolic  in- 
teractionists.  For  junior  or  senior  majors. 

493.  Seminar  in  Sociological  Theory  II  (3).  Modern  sociological  theory,  ranging  from 
functionalism  to  conflict  theory  and  phenomenology.  Opportunities  to  integrate  and 
expand  upon  current  sociological  knowledge.  For  junior  or  senior  majors. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

201.  Introduction  to  Anthropology  (3).  Basic  concepts  and  approaches  to  anthro- 
pology, archaeology,  and  particularly  cultural  and  social  patterns  of  preliterate  peoples. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Research  project  proposed  by 
a  junior  or  senior  major,  and  conducted  independently  by  outstanding  student. 
Research  report  due  at  the  end  of  the  semester.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Readings  in  an  area  of  special  interest 
to  the  junior  or  senior  major  capable  of  highly  independent  work  with  supervision. 
Report  due  at  end  of  semester.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Anthropology  (1  to  3-1  to  3).  Deals  with  areas  not  cov- 
ered in  other  courses,  but  of  current  interest  to  students. 


93 


Interdisciplinary  Studies 


Heritage  101-102.  The  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West  (7-7).  An  essentially  chronolog- 
ical portrayal  of  the  heritage  of  Western  nnan  viewed  from  the  perspectives  provided 
by  literature,  history,  religion,  philosophy,  the  arts,  and  other  disciplines.  The  course 
will  be  made  up  of  a  balance  of  lectures,  discussion  and  laboratory  sessions,  and 
occasional  field  trips.  Designed  for  entering  freshmen,  but  open  to  some  sophomores. 
Limited  enrollment.  Corequisite  for  entering  freshmen:  English  103-104. 

Liberal  Studies  100.  Introduction  to  the  Liberal  Arts  (3).  A  course  designed  to  orient 
adult  learners  to  the  academic  community;  to  assist  them  to  acquire  the  skills  neces- 
sary for  academic  success,  especially  reading  and  writing  skills;  and  to  introduce 
them  to  the  theory  of  liberal  arts  education.  Class  will  be  conducted  in  a  discussion 
format  with  frequent  writing  assignments,  culminating  in  a  research  paper.  Enroll- 
ment limited  to  candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Liberal  Studies  degree. 

Library  405.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3  hours).  A  course  designed  for  the  student 
wishing  to  explore  independently  a  subject  of  inter-departmental  interest,  a  subject 
requiring  extensive  reading  or  research,  or  a  subject  area  not  directly  related  to  an 
existing  department.  The  student  must  present  a  written  proposal  stating  objectives 
for  the  approval  of  the  head  librarian  and  the  major  professor.  Working  closely  with 
a  library  faculty  member,  and  when  necessary  with  the  advice  of  a  subject  specialist, 
the  student  reads  broadly  in  the  subject,  concluding  with  a  bibliography  and  report. 

Natural  Science  201-202.  Science  and  the  Human  Prospect  (4-4).  A  course  de- 
signed primarily  for  the  non-science  major,  presenting  an  integrated  view  of  the  natural 
sciences:  biology,  chemistry,  geology,  and  physics.  The  interdependence  of  science, 
technology,  and  the  human  condition  will  be  emphasized.  Along  with  lectures,  dis- 
cussion and  laboratory  sessions,  use  will  be  made  of  computer  assisted  instruction. 
Recommended  for  sophomores  and  juniors  or  freshmen  with  two  years  of  high  school 
science.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Mathematics  103-104  or  equivalent. 

Southern  Studies  200.  Selected  Topics  (3).  A  course  for  the  general  student  to 
be  offered  by  the  individual  currently  appointed  to  the  Eudora  Welty  Chair  of  Southern 
Studies.  It  may  be  cross-listed  with  one  or  more  departments  and  may  be  repeated 
for  credit  with  different  topics. 


94 


Charles  W.  and 

Eloise  T.  Else 

School  of  Management 

The  Hyman  F.  McCarty,  Jr.  Chair  of  Business  Administration 
The  J.  Army  Brown  Chair  of  Business  Administration 
The  Dan  White  Chair  of  Economics 
Professors:  JERRY  D.  WHITT,  Ph.D.,  Dean 

RICHARD  BRUCE  BALTZ,  Ph.D. 

GEORGE  IVI.  HARI\/ION,  D.B.A. 

WALTER  P.  NEELY,  Ph.D,  C.F.A. 

SUE  Y.  WHITT,  Ph.D.,  C.P.A. 
Associate  Professors:  CARL  A.  BROOKING,  Ph.D. 

WALTER  M.  CAMPBELL,  III,  Ph.D.,  C.P.A. 

M.  RAY  GRUBBS,  M.B.A. 

SHIRLEY  F.  OLSON,  D.B.A. 

DON  R.  SNYDER,  Ph.D. 

STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS,  M.A.,  C.P.A. 
Assistant  Professors:  ANDREW  J.  ECONOMOPOULOS,  Ph.D. 

RICHARD  J.  LARSON,  J.D. 

RAYMOND  A.  PHELPS,  II,  D.B.A. 

PATRICK  A.  TAYLOR,  Ph.D. 
Instructors:  SHARON  N.  CAMPBELL,  M.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

DAVID  H.  CULPEPPER,  M.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

PHILLIP  HARDWICK,  M.B.A. 

KAY  H.  MORTIMER,  M.B.A.,  C.C.P. 

CAROLYN  MYERS  THOMPSON,  M.B.A. 

Objective  of  the  Else  School  of  Management.  The  objective  of  the  Else  School 
of  Management  is  to  provide  nnanagerial  and  professional  leadership  to  the  larger  soci- 
ety by  educating  future  leaders  in  business  and  public  administration  and  in  the  ac- 
counting profession,  by  providing  consulting  and  other  services  to  the  community,  and 
by  expanding  the  body  of  knowledge  in  the  field  of  management.  With  respect  to  the 
educational  mission,  our  goals  are  to  develop  a  general  management  outlook  tov/ard 
organizations  and  the  changing  environment  they  face;  to  foster  the  ability  to  organize 
information  for  analysis  as  the  basis  for  making  decisions;  to  instill  standards  of  profes- 
sional behavior  which  are  consistent  with  the  legitimate  expectations  of  society;  and 
to  provide  technical  expertise  required  for  entry-level  positions  and  leadership  attri- 
butes necessary  to  attain  positions  in  general  management. 

Bachelor  of  Business  Administration  (BBA).  Accounting  and  business  adminis- 
tration majors  must  complete  additional  requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Business  Ad- 
ministration degree  (B.B.A.).  Economics  majors  must  complete  additional  requirements 
for  either  a  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree.  The  requirements  for  a  major  in  accounting  or  in  busi- 
ness administration  are  in  addition  to  courses  which  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the  mini- 
mum college  requirements  for  all  degrees  and  cannot  be  used  to  satisfy  both  areas. 
Majors  must  make  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  all  courses  required  by  the  Else  School 
of  Management. 

At  least  54  hours  must  be  earned  in  courses  offered  by  the  Else  School  of  Manage- 
ment and  at  least  51  hours  must  be  earned  outside  the  Else  School  of  Management. 

Coursework  at  the  300-level  or  above  may  be  taken  only  by  students  who  have 
completed  at  least  52  semester  hours. 

Students  pursuing  the  B.B.A.  degree  are  encouraged  to  add  depth  in  a  non-business 

95 


area  that  a  minor  can  provide.  Minors  which  would  be  of  particular  value  to  students 
in  the  Else  School  of  Management  are  available  in  computer  studies,  modern  languages, 
English,  chemistry,  political  science,  psychology,  and  biology. 

Transfer  Credit:  Transfer  students  should  normally  expect  to  satisfy  the  software 
packages  and  statistics  requirements  (Business  Administration  274  and  275)  at  Millsaps. 
The  typical  first  six  hours  of  accounting  principles  will  normally  satisfy  the  department's 
281-282  requirement.  The  typical  six  hours  of  sophomore  economics  will  normally  satisfy 
the  Economics  201-202  requirement.  Transfer  students  will  be  required  to  satisfactorily 
complete  at  least  18  hours  of  courses  offered  by  the  Else  School  of  Management  to 
meet  the  requirement  for  the  BBA  degree  and  the  major  regardless  of  the  specific  re- 
quirements satisfied  by  transfer  hours.  In  some  instances  this  may  mean  repeating  cer- 
tain transferred,  upper-division  courses.  Students  should  not  expect  to  transfer  credit 
in  courses  numbered  at  the  300-level  or  above  from  a  community  college  to  Millsaps. 

Requirements  for  major  in  Accounting:  The  program  of  study  is  adequate  prepa- 
ration for  the  C.P.A.  and  CM. A.  examinations.  Accounting  majors  must  complete  the 
requirements  for  a  B.B.A.  degree  in  addition  to  requirements  for  the  major.  Account- 
ing 281  -282  and  Economics  201  -202  should  not  be  taken  before  the  sophomore  year. 
Business  Administration  274  and  275  should  be  taken  before  the  junior  year.  Account- 
ing 381 ,  382,  391 ,  and  394  and  Business  Administration  321 ,  333,  334,  and  362  should 
be  taken  in  the  junior  year.  Accounting  392,  395,  and  398  and  Business  Administration 
221-222  and  399  should  be  taken  in  the  senior  year. 

Requirements  for  major  in  Business  Administration:  The  requirements  for  the 
business  administration  major,  in  addition  to  the  general  requirements  for  the  B.B.A. 
degree,  are  very  flexible  and  afford  students  the  opportunity  to  take  advanced  elec- 
tives  which  will  provide  a  foundation  to  enter  several  professional  fields. 

Administration  majors  should  take  Accounting  281-282,  Economics  201-202,  and 
Business  Administration  220,  274  and  275  before  their  junior  year.  Business  Adminis- 
tration 321 ,  333,  334,  336,  and  362  should  be  taken  during  the  junior  year.  Area  con- 
centration courses,  electives,  and  Business  Administration  399  should  be  taken  in  the 
senior  year. 

Students  majoring  in  business  administration  are  expected  to  demonstrate  an  aware- 
ness of  the  global  dimension  of  the  business  world  by  successfully  completing  one  of 
the  following  courses:  Business  Administration  339,  Economics  346,  Economics  348, 
or  three  hours  in  a  modern  language  beyond  the  elementary  level. 

Requirements  for  a  B.A.  degree  with  a  major  in  Economics:  This  economics 
major  is  required  to  take  Business  Adminstration  275,  Economics  201 ,  202,  303,  304, 
491  and  nine  hours  of  economics  electives. 

Requirements  for  a  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in  Economics:  This  economics 
major  is  required  to  take  Mathematics  115-116,  Business  Administration  275,  Econom- 
ics 201 ,  202,  303, 304,  491  and  nine  hours  of  economics  electives.  To  prepare  for  gradu- 
ate studies  in  economics  the  student  should  include  Mathematics  223-224  or  225-226, 
335  and  346. 

Requirements  for  a  minor  in  the  School  of  IVIanagement:  Students  pursuing 
the  B.B.A.  degree  may  not  minor  in  accounting  or  administration.  Students  pursuing 
any  other  undergraduate  degree  may  elect  a  minor  in  either  of  these  disciplines  with 
12  hours  beyond  the  degree  requirements,  including  the  following:  for  the  accounting 
minor  Accounting  281-282,  Economics  201-202,  and  six  additional  hours  of  account- 
ing; for  the  administration  minor  nine  hours  from  Accounting  281-282  and  Economics 
201-202,  Business  Administration  333,  and  six  additional  hours  of  business  administra- 
tion. Students  pursuing  any  undergraduate  degree  may  minor  in  economics  with  Eco- 
nomics 201-202  and  12  additional  hours  of  economics.  Administration  275,  Statistics, 
may  be  used  to  satisfy  three  of  the  12  elective  hours  for  the  economics  minor  if  not 
utilized  to  meet  major  requirements. 

Master  of  Business  Administration  (IM.B.A.)  degree  is  offered  and  the  founda- 
tion coursework  may  be  taken  at  the  undergraduate  level.  Candidates  may  enter  the 
program  from  any  undergraduate  background  and  liberal  arts  majors  in  particular  are 
encouraged  to  apply.  Foundation  courses  include:  Accounting  281-282,  Economics 
201-202,  Administration  220,  274,  275,  321 ,  333,  334,  and  362.  See  the  graduate  catalog 
for  details. 

96 


Suggestions  for  non-majors:  Economics  201,  202,  Accounting  281,  282  and 
Business  Administration  220  are  good  entry-level  offerings.  Other  courses  in  the  School 
are  appropriate  for  electives,  especially  Economics  341 ,  Accounting  395  and  Business 
Administration  321  and  333.  Please  note,  however,  that  junior  status  is  required  before 
taking  courses  at  the  300  level  or  above. 

ACCOUNTING 

281-282.  Introduction  to  Accounting  (3-3).  A  course  at  the  elementary  level  intended 
for  students  majoring  in  any  field.  Emphasizes  the  functions  of  accounting  in  a 
business-oriented  society  and  the  concepts  on  which  accounting  rests.  Acquaints 
students  with  the  differences  in  the  types  of  accounting  information  required  by  in- 
ternal users  and  by  users  outside  the  accounting  entity.  Includes  basic  standards 
and  principles  underlying  accounting  information  and  presentation  of  that  informa- 
tion for  use  in  decision-making.  Prerequisite:  One  year  of  college  mathematics  recom- 
mended and  sophomore  standing. 

381-382.  Intermediate  Accounting  (3-3).  A  professional-level  accounting  course  in- 
tended for  students  preparing  for  a  career  in  accounting  or  finance.  Develops  an 
understanding  of  the  underlying  body  of  concepts  that  constitute  accounting  theory 
and  skills  in  applying  those  concepts  to  accounting  problems  and  situations.  In- 
troduces pronouncements  of  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  and  its 
predecessors.  Prerequisites:  One  year  of  accounting  and  junior  standing. 

391.  Cost  Accounting  (3).  A  professional  level  accounting  course  intended  for  ac- 
counting majors  which  may  also  be  useful  for  computer  studies  majors.  An  exposure 
to  the  broad  range  of  managerial  accounting  concepts  and  their  terminologies.  In- 
cludes measurement  and  accumulation  of  cost,  budgeting,  responsibility  account- 
ing, and  cost-based  decision  making.  Prerequisites:  One  year  of  accounting  and  junior 
standing. 

392.  Auditing  (3).  A  professional  level  accounting  course  intended  for  accounting 
seniors.  Includes  such  topics  as  audit  reports,  evidence,  basic  audit  techniques  in- 
cluding sampling  and  the  use  of  the  computer,  and  review  of  internal  control.  Also 
included  are  the  independent  auditor's  role,  legal  responsibilities,  codes  of  ethical 
conduct,  and  standards  of  reporting,  field  work,  and  competence.  Exposes  the  stu- 
dent to  Statements  of  Auditing  Standards.  Prerequisites:  Senior  standing  and  one 
year  of  intermediate  accounting  recommended;  junior  standing  and  one  semester 
of  intermediate  required  if  taken  concurrently  with  Intermediate  II. 

394.  Accounting  Information  Systems  (3).  A  professional-level  accounting  course 
intended  for  students  preparing  for  a  career  in  accounting.  Exposes  students  to  anal- 
ysis, design,  and  evaluation  of  accounting  systems  with  emphasis  on  transaction 
processing  and  the  related  internal  controls  for  the  major  accounting  cycles.  Also 
included  is  development  of  systems  flowcharting  skills  and  exposure  to  advanced 
computerized  accounting  systems. 

395-396.  Tax  Accounting  (3-3).  Problems  and  procedures  in  connection  with  federal 
and  state  tax  laws  including  the  preparation  of  various  reports.  Prerequisite:  Ac- 
counting 281-282. 

398.  Advanced  Accounting  Problems  (3).  Financial  accounting  and  reporting  for 
selected  noncorporate  entities,  such  as  partnerships  and  governmental  units,  and 
for  multicorporate  or  "consolidated"  business  enterprises.  Selected  accounting  topics 
concerning  multinational  enterprises  may  be  introduced.  Prerequisite:  Accounting 
381-382. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

411-412.  Special  topics  in  Accounting  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  6  —  1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
business  and  government  institutions.  Graded  on  a  credit/no  credit  basis  only. 


97 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

101.  Business  and  Society  (3).  This  course  will  provide  a  survey  of  the  societal 
environment  in  which  business  people  must  operate.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  upon 
the  change  inherent  in  this  environment  because  of  our  capitalist  economy.  This  class 
is  open  to  freshmen  only. 

220.  Legal  Environment  of  Business  (3).  A  study  of  legal  environment  in  which 
management  must  function  including  governmental  regulatory  agencies,  antitrust  laws 
and  antidiscrimination  laws. 

221-222.  Business  Law  (3-3).  Introduction  to  legal  systems  and  the  Constitution,  survey 
of  administrative  agencies  and  policy  issues,  contracts,  agency  and  sales;  the 
second  semester  focuses  upon  partnerships,  corporations,  commercial  paper  and 
bankruptcy.  Business  Law  I  should  be  taken  before  Business  Law  II. 

274.  Computer  Software  Packages  (3).  Integrated  microcomputer  software  pack- 
ages will  be  studied  with  emphasis  on  spreadsheets  analysis.  Statistical  computer 
packages  will  also  be  introduced.  Prerequisites:  Math  108  or  116  (or  permission  of 
instructor). 

275.  Business  Statistics  (3).  Descriptive  statistics,  probability,  probability  distributions; 
estimation  and  hypothesis  testing;  regression  and  correlation;  time  series  analysis. 
Prerequisite:  Six  hours  of  college  mathematics,  B.A.  274. 

321 .  IVIarketing  l\/lanagement  (3).  A  survey  of  the  functions,  processes  and  institutions 
which  direct  the  flow  of  goods  and  services  from  producer  to  consumer  or  user. 

325.  Sales  Management  (3).  Develops  the  system  necessary  for  planning,  organizing, 
directing  and  controlling  the  efforts  of  a  sales  force.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  321. 

326.  Marketing  Research  (3).  Examines  modern  research  methods  and  techniques 
for  gathering,  recording,  and  analyzing  information  for  marketing  decisions.  Pre- 
requisite: B.A.  275  and  321. 

327.  Promotional  Strategy  (3).  This  course  will  develop  the  mix  of  promotional  tech- 
niques an  organization  may  employ  such  as  advertising,  publicity,  personal  selling 
and  sales  promotions. 

333.  Introduction  to  Management  (3).  Theories  of  organized  structure,  behavior,  com- 
munication, and  managerial  decision  making. 

334.  Operations  Management  (3).  System  analysis,  decision  making,  examination  of 
management  science  techniques  in  problem  solving.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  275  or 
equivalent. 

335.  Human  Resource  Management  (3).  The  management  of  human  resources  and 
employment  procedures  and  personnel  administration. 

336/337.  Management  Information  Systems  (2/1).  A  survey  of  computer  concepts 
and  the  design  of  commercial  computer  systems  from  a  management  perspective. 
This  course  has  a  two-hour  lecture  and  a  one-hour  lab.  Prerequisite:  Computer  100 
or  equivalent. 

338.  Introduction  to  Management  Science  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  use  of  the  com- 
puter in  mathematical  modeling.  The  models  covered  will  include  linear  program- 
ming, simulation,  and  sequential  decision  making.  Prerequisite:  B.A.  334. 

339.  International  Business  (3).  A  study  of  the  management  of  multinational  busi- 
nesses. Prerequisite:  B.A.  321. 

362.  Business  Finance  (3).  An  introductory  course  in  financial  management  directed 
at  the  analysis  of  financial  problems.  Integrated  approach  to  basic  concepts  of  valu- 
ation, investment  and  financing.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  282. 

365.  Investments  (3).  Introductory  course  in  investment  management  and  analysis  is 
directed  at  an  understanding  of  how  people  make  investment  decisions.  Considera- 
tion of  the  description  and  theory  of  capital  markets  and  individual  investment  instru- 
ments. Prerequisite:  B.A.  362. 

366.  Commercial  Bank  Management  (3).  Management  of  the  loans  and  investment 
portfolios  and  liability  management  within  the  framework  of  regulatory  constraints 
and  monetary  policy.  Prerequisite:  Admin  362. 


98 


369.  Advanced  Business  Finance  (3).  An  advanced  course  that  examines  the  finan- 
cial decisions  of  the  firm.  Selected  topics  include  current  asset  management,  capital 
budgeting  under  uncertainty,  long-term  financing,  dividend  policy  and  mergers.  Pre- 
requisite: B.A.  362. 

393.  Business  and  Professional  Ethics  (3).  Analysis  of  selected  contemporary  moral 
issues  and  conflicts  arising  within  American  business  management  and  profession- 
al practice,  identifying  possible  implications  for  the  individuals,  groups,  and  organi- 
zations involved  and  for  the  general  public.  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing 
recommended. 

399.  Business  Strategy  (3).  The  case  study  and  simulation  approaches  are  used  for 
solution  of  problems  in  managerial  economics,  accounting,  marketing,  finance,  per- 
sonnel, and  production.  Prerequisites:  B.A.  321,  333,  334  and  362  (334  may  be  a 
corequisite). 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Business  Administration  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  6  —  1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  with  selected 
business  and  government  institutions.  Graded  on  a  credit/no  credit  basis  only. 

ECONOMICS 

201.  Principles  of  Microeconomics  (3).  An  examination  of  basic  micro  concepts  of 
economic  behavior,  the  role  of  the  price  system  and  income  distribution.  Prerequi- 
site: Math  108  recommended. 

202.  Principles  of  Macroeconomics  (3).  An  examination  of  basic  macro  concepts  of 
economic  behavior,  national  income  analysis,  stability  and  growth. 

303.  Intermediate  Microeconomic  Theory  (3).  Value  and  distribution  theory,  market 
equilibrium,  resource  allocation,  policy  analysis,  and  managerial  applications.  Pre- 
requisite: Economics  201  and  202. 

304.  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Theory  (3).  National  Income  measurement;  com 
modify  and  money  market  equilibrium;  aggregate  demand  and  supply  analysis;  mone- 
tary and  fiscal  policy  issues.  Prerequisites:  Economics  201  and  202. 

341 .  Money  and  Financial  Systems  (3).  A  survey  of  the  microeconomic  aspects  of 
financial  systems,  including  market  structure,  behavior,  and  regulation  of  commer- 
cial banks  and  other  financial  intermediaries;  the  creation  of  money;  central  bank 
organization  and  monetary  control;  and  current  issues.  Prerequisites:  Economics  201 
and  202. 

342.  Public  Finance  (3).  Government  decisions  on  expenditures,  taxation,  debt 
management  and  policy  analysis.  Prerequisite:  Economics  201  and  202.  Offered  in 
alternate  years. 

344.  History  of  Economic  Thought  (3),  Development  of  economic  thought  from  the 
classical  school  to  the  present  time.  Prerequisite  201-202.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

346.  Comparative  Economic  Systems  (3).  A  survey  and  examination  of  the  contem- 
porary world  economic  systems.  Prerequisites:  Economics  201  and  202.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

348.  International  Economics  (3).  An  extension  and  application  of  economic  theory  to 
international  issues  with  an  examination  of  world  money  markets,  exchange  rates, 
adjustment  mechanisms,  and  issues.  Prerequisites:  A  300-level  economics  course 
or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  (1  to  3-1  to  3). 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Economics  (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  6  —  1  to  6).  Graded  on  a  credit/no  credit  basis. 

491.  Senior  Seminar  (3).  Student  research  and  discussion  of  selected  topics  in 
economics.  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing. 

99 


REAL  ESTATE  INSTITUTE 

The  Real  Estate  Institute's  programs  are  designed  to  meet  the  professional  develop- 
ment and  licensing  needs  of  the  real  estate  community.  Students  matriculated  as  REI 
students  may  take  any  course  offered  by  the  Institute;  all  other  students  must  have  junior 
or  senior  standing  and  satisfy  any  listed  prerequisite. 

370.  Principles  of  Real  Estate.  (3).  An  introduction  to  the  basic  concepts  and  prac- 
tices in  the  real  estate  industry. 

371.  Real  Estate  Appraisal.  (3).  A  study  of  the  basic  concepts  of  real  estate  valua- 
tion techniques  and  procedures.  The  valuation  process,  influences  on  value,  highest 
and  best  use,  capitalization,  ethics,  and  report  writing  are  covered  in  this  course. 
Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  comparison,  income,  and  cost  approaches  to  value. 
Prerequisite:  REI  370  or  permission  of  Director. 

372.  Real  Estate  Finance.  (3).  A  survey  of  the  sources  and  uses  of  funds  provided 
for  financing  of  real  estate.  Mortgages  and  deeds  of  trust,  construction  financing, 
seller  financing,  foreclosures,  and  sources  of  funds  for  real  estate  investment  are 
reviewed.  Also  examined  are  the  various  instruments  used  in  the  real  estate  financ- 
ing process.  Types  of  mortgages  and  their  uses  are  also  reviewed.  Prerequisite:  Ad- 
min 362. 

373.  Real  Estate  Investment  (3).  This  course  examines  the  fundamentals  involved 
in  making  investsment  decisions  related  to  real  property.  Principles  of  risk  analysis, 
risk  versus  return,  the  use  of  leverage,  cash  flow,  taxation,  depreciation,  and  time 
value  of  money  are  reviewed  as  each  are  related  to  real  estate  investment  analysis. 
Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  analysis  of  individual  properties  and  use  of  property 
operating  data  forms.  Prerequisite:  Admin  362. 

374.  Real  Estate  Law  (3).  A  study  of  the  legal  aspects  of  real  estate  transactions 
and  ownership.  Subjects  covered  include  types  of  deed  and  their  effect,  contracts, 
the  law  of  agency,  mortgage  instruments,  title,  ownership  rights,  property  rights,  and 
legal  remedies.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  law  as  it  relates  to  the  practice 
of  real  estate  brakerage  and  the  real  estate  agent's  duties  and  liabilities.  Licensing 
laws  are  also  examined. 

375.  Property  Management  (3).  A  survey  of  the  property  management  profession 
and  the  protection  of  real  property  assets.  This  course  examines  real  estate  economics 
and  management  planning,  relationship  between  manager  and  owner,  marketing 
of  property,  leases,  negotiating,  tenant  relations,  and  maintenance.  The  reports  com- 
mon to  property  management  are  also  reviewed.  Management  of  office  buildings, 
shopping  centers,  industrial  property  and  multi-family  properties  is  constrasted  and 
examined.  Several  case  studies  are  utilized  in  the  course. 


100 


Register 


The  Board  of  Trustees 

1986-87 

OFFICERS 

JAMES  B.  CAMPBELL Chairman 

ROBERT  C.  MORGAN Vice-Chairman 

EARL  R.  WILSON Secretary 

J.  HERMAN  MINES  Treasurer 

Term  Expires  in  1987 

ALAN  R.  BARTON   Gulfport 

MERLIN  D.  CONOWAY Grenada 

J.  ROBERT  DOODY Birnningham 

B.  F.  LEE Senatobia 

JACK  LOFLIN Brookhaven 

H.  F.  McCARTY,  JR Magee 

JOE  FRANK  SANDERSON,  SR Laurel 

ROWAN  H.  TAYLOR   Jackson 

RUTH  WATSON Jackson 

Term  Expires  in  1988 

HENRY  C.  CLAY,  JR Jackson 

G.  CAULEY  CORTRIGHT Rolling  Fork 

RICHARD  D.  FOXWORTH Columbia 

CLINTON  GILL Gulfport 

GERALD  H.  JACKS Cleveland 

JEAN  C.  LINDSEY Laurel 

ROBERT  C.  MORGAN Jackson 

ROBERT  R.  MORRISON,  JR Vicksburg 

JOHN  C.  VAUGHEY Jackson 

GLYN  0.  WIYGUL Columbus 

Term  Expires  in  1989 

KENNETH  A.  BROWN Jackson 

MAURICE  HALL,  JR Meridian 

WILLIAM  R.  JAMES Jackson 

ROBERT  E.  KENNINGTON Grenada 

F,  W.  PRICE Starkville 

TOM  B.  SCOTT,  JR Jackson 

JOHN  ED  THOMAS  III Jackson 

EARL  R.  WILSON Jackson 

LELIA  WYNN Greenville 

Term  Expires  in  1990 

JAMES  B.  CAMPBELL Jackson 

C.  BERT  FELDER   Meridian 

WARREN  A.  HOOD,  JR Hattiesburg 

JACK  B.  KING   Tupelo 

EARLE  F.  JONES Jackson 

RICHARD  D.  McRAE Jackson 

E.  B.  ROBINSON,  JR Jackson 

NAT  S.  ROGERS  Houston 

MIKE  P.  STURDIVANT Glendora 

LOUIS  H.  WILSON,  JR Jackson 

LIFE  TRUSTEES 

J.  ARMY  BROWN Jackson 

CHARLES  W.  ELSE Jackson 

EUGENE  ISAAC Itta  Bena 

MORRIS  LEWIS,  JR Indianola 

ROBERT  O.  MAY Greenville 

102 


WILLIAM  H.  MOUNGER   Jackson 

LEROY  P.  PERCY Greenville 

GEORGE  B.   PICKETT Jackson 

EUDORA  WELTY Jackson 


STANDING  COMMITTEES  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

1986-87 

Executive  Committee:  Jannes  B.  Campbell,  Chairman,  Robert  C.  Morgan,  Vice  Chair- 
man, Merlin  D.  Conoway,  G.  Cauley  Cortright,  C.  Bert  Felder,  J,  Herman  Mines,  Wil- 
liam R.  James,  Earle  F.  Jones,  Jean  C.  Lindsey,  H.  F.  McCarty,  Jr.,  E.  B.  Robinson, 
Jr.,  Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr.,  John  C.  Vaughey,  Earl  R.  Wilson,  Louis  H.  Wilson,  Jr.,  Leila 
Wynn. 

Academic  Affairs  Committee:  Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr.,  Chairman,  Jean  C.  Lindsey,  Vice 
Chairman,  Merlin  D.  Conoway,  Gerald  H.  Jacks,  Jack  B.  King,  Richard  D.  McRae, 
Robert  R.  Morrison,  Jr.,  Rowan  H.  Taylor,  John  Ed  Thomas  ill. 

Business  Affairs  Committee:  E.  B.  Robinson,  Jr.,  Chairman,  Earl  R.  Wilson,  Vice 
Chairman,  C.  Bert  Felder,  Richard  D.  Foxworth,  Warren  A.  Hood,  Jr.,  Earle  F.  Jones, 
Joe  Frank  Sanderson,  Sr.,  Mike  P.  Sturdivant,  Glyn  O.  Wiygul. 

Student  Affairs  Committee:  G.  Cauley  Cortright,  Chairman,  William  R.  James,  Vice 
Chairman,  Clinton  Gill,  Maurice  Hall,  Jr.,  Robert  E.  Kennington,  B.  F.  Lee,  Ruth  Wat- 
son, Louis  H.  Wilson,  Jr. 

Development  Committee:  H.  F.  McCarty,  Jr.,  Chairman,  John  C.  Vaughey,  Vice  Chair- 
man, Alan  R.  Barton,  Kenneth  A.  Brown,  J.  Robert  Doody,  Henry  C.  Clay,  Jr.,  Jack 
Loftin,  F.  W.  Price,  Nat  S.Rogers,  Jr.,  Leila  Wynn. 

Audit  Committee:  Tom  B.  Scott,  Chairman,  Earl  R.  Wilson,  John  Ed  Thomas  III. 

Investor  Responsibility  Committee:  Hyman  F.  McCarty,  Jr.,  Chairman,  Tom  B.  Scott, 
Jr.,  E.  B.  Robinson,  Jr. 

EX  OFFICIO 

All  Committees:  James  B.  Campbell,  Robert  C.  Morgan,  George  M.  Harmon 
Academic  Affairs  Committee:  Dean  of  the  College 

Student  Representative 
Business  Affairs  Committee:  Vice  President,  Business  Affairs 

Faculty  Representative 
Student  Representative 
Treasurer 
Student  Affairs  Committee:  Vice  President,  Enrollment  &  Student  Services 

Student  Representative 
Development  Committee:  Vice  President,  Development 

Alumni  Representative 
Audit  Committee:  Treasurer 

Millsaps  Alumni  Association 

JOHN  R.  HAILMAN,  OXFORD,  MS President 

LYNDA  LEE,  SUMMIT,  MS    Vice  President 

DAN  KEEL,  BROOKHAVEN,  MS Past  President 

BILL  CAMPBELL,  JACKSON,  MS Executive  Director 

NEWT  HARRISON,  JACKSON,  MS National  Chairman, 

Millsaps  College  Annual  Fund 


103 


Offices  of  the  Administration 

GEORGE  M.  HARMON,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  D.B.A President 

ROBERT  H.  KING,  B.A.,  B.D.,  Ph.D Vice  President  and  Dean  of  the  College 

DON  E.  STRICKLAND,  B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  C.P.A. .  .  .Vice  President  for  Business  Affairs 

WILLIAM  W.  FRANKLIN,  A.B.J Vice  President  for  Development 

JOHN  H.  CHRISTMAS,  B.S.,  A.M Vice  President  for  Enrollment 

and  Student  Services 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D Associate  Dean  of  the  College 

and  Director  of  Information  Systems 

STUART  GOOD,  A.B.  A.M.,  L.L.D Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

JACK  L.  WOODWARD,  A.B.,  B.D Dean  of  Student  Aid  Financial  Planning 

The  College  Faculty 

EMERITI  FACULTY 

LOIS  TAYLOR  BLACKWELL  (1963) Emerita  Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

FRANCES  BLISSARD  BOECKMAN  (1966) Instructor,  Catalog  Librarian 

A.B.,  Belhaven  College;  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

GEORGE  WILSON  BOYD  (1959) Emeritus  Professor  of  English 

A.B.  Murray  State  College,  A.M.,  University  of  Kentucky,  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

C.  LELAND  BYLER  (1959} Emeritus  Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,  Goshen  College,  M.M.,  Northwestern  University 

MAGNOLIA  COULLET  (1927) Emerita  Professor  of  Ancient  Languages 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  B.M.  Belhaven  College; 
A.M.  (German),  University  of  Mississippi 

ELIZABETH  CRAIG  (1926) Emerita  Professor  of  French 

A.B.,  Barnard  College,  Columbia  University;  A.M.,  Columbia  University 

MARGUERITE  WATKINS  GOODMAN  (1935) Emerita  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Agnes  Scott  College;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

PAUL  D.  HARDIN  (1946) Emeritus  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Duke  University 

NELLIE  KHAYAT  HEDERI  (1952) Emerita  Professor  of  Spanish 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

MYRTIS  FLOWERS  MEADERS  (1960) Emerita  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  College 

CAROLINE  H.  MOORE  (1968) Instructor,  Order  Libranan 

A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College;  A.M.,  Radcliffe  College 

ROSS  HENDERSON  MOORE  (1923) Emeritus  Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Chicago;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

MILDRED  LILLIAN  MOREHEAD  (1947) Emerita  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Duke  University 

ARNOLD  A.  RITCHIE  (1952) Emeritus  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Northeastern  State  College  of  Oklahoma;  M.S.,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  College 

THURSTON  WALLS  (1957) Emeritus  Professor  of  Economics 

and  Business  Administration 

A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Texas 

FACULTY 

JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS  (1965) Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science 

B.A.,  Rice  University;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas,  El  Paso;  J.D.,  University  of  Texas,  Austin 

JACK  D.  AGRICOLA  (1983) Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  the  South,  MA.  University  of  Alabama;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 

THEODORE  GERALD  AMMON  (1985) Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  Mississippi  State  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.  Washington  University 

SARAH  L  ARMSTRONG  (1985) Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

B.A.,  University  of  Texas;  M.A.,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles; 
Ph.D.  Duke  University 

104 


McCARRELL  L.  AYERS  (1965)   Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York); 
M.M  ,  Indiana  University 

RICHARD  BRUCE  BALTZ  (1966) Dan  White  Professor  of  Econonnics 

A. A.,  Belleville  Jr.  College;  B.B.A.,  MS.,  Baylor  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

HOWARD  GREGORY  BAVENDER  (1966)  .  .Associate  Professor  of  Political  Science 

A.B.,  College  of  Idaho;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 

ROBERT  EDWARD  BERGMARK  (1953)  ...  .J.  Reese  Linn  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Emory  University;  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

ROY  ALFRED  BERRY,  JR.  (1962)   Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

ALLEN  DAVID  BISHOP,  JR.  (1967) Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  Louisiana  State  University; 
PhD  ,  University  of  Houston 

CARL  G.  BROOKING  (1981) Associate  Professor  of  Economics  and 

Quantitative  Management 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 

BILLY  MARSHALL  BUFKIN  (1960)  .  .  .Associate  Professor  of  Romance  Languages 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Texas  Technological  College 

CHARLES  EUGENE  CAIN  (1960) J.B.  Price  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B  S.,  University  of  North  Carolina;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

SHARON  N.  CAMPBELL(1986)   Instructor  of  Accounting 

B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Delta  State  University 

WALTER  M.  CAMPBELL  (1986) Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Delta  State  University;  Ph.D.,  North  Texas  State  University 

FRANCES  HEIDELBERG  COKER  (1967) Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.T.,  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology 

TIMOTHY  C.  COKER  (1984)   Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  MM,,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

DAVID  H.  CULPEPPER  (1984) Instructor  of  Accounting 

B.S.  Belhaven,  B.S.,  MB. A.,  Millsaps  College 

J.  HARPER  DAVIS  (1964) Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education, 

Head  Football  Coach,  Athletic  Director 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University 

KATHLEEN  A.  DRUDE  (1986) Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Southeastern  Louisiana  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

ANDREW  J.  ECONOMOPOULOS  (1984) .  . .  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics  and  Finance 

A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  New  York,  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 

MARY  ANN  EDGE  (1958) Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education, 

Women's  Basketball  Coach 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

CLOYD  L.  EZELL,  JR.  (1986) Associate  Professor  of  Computer  Studies 

and  Mathematics 

B.S,,  Tulane  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi; 
Ph.D.,  Vanderbilt  University 

GEORGE  HAROLD  EZELL  (1967) Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

PRISCILLA  M.  FERMON  (1983) Assistant  Professor  of  French 

B.A,,  Lehman  College,  M.A.,  Harvard  University, 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

LORNE  M.  FIENBERG  (1984) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  University  of  Toronto;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

NONA  PAULA  FIENBERG(1984) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  University  of  Toronto;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

105 


JEANNE  MIDDLETON  FORSYTHE  (1978) Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Millsaps  College;  MEd.,  Ed.D.,  Harvard  University 

CATHERINE  R.  FREIS  (1979) Associate  Professor  of  Classics 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

S.  RICHARD  FREIS  (1975) Associate  Professor  of  Classics, 

Director  of  Heritage 

B.A.,  St.  John's  College  in  Annapolis;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley 

DELBERT  E.  GANN  (1982) Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  Kansas  City;  M.S.,  Northeast  Louisiana  University; 
Ph.D.,  Missouri  School  of  Mines  and  Metallurgy 

LANCE  GOSS  (1950) Professor  of  Speech, 

Director  of  The  Millsaps  Players 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Northwestern  University 

MICHAEL  RAY  GRUBBS  (1987) Associate  Professor  of  Management 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.B.A.,  Mississippi  College 

ELEANOR  GUENTHER  (1986) Assistant  Professor,  Acquisitions  Libranan 

A.B.,  West  Virginia  University;  M.R.E.,  Duke  University;  M.S.L.S.,  Syracuse  University; 
M.A.E.,  Inter  American  University  of  Puerto  Rico 

JOHN  L.  GUEST  (1957)   Associate  Professor  of  German 

A.B.,  University  of  Texas;  A.M.,  Columbia  University 

PHILLIP  D.  HARDWICK  (1985) Instructor  of  Real  Estate, 

Director  of  Real  Estate  Institute 
B.S.,  Belhaven  College,  M.B.A.,  Millsaps  College 

FLOREADA  MONTGOMERY  HARMON  (1972) Assistant  Professor, 

Circulation  Librarian 

A.B.,  Tougaloo  College;  M.S.L.S.,  Louisiana  State  University 

GEORGE  M.  HARMON  (1978)   Professor  of  Management 

B.A.,  Southwestern  at  Memphis;  M.B.A.,  Emory  University;  D.B.A.,  Harvard  University 

DICK  R.  HIGHFILL  (1981)   Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  California  at  San  Jose;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Idaho 

DONALD  A.  HOLCOMB  (1981) Assistant  Professor  of  Education, 

Head  Basketball  Coach 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Memphis  State  University 

VIRGINIA  F.  IREYS  (1986) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Grinnell  College;  M.A.,  California  State  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley 

WENDELL  B.  JOHNSON  (1954) Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Kansas  State  College 

ELIZABETH  T.  JONES  (1984) Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  Millsaps;  M.A.,  Mississippi  State  University 
ROBERT  J.  KAHN  (1976) Associate  Professor  of  Romance  Languages 

B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo; 
M.A.,  Middlebury  College;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University 

ASIF  KHANDKER  (1985) Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Dacca  (Bangladesh);  M.S.,  Southern  Illinois  University; 
Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University 

DONALD  D.  KILMER  (1960) Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  Indiana  University 

ROBERT  H.  KING  (1980) Professor  of  Philosophy  and  Religion 

B.A.,  Harvard  University;  B.D.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

SAMUEL  ROSCOE  KNOX  (1949)  Benjamin  Ernest  Mitchell 

Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 

FRANK  MILLER  LANEY,  JR.  (1953) Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  University  of  Mississippi;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 
106 


RICHARD  J.  LARSON  (1986) Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Law 

B,A,,  DePauw  University;  J  D.,  University  of  Illinois 

BRENT  W.  LEFAVOR  (1983) Assistant  Professor  of  Technical  Theatre 

B,A.,  M.A.  Brigham  Young  University 

MICHELE  S.  LEICHTER  (1984)   Instructor,  Special  Services  Librarian 

B  A.,  University  of  Miami;  M.L.S.,  Florida  State  University 

RUSSELL  WILFORD  LEVANWAY  (1956) Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Miami;  M.S..  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

JULIA  A.  LEWIS  (1986) Assistant  Professor,  Special  Services  Libranan 

B.A.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  M.L.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

THOMAS  WILEY  LEWIS,  III  (1959)   Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Drew  University 

RICHARD  P.  MALLETTE  (1980)  Associate  Professor  of  English, 

A.B.,  Boston  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University 

ROBERT  T.  McADORY  (1985) Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B  S.,  Mississippi  State  University,  Ph.D.,  The  University  of  Texas 

ROBERT  W.  McCARLEY  (1984) Assistant  Professor  of  Computer  Studies 

B.A.,  Millsaps;  M.Ed,,  Mississippi  State  University 

ROBERT  S.  McELVAINE  (1973)   Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Rutgers  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New/  York  at  Binghamton 

HERMAN  LAMAR  McKENZIE  (1963) Assistant  Professor  of  Mathennatics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

JAMES  PRESTON  McKEOWN  (1962)   Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  University  of  the  South;  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi 
Ph.D.,  Mississippi  State  University 

LUCY  WEBB  MILLSAPS  (1969) Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Newcomb  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi 

MICHAEL  H.  MITIAS  (1967)   Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Union  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Waterloo 

JAMES  A.  MONTGOMERY  (1959) Professor  of  Physical  Education 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College;  A.M.,  Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 
S.  KAY  MORTIMER  (1984) Instructor  of  Business  Adnninistration 

B.A.,  Stephens  College;  M.B.A.,  Southern  Methodist  University 

WALTER  P.  NEELY  (1980) Professor  of  Finance 

B.S.,  M.B.A.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia 

ROBERT  B.  NEVINS  (1967) Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  Washington  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Missouri 

SHIRLEY  F.  OLSON  (1982) Associate  Professor  of  Management 

B.A.,  Mississippi  State  University;  M.A.,  Mississippi  College; 
D.B.A.,  Mississippi  State  University 

ROBERT  HERBERT  PADGETT  (1960) Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Texas  Christian  University;  A.M.,  Vanderbilt  University 

JUDITH  W.  PAGE  (1981) Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Tulane;  M.A.,  University  of  New  Mexico;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.,  (1969) Associate  Professor,  College  Librarian 

A.B.,  Mississippi  College;  M.L.S.,  Peabody  College 

RAYMOND  A.  PHELPS  II  (1980) Assistant  Professor  of  Marketing 

A.A.,  University  of  Florida;  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Georgia  State  University; 
D.B.A.,  Louisiana  Tech  University 

ADRIENNE  C.  PHILLIPS  (1980) Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Northeast  Louisiana,  M.A.,  Ph.D.  University  of  Mississippi 

FRANCIS  E.  POLANSKI  (1965) Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York); 
M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

107 


THOMAS  E.  PRITCHARD  (1982) Associate  Professor  of  Computer  Studies 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  MA.,  North  Carolina  State  University 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee 

JIMMIE  M.  PURSER  (1981)   Professor  of  Chemistry 

and  Computer  Studies 

B,S.,  Millsaps  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

THOMAS  L,  RANAGER  (1964) Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education, 

Assistant  Football  Coach,  Baseball  Coach 

B.S.,  Mississippi  State  University;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  College 
LEE  H.  REIFF  (1960) Tatum  Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

C.  EUGENE  ROBINSON  (1986)  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Auburn  University 

HARRYLYN  G.  SALLIS  (1981) Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  South-western  at  Memphis;  M.M.,  University  of  Kentucky 

W.  CHARLES  SALLIS  (1968) Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

C.  ALLEN  SCARBORO  (1982) Associate  Professor  of  Sociology, 

Director  of  the  Honors  Program 

A.B.,  Kenyon  College;  M.A.,  Hartford  Seminary  Foundation; 
Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.  (1969) Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  M.S.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University 

STEVEN  GARRY  SMITH  (1985) .Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

and  Religion 

B.A.,  Florida  State  University;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

DON  R.  SNYDER  (1986) Associate  Professor  of  Marketing 

B.S.,  United  States  Merchant  Marine  Academy;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi; 
Ph.D.,  Texas  A&M  University 

JONATHAN  MITCHELL  SWEAT  (1958)  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  M.S.,  The  Juilliard  School  of  Music;  A.Mus.D.,  The  University  of  Michigan 

PATRICK  A.  TAYLOR  (1984) Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

and  Operations  Management 

B.B.A.,  University  of  Mississippi;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Alabama;  Ph.D.  University  of  Alabama 

CAROLYN  MYERS  THOMPSON  (1986) Instructor  of  Accounting 

B.A.,  Tougaloo  College;  M.B.A.,  Columbia  University 

MARLYS  T.  VAUGHN  (1979) Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

EDMOND  R.  VENATOR  (1967)   Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Buffalo;  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS  (1968) Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 

A. A.,  Copiah-Lincoln  Junior  College;  A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi;  C.P.A. 

ROBERT  L.  WHITNEY  (1986) Assitant  Professor  of  Rhetoric  and  Composition 

B.A.,  University  of  New  Hampshire;  M.Div.,  Chicago  Theological  Seminary 

JERRY  D.  WHITT  (1980) Professor  of  Management  Information  Systems 

B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  North  Texas  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

SUE  YEAGER  WHITT  (1980) .  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.B.A.,  North  Texas  State  University;  M.B.A.,  C.P.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

LEON  AUSTIN  WILSON  (1976)   Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Valdosta  State  College;  M.A.,  University  of  Georgia; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina 

DAVID  G.  WINSLOW  (1985) Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  University  of  South  Florida;  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida 


108 


staff 


ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 

RUSSELL  B.  ANDERSON,  B.S.,  M.S.  (1984) .  .  .  .Director,  Career  Planning  &  Placement 

RICHARD  B.  BALTZ,  B.B.A.,  M.S.,  Ph.D.  (1966)   Director,  Small  Business 

Development  Center 

KAY  B.  BARKSDALE,  B.A.  (1986) Director  of  Public  Relations 

JANIS  H,  BOOTH,  B.A.,  M.S.,  Ed.D.  (1986) Guidance  Counselor 

SARA  L.  BROOKS  (1955)  Director  of  Records 

LOUISE  BURNEY,  B.B.A.,  C.P.A,  (1987)   Controller 

WILLIAM  E.  CAMPBELL,  B.A.,  M.Ed.  (1983) Director  of  Alumni  Relations 

CHRIS  H.  CHEEK,  B.B.A.  (1986)  Assistant  Director  Annual  Giving 

JANE  C.  COOPER,  B.B.A.,  M.B.A.  (1983) Associate  Loan  Officer 

DAVID  H.  CULPEPPER,  B.S.,  M.B.A.  (1984)  Assistant  to  Director, 

Small  Business  Development  Center 

MARILYN  DIENER,  B.A.  (1984) Director,  Enrichment  &  Special  Projects 

PEARL  DYER  (1975) Assistant  Director,  Office  of  Records 

DON  P.  FORTENBERRY,  B.A.,  M.Div.  (1973) Chaplain 

GEORGE  GOBER,  B.A.  (1982) Director,  Intramurals  &  Soccer  Coach 

MONTY  P.  HAMILTON,  B.B.A.  (1984) Associate  Director  of  Admissions 

FLORENCE  W.  HINES,  B.A.  (1984)   Admissions  Counselor 

WARRENE  W.  LEE  (1955)   Business  Office  Manager 

KATHERINE  LEFOLDT  (1970)   : College  Hostess 

JAMES  J.  LIVESAY,  A.M.  (1952) Director,  Church  Relations  &  Assistant 

Vice  President  for  Development 

DAVID  LOPER,  B.A.  (1986) Admissions  Counselor 

LORRAINE  MAYNARD,  B.A.,  M.A.,  (1986)   Assistant  Director  of  Public  Information 

JO  ALICE  MCDOWELL,  B.B.A.  (1985) Accountant 

WAYNE  MILLER,  B.S.  (1980) Director  of  Campus  Safety 

ROBERT  MORGAN,  JR.,  B.A,  (1985)  Assistant  Director  for  Planned  Giving 

KAY  MORTIMER,  B.A.,  M.B.A.,  C.C.P.  (1984)  .  .Assistant  Dean,  Director,  MBA  Program 

LEONARD  W,  POLSON  (1978) Director  of  Services 

HARRYLYN  G.  SALLIS,  B.M.,  M.M.  (1981) Assistant  Dean  for  Adult  Learning, 

Director,  Adult  Degree  Program 

J.  BOYD  SPENCER,  B.A.,  M.H.,  M.Ed.  (1985) Executive  Director  of  Development 

LAURI  STAMM,  B.A,  (1986) Co-Director,  Annual  Giving 

JUNE  STEVENS  (1984)  Assistant  to  Director,  Adult  Degree  Program 

BRUCE  SUMRALL,  B.S.,  M.Ed.  (1985) Admissions  Counselor 

CAROLYN  M.  THOMPSON,  B.A.,  M.B.A.  (1986)  Assistant  to  Director, 

Management  Assistance  Center 

PAULA  TURNER,  B.F.A.,  M.Ed,  (1986)  Associate  Dean  of  Student  Affairs 

MARY  WEIR,  B,A,  (1986) Admissions  Counselor 

GENERAL  STAFF 

ALICE  ACY  (1961)    Gnll  Manager  (MVFS) 

JAMES  ALMO  (1984) Technician,  Maintenance 

JOSEPH  AMIKER  (1980) Security  Officer 

ROBERTA  AMOS  (1 981)   Housekeeping  Staff 

LEE  ARRINGTON  (1985) Housekeeping  Staff 

MARY  VASSAR  BALLARD  (1986) Director,  Pre-School  Program 

THOMAS  L.  BARNES  (1984) Technician,  Maintenance 

CLINT  BEAN  (1985)    Grounds  Staff 

CLAYTON  BELL  (1985) Computer  Support  Technician, 

Computer  Services 
JANELLE  BICKERSTAFF  (1984)   Manager,  Academic  Support  Services 

Computer  Services 

DORIS  P.  BLACKWOOD  (1986) Receptionist-Secretary,  Development 

BRUCE  BOERNER  (1985) Security  Officer 

ALICE  M.  BORDERS  (1974) Payroll  Clerk,  Business  Office 

WILLIE  J.  BRADFIELD  (1983) Housekeeping  Staff 

ELIZABETH  BROAD  (1986) Clerk,  Student  Affairs 

109 


KENNETH  BROOKS  (1985) Technician,  Maintenance 

SHARON  BROWN  (1986) Housekeeping  Staff 

VIVIAN  B.  BURNEY  (1983) Word  Processor,  Developnnent 

JAMES  0.  BUSBY  (1982) Technician,  Maintenance 

DAVID  CANTEY  (1985) Assistant  Manager,  Food  Service  (MVFS) 

JAMES  CARTER  (1985) Resident  Director,  Galloway  Hall 

LULA  CAVETT  (1986) Assistant,  Pre-School  Program 

TRICIA  B.  CHICK  (1985) Coordinator  of  Special  Events 

JANET  A.  COBURN  (1981) Coordinator,  Asnninistrative  Support  Services, 

Computer  Services 

DONNELL  COLLIER  (1985) Security  Officer 

ATWOOD  COTTEN  (1982)   Grounds  Staff 

VERNON  DAVIS  (1983) Housekeeping  Staff 

HOPE  EDWARDS  (1986) Secretary,  Food  Service  (MVFS) 

CYNTHIA  ELDER  (1986) Cashier,  Bookstore 

ANN  ELSENHEIMER  (1981) Programmer,  Computer  Services 

PATRICIA  FENNELL  (1967) College  Nurse 

MARJORIE  FENTON  (1980)   Accounts  Payable  Clerk,  Business  Office 

KAREN  FISK  (1984) Assistant  Manager,  Food  Service  (MVFS) 

DELORIS  FRANKLIN  (1979) Security  Officer 

SUSANA  GARCIA  (1985) Faculty  Secretary,  Divisions  Office 

JOE  LEE  GIBSON  (1936) Grounds  Staff 

CHERI  GOBER  (1981) Secretary,  Financial  Aid 

FRANCENE  GREEN  (1986)  Systems  Support  Assistant 

ANTHONY  GUYSINGER  (1985) Security  Officer 

GRACE  A.  HARRINGTON  (1983) Secretary,  Dean  of  the  College 

EDDIE  HARRIS  (1984) Housekeeping  Staff 

LOUISE  HETRICK  (1984) Secretary,  Heritage 

GLEN  HIGDON  (1987) Security  Officer 

MARGARET  HITT  (1977)  Resident  Director,  Ezelle  Hall 

LU  ANN  HOFFMAN  (1986)   Clerk,  Records  Office 

BETTY  HOLLINGSWORTH  (1985) Resident  Director,  Goodman  House 

JAMES  HORN  (1968) Housekeeping  Staff 

LARRY  0.  HORN  (1981) System  Manager,  Computer  Services 

EDWARD  L.  JAMESON  (1980) Bookstore  Manager 

ELIZABETH  JAMESON  (1980) Supply  Buyer,  Cashier,  Bookstore 

OSCAR  JOHNSON,  JR.  (1982) Housekeeping  Staff 

PERCY  LEE  JOHNSON  (1971) Maintenace  Staff 

ROSE  JOHNSON  (1980)  Loan  Collections  Officer,  Business  Office 

EDNA  E.  JONES  (1984) Assistant,  Pre-School  Program 

KATHERINE  JONES  (1987) Clerk,  Business  Office 

TOMMY  0.  JONES  (1983)  Grounds  Staff 

URSULA  K.  JONES  (1986) Secretary,  Computer  Services 

LYNN  KEMP  (1986) Resident  Director,  New  Dorm 

DOROTHY  KNOX  (1974) Clerk,  Admissions 

REX  R.  LATHAM  (1956) Maintenance  Supervisor 

JILL  LEVANWAY  (1980) Clerk,  Post  Office 

KATHI  LEVANWAY  (1981)   Clerk,  Post  Office 

CAROLYN  LOWRANCE  (1982) Secretary,  Development 

HENRY  LUCKETT  (1985) Security  Officer 

JOHNNY  LUCKETT  (1982)  Housekeeping  Supervisor 

EDWIN  T.  MANNEY  (1985) Security  Officer 

CATHY  MARTELLA  (1975)   Secretary,  Admissions 

DELORES  MARTIN  (1971) Housekeeping  Staff 

KATHY  MAZE  (1986) Resident  Director,  Franklin  Hall 

LYNDA  C.  McCLENDON  (1987) Secretary,  Divisions  Office 

VIRGINIA  McCOY  (1966) Switchboard  Operator 

MARTHA  McMULLIN  (1985)   Secretary,  Student  Affairs 

MARTHA  MUSGROVE  (1983)  Cashier,  Business  Office 

FLOY  NELMS  (1983)  Secretary,  President's  Office 

EARTIS  NICHOLS  (1980) Security  Officer 

110 


MARY  NICHOLS  (1985)  Word  Processor,  Admissions 

SHEILA  O'NEILL  (1986) Faculty  Secretary,  School  of  Management 

JAMES  J.  PAGE  (1986) Athletic  Trainer 

ELAINE  PLYLAR  (1987) Clerk,  Business  Office 

MARTHA  POOLE  (1977)   Gift  Recorder,  Development 

KAREN  H.  POWELL  (1986) Secretary,  Small  Business  Development  Center 

GEORGIA  PRATT  (1985) Clerk,  Records  Office 

ELIZABETH  RANAGER  (1969)  Secretary,  Divisions  Office 

EUGENE  RUFFIN  (1963) Housekeeping  Staff 

J.  N.  RUSSELL  (1980) Technician,  Maintenance 

HOURMAN  SKINNER  (1975) Housekeeping  Staff 

HENRY  SMITH  (1982) Housekeeping  Staff 

JOSEPHINE  SMITH  (1978)   Housekeeping  Staff 

CLARA  MAE  STANFORD  (1979) Housekeeping  Staff 

IRENE  W.  STORY  (1980)  Clerk,  Records  Office 

DONALD  SULLIVAN  (1981) Security  Officer 

BETH  SWALM  (1985) Secretary  to  the  Dean,  School  of  Management 

DAVID  THIGPEN  (1986) Grounds  Supervisor 

KAREN  THUESON  (1983)   Resident  Director,  Bacot  Hall 

SUSAN  A.  TUISL  (1987) Receptionist,  Business  Affairs 

PAUL  WADE  (1972) Technician,  Maintenance 

WILLIE  MAE  WALLACE  (1976) Housekeeping  Staff 

MARY  ANN  WATKINS  (1984)  Housekeeping  Staff 

MITTIE  WELTY  (1959) Clerk,  Post  Office 

NANCY  WHITE  (1974)  Secretary,  Business  Affairs 

OLIVIA  WHITE  (1983) Manager,  Food  Service  (MVFS) 

DAVID  WILKINSON  (1980) Assistant  Supervisor,  Maintenance 

ALFRED  WILLIAMS  (1986) Grounds  Staff 

CHARLES  WILLIAMS  (1986) Grounds  Staff 

JOHNNIE  L.  WILLIAMS  (1980) Housekeeping  Staff 

MELTAURUS  WILLIAMS  (1986) Grounds  Staff 

ELEANOR  WILSON  (1978) Security  Officer 

ALEX  WOODS  (1986) Printing,  Mail  Clerk,  Development 

HAZEL  WOODS  (1985) Receptionist,  Secretary  Adult  Learning 

SHELLEY  WYCKOFF  (1985) Researcher,  Development 

LIBRARY  STAFF 

KATHY  ALLISON  (1984) Secretary  to  the  Librarian 

PAMELA  BERBERETTE  (1987) Circulation  Assistant 

ELEANOR  GUENTHER  (1986) Acquisitions  Librarian 

FLOREADA  M.  HARMON  (1972)   Public  Services  Librarian 

MICHELE  LEICHTER  (1984) Catalog  Librarian 

JULIA  A.  LEWIS  (1986) Special  Services  Librarian 

MARY  F.  MARKLEY  (1987) Acquisitions  Assistant 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.  (1969) College  Librarian 

GERALDINE  REIFF  (1984) College  Archivist 

JOYCELYN  TROTTER  (1963) Periodicals  Assistant 

BARBARA  WEST  (1981)   Catalog  Assistant 


111 


Awards  Presented 
At  the  Awards  Day  Assembly 

April  24,  1986 

The  Biology  Award Anthony  R.  Lobred 

The  Tri  Beta  Award Thomas  E.  Powell 

The  J.  B.  Price  General  Chemistry  Awards Kenneth  J.  Carpenter 

William  M.  Wadsworth 

The  Undergraduate  Award  in  Analytical  Chemistry Robert  J.  Mangialardi 

The  Tri  Chi  Chemistry  Outstanding  Senior  Award Pimpet  Thanapet 

James  W.  Ball,  Jr. 

Classical  Studies: 

The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Awards  for  Excellence 

First  Year  Greek Lisa  Carol  McDonald 

Second  Year  Greek Greta  Ham 

Latin Kenneth  J.  Carpenter 

Latin   Maria  A.  Veres 

The  Classics  Department  in  Conjunction 
With  the  American  Bible  Society  Award Maru  T.  Woodward 

The  Magnolia  Coullet  Senior  Award Suzanne  Marie  McElhattan 

The  Computer  Science  Award Haskell  Ross  Turner,  III 

The  Education  Department: 

Outstanding  Scholarship  Awards Anne  McElvaine- Elementary 

Helen  Boone- Post-Baccalaureate 

Excellence  in  Teaching  Awards Mary  Vassar  Ballard  — Elementary 

Beverly  Harrell  — Elementary 

Susan  McKnight- Elementary 

Amy  Wright'- Elementary 

Lou  Ann  Pace— Secondary 

Karen  Manning -Post-Baccalaureate 

The  English  Department: 
The  Clark  Essay  Medal Madora  Ann  Mclntyre 

The  Union  Pacific  Foundation  Award  for  Geology Nancy  Stanford 

Major  in  Geology  Awards  Aimee  Dickerson  Little 

Frederick  P.  Moreton  III 

The  Ross  H.  Moore  History  Awards  Jeffery  Damon  Crout 

John  David  Smith 

The  School  of  Management: 

The  Charles  W.  and  Eloise  T.  Else  Scholarships Michael  J.  Breazeale 

Rosie  A.  Brown,  Marian  E.  Phillips,  Mark  A.  Ricketts,  Mark  T.  Saxon, 

Susan  L.  Stewart,  James  P.  Inman,  William  M.  Pearson,  Mike  W.  McLaurin,  Jr., 

Nina  D.  Parks,  Stephen  P.  Blankenship,  Charles  Qiu,  Frederick  J.  Rein,  Jr. 

The  Wall  Street  Journal  Award    Mark  T.  Saxon 

The  Mississippi  Society  of  C.P.A.s  Award Elizabeth  Williamson 

The  Mathematics  Department: 

The  Freshman  Mathematics  Award Jeffrey  A.  Ezell 

The  Mathematics  Majors  Awards Dek  Terrell, 

Lisa  Watts,  Charles  Woods 

The  Modern  Languages  Department: 

The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  French  Julia  Mary  Masterson 

The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  Spanish Margaret  O'Reilly 

Beginning  German  Award   Tiffany  Grantham 

The  Intermediate  German  Award Kimberly  Fox 

The  Music  Department  Senior  Award Anita  Lee  Barlow 


112 


The  Physics  Awards Roberrt  J.  Mangialardi 

David  LaRon  IVIason 

The  Political  Science  Department: 
The  Reid  and  Cynthia  Binghann 

Scholar  of  Distinction  Awards Bridget  C.  Fairley— Junior 

David  K.  Anderson  — Senior 
The  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award Olen  McCadoo  Bailey,  Jr. 

The  Religion  Departnnent: 
American  Bible  Society  Award Mary  T.  Woodward 

Department  of  Sociology  and  Anthropology: 
The  C.  Wright  Mills  Award Janice  Stenmark 

The  Alpha  Epsilon  Delta/West  Tatum  Award Charles  D.  Woods,  Jr. 

The  Chi  Omega  Social  Science  Award Janice  Stenmark 

The  Circle  K  Award Fonda  Hughes 

The  Jim  Lucas  Scholarship   Donna  Jean  Luther 

The  Kappa  Alpha  Eric  Gunn  Memorial  Award  William  M.  Wadsworth 

Omicron  Delta  Kappa  National  Award 
Leader  of  the  Year  Award-Province  Vll Olen  McCadoo  Bailey,  Jr. 

The  Panhellenic  Scholarship Rebecca  Cook 

The  Theta  Nu  Sigma  Award James  William  Bali,  Jr. 

The  Thomas  G.  Ross  Pre-Medical  Scholarship   Hiawatha  A.  Martin 

The  Volunteer  Center  of  the  United  Way  Awards Fonda  Hughes 

Dee  Parks,  Lambda  Chi  Fraternity,  Circle  K 

Awards  Presented 
At  the  Millsaps  Players  Banquet 

April  22,  1986 

Alpha  Psi  Omega  Award Angela  Franck 

The  Acting  Awards Gerald  Hopkins 

Jill  Ruemke 

The  Junior  Acting  Awards Angela  Franck 

Jay  Sutterfield 

The  Cameo  Award Scott  Newell 

The  Freshman  Award  Joseph  Nobles 

The  Hains  Award Nick  Mowen 

The  Backstage  Award Donna  Luther 

The  Mitchell  Award  Nick  Mowen 


113 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  DEGREES 


*Shearer  Robinson  Aldridge Hollandale 

**Necip  Fikri  Alican Istanbul,  Turkey 

David  King  Anderson Clarksdale 

*Jill  Elizabeth  Andry Brandon 

*Olen  McCadoo  Bailey,  Jr Greenville 

#Patricia  Lee  Bonner Jackson 

Donald  Brooks,  Jr Bossier  City,  LA 

William  Floyd  Brown   Vicksburg 

Archibald  Webb  Bullard Vicksburg 

•Robert  Conner  Burnhann Clarksdale 

#Stephen  Carroll  Bush Brandon 

*David  Sylvester  Butler,  Jr Jackson 

"Ellen  Shannon  Carver Nashville,  TN 

*#Jane  Arthur  Clover Jackson 

Carolyn  Frances  Corley Jackson 

Gary  Thomas  Daigle Springfield,  MO 

Martin  Miller  Davis,  Jr Brandon 

Gregory  Charles  Etheridge Jackson 

Luther  Calvin  Fisher,  IV Jackson 

Robert  Michael  Foose   Jackson 

*Kimberly  Gay  Fox Goodman 

#Angela  Marie  Franck Jackson 

*  Laura  Gayle  Gillespie Brandon 

Jens  Gleim Edwards 

**  Laura  Yvonne  Grissom Jackson 

Edna  Ann  W.  Grossman   Jackson 

Richard  Edward  Grove,  Jr Oxford 

#Virginia  Burch  Guillory  .  .  .  Baton  Rouge,  LA 

Sarah  Ann  Hawthorne Jackson 

Angela  Renee  Hendley   Jackson 

#Michael  Middleton  Howard  .  .Memphis,  TN 

Fonda  Elizabeth  Hughes Braxton 

Ralph  Albin  Kaiser Corinth 

Matthew  Houston  Kaye Memphis,  TN 

**Suzanne  Marie  Kelty Jackson 

#Albert  Anne  Labasse  .  .  Marcinelle,  Belgium 

#William  Chadwick  Lamar Oxford 

William  Lee  Lang   Pass  Christian 

Catherine  Mary  Lewis Jackson 

*  David  Michael  Loper  Jackson 

Jacqueline  Annette  Love Jackson 

*Lisa  Maxine  Manyfield Jackson 

Jerry  Buford  Martin,  Jr Memphis,  TN 


'Stephen  Kelly  Martin Tchula 

"Catherine  Anne  McCauley ,  .  Lake  Charles,  LA 
Suzanne  Marie  McElhattan .  .  Chattanooga,  TN 

**Anne  Therese  McElvaine Clinton 

**Madora  Ann  Mclntyre Brandon 

Janet  Lynn  McVea   Franklinton,  LA 

Thomas  Richard  Metz New  Albany 

Joy  Denise  Miller Vicksburg 

Charles  Nicholas  Mowen.  .Waynesboro,  PA 

#Susan  Patricia  Murrell   Memphis,  TN 

#* Margaret  Ann  Jones  O'Reilly Jackson 

*  Lauren  Ashley  Owen    Beaumont,  TX 

Kirk  Albert  Patrick,  III  .  .  .  .Baton  Rouge,  LA 

Neely  Jo  Pemberton   Memphis,  TN 

David  McConnell  Pepper.  .Williamsport,  TN 

Leona  Agnes  Kusick  Poison   Jackson 

Thomas  Lee  Potter Tunica 

#Orman  Fletcher  Pyron Indianola 

Michael  Scott  Raines  Jackson 

Kay  Kimberly  Regan  ....  Baton  Rouge,  LA 

Madolyn  Elizabeth  Robuck Jackson 

Rowena  York  Ruff Jackson 

'Annette  Louise  Savarese Brookhaven 

'John  Bibb  Saye Baton  Rouge,  LA 

Gloria  Maria  Simo McComb 

Kimberly  Elaine  Stiff Jackson 

Lady  Margaret  Threadgill  Sullivan  .Jackson 

Cecelia  Stuart  Todd .Memphis,  TN 

Sharon  Lynn  Toney Laurel 

"Maria  Ann  Veres Woodland  Park,  CO 

'Virginia  Jackson  Waggoner Jackson 

Joseph  Brock  Ward Meridian 

'Mary  Frances  Weir   .  .  .  .Virginia  Beach,  VA 

#John  Benjamin  Wells,  III Austin,  TX 

Perri  Eyre  White-Spunner .  .  .  Ocean  Springs 

Kelly  Anne  Wilford Sugar  Land,  TX 

Charlotte  Anne  Williams Jackson 

'Nancy  Kincade  Williams Corinth 

Kathleen  Melanie  Wimmer  .  .  .  Memphis,  TN 

Bernard  James  Wolfe,  Jr Jackson 

Andrew  Carlisle  Wood Mobile,  AL 

'Mary  Theresa  Woodward Jackson 

"Carol  Lynette  Wright  Vicksburg 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  DEGREES 


Gary  Richard  Albrecht Reserve,  LA 

#James  Oscar  Bailey Natchez 

'James  William  Ball,  Jr Vicksburg 

Russell  Hoover  Beard   .  .  .  New  Orleans,  LA 

'Aaron  Kenneth  Blackwell Monticello 

'Andrew  Kevin  Blackwell   Monticello 

Leigh  Ann  Burns Brandon 

Theodore  Lynn  Chapman Brandon 

Priscilla  Lynn  Childress Leiand 

#Deborah  Renee  Coates   Hazlehurst 

Kathy  Jo  Cody Plantersville 

"Patricia  Lynn  Cooper West  Point 

"Jeffrey  Damon  Crout Jackson 


Kenneth  Glynn  Daniels   Vicksburg 

William  Newell  Dixon  Jackson 

Emery  Louis  Edwards Gulfport 

Debra  Lanelle  Farrar Clinton 

Bethany  Alice  Fatherree Jackson 

Ned  Mims  French,  II  Memphis,  TN 

'Stuart  Byron  Green  Vicksburg 

'"David  Byron  Griffith Sunflower 

Alfred  Wesley  Hardy,  III Canton 

Ralph  Todd  Hines   Jackson 

'Gerald  James  Hopkins,  Jr Biloxi 

'Robert  Preston  Jones,  Jr Natchez 

John  Marvin  Joyner Meridian 


114 


Stephen  Edward  Langworthy .  .  Springfield,  VA 

#Aimee'  Dickerson  Little Jackson 

Paul  Madison  Lucas   Brandon 

William  Stewart  McKell Jackson 

*Nancy  Melinda  Messer Jackson 

Frederick  Perkins  Moreton,  II .  .  Ocean  Springs 

Demethous  Founta  Morris Mendenhall 

Andromeda  Tereau  Pearson  .  Bay  St.  Louis 

*  Marian  Elizabeth  Phillips Jackson,  TN 

Dennis  Paul  Pigg  Winston-Salem,  NC 

Thomas  Edward  Powell Mobile,  AL 

*William  Thomas  Purcell,  III ,  .Schaumburg,  IL 

*James  Kenneth  Purvis,  Jr Enterprise 

*Nancy  Lee  Rice  Tupelo 

*Calvin  Seals Laurel 

#Andrew  Woods  Sessions Woodville 

Mark  Anthony  Shepard St.  Louis,  MO 


**John  David  Smith Tupelo 

**  Nancy  Sandra  Stanford Bay  Springs 

*Milton  DeKalb  Terrell,  Jr Prentiss 

*Pimpet  Thanapet  Thailand 

Lee  Kinsey  Thornton Meridian 

'Barton  Borg  Thrasher   Memphis,  TN 

'Robert  Clinton  Tibbs,  III Cleveland 

Rene'  Alfonso  Vazquez   Vicksburg 

John  Dougald  Walker,  II  .  .  .Ocean  Springs 

Pamela  Denise  Ward Greenville 

*Lisa  Greer  Watts San  Mateo,  CA 

Charles  Allen  Weatherall  Grenada 

Sue  Ellen  Westheimer Eastaboga,  AL 

*  Laura  Allison  Wheeler Paducah,  KY 

**Deborah  Ann  Wilkinson Meridian 

**  "Charles  David  Woods,  Jr Jackson 


BACHELOR  OF  MUSIC  DEGREES 

#Grady  Sullivan  Bailey,  III Calhoun  City  *Lisa  Maxine  Manyfield Jackson 

*Anita  Lee  Barlow Memphis,  TN  Staria  Ren'ee  Stavely Kilmichael 

Natalie  Leigh  Dodson Huntsville,  AL 


BACHELOR  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  DEGREES 


William  Allen  Andews Mobile,  AL 

William  Joseph  Baine Jackson 

Elizabeth  Jean  Benson Monroe,  LA 

John  Champ  Bishop  ....  Baton  Rouge,  LA 

Bart  LaVoye  Boggus Live  Oak,  FL 

Charlotte  Lynn  Bowen Madison 

*Rosie  Andrea  Brown    Yazoo  City 

Miriam  Leigh  Butler  Jackson 

#Alexander  Boyd  Campbell,  II Jackson 

Edward  Joseph  Croal Gulfport 

Kenneth  Ray  Dew,  Jr Jackson 

*DeLisa  Kaye  Dyer Pearl 

Kenneth  Wesely  Eiland Louisville 

Suzanne  Fondren Pascagoula 

'Helen  Elizabeth  France  .  .Germantown,  TN 
Jeffrey  Ernest  Good Jackson 

*  Emily  Carol  Gregory Jackson 

#Eric  Antony  Hunt   Clinton 

Edward  Ross  Hutchison,  Jr Jackson 

Jennifer  Colleen  Jack.  .Mountain  Brook,  AL 

Dorothy  Jones  Jackson Jackson 

Jacquelyne  Darlene  Knox     Jackson 

#William  Paul  Luttrell   Memphis,  TN 

#Pamela  Celeste  Machado  .  .  .  Destrehan,  LA 
Kevin  Paul  Martin  Hurley 


#Lisa  Korrene  Mathis Jackson 

Joseph  Lamar  McCall Calhoun,  TN 

Thomas  White  Meriwether,  IV .  .  Memphis,  TN 

Stephen  Horace  Napier Jackson 

Lydia  Vonee'  Neel Yazoo  City 

David  Marshall  Patterson Jackson 

Carleton  Reid  Propst Centreville 

John  Thomas  Ray,  III   ...  .North  Oaks,  MN 

Daphne  Dana  Richardson  Jackson 

*Mark  Alan  Ricketts Memphis,  TN 

*Kevin  Alexander  Russell Memphis,  TN 

#Clayton  Hugh  Sanford  .  .  .  New  Orleans,  LA 

"Mark  Thomas  Saxon    Jackson 

Rufus  Putnam  Stainback,  Jr.  .  .  .Minter  City 

*Susan  Lorraine  Stewart Meridian 

#Larry  Louis  Taylor,  Jr Jackson 

Tammy  Anngella  Thames Collins 

Carolyn  Ann  Timko  Slidell,  LA 

Debra  Foster  Tubertini Jackson 

John  Wesley  Turner,  Jr Mize 

Steven  Robert  Whitten Jackson 

Cecile  Elizabeth  Williams  ....  Memphis,  TN 

Elizabeth  Oakes  Williamson Raymond 

Robert  Calvin  Young Cordova,  TN 


115 


MASTER  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  DEGREES 


Robert  Alvin  Blackmon,  III Jackson 

Aletha  Anne  Burke Jackson 

York  Anthony  Carlisle Brandon 

Leonia  Lotz  Davis Jackson 

Beatrice  Deveaux  Donley Jackson 

#Thomas  C.  Felt Vicksburg 

#David  Brant  Harper Vicksburg 

#Ruby  Ferguson  Hendricks Jackson 

Nancy  Caroline  Hobson Jackson 

Harold  Wayne  Hodges,  Jr Jackson 

Robert  William  Kidd Jackson 


Catherine  L.  Parker   Jackson 

#Frederick  Joseph  Rein,  Jr Jackson 

Douglas  Wallace  Ridgway Jackson 

Charles  Edward  Sampson,  Jr Jackson 

#Katherine  D.  Smith Jackson 

Steven  Warren  Smith  Jackson 

Timothy  G.  Smith Ridgeland 

Ernest  Knox  Strahan,  III Jackson 

William  Bruce  Trusty Ridgeland 

Rice  Pressgrove  York,  Jr Jackson 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE  IN  EDUCATION  DEGREES 


*Mary  Vassar  Ballard Tupelo 

Willis  Bridges  Tylertown 

Beverly  Parker  Harrell West  Point 

Susan  Michele  McKnight Jackson 

#Macky  Roy  Mitchell,  Jr Jayess 


Roy  Eldon  Murrell,  Jr Biloxi 

*Lou  Ann  Pace  Canton 

James  Jeffrey  Page   Woodbridge,  VA 

*Amy  Denise  Wright Pascagoula 


BACHELOR  OF  LIBERAL  STUDIES  DEGREES 

#Judith  Ann  Anderson Jackson  Haskell  Ross  Turner,  III   Jackson 

Janice  S.  Stenmark Jackson  Lynda  Elizabeth  Williams Jackson 

HONORARY  DEGREES 

Alan  Jay  Pifer Doctor  of  Laws 

*Cum  Laude 
"Magna  Cum  Laude 
**Summa  Cum  Laude 

#Summer  Graduate 


116 


Index 


INDEX 


Academic  Divisions 56 

Academic  Probation   51 

Academic  Suspension 50 

Accounting 97 

Administration   104 

Admission  Requirements 7 

Freshmen 7 

Early  Admission 8 

Part-time 8 

Adult  Degree 8 

Transfer    8 

Special  Student  8 

International  Student    9 

Adult  Degree  Program    44 

Admission    7 

Advanced  Placement 9 

Advisors,  Faculty 10 

Alcoholic  Beverages 52 

Alumni  Association 103 

Anthropology 93 

Application  for  a  degree 37 

Applied  Science 40 

Art   57 

Astronomy 84 

Athletics 24 

Intercollegiate 25 

Intramural 25 

Attendance,  Class 51 

Awards  Presented  at  1 986  Awards  Day 112 

B 

Bachelor  of  Business  Administration 95 

Bachelor  of  Liberal  Studies 36 

Behavior 52 

Behavioral  Sciences 85 

Biology 74 

Board  of  Trustees 1 02 

Bobashela  25 

British  Studies  at  Oxford 43 

Buildings  and  Grounds 7 

Business  Administration 40 

C 

Calendar  2 

Campus  Ministry 24 

Career  Planning  and  Placement 11 

Chemistry 76 

Choir   61 

Choral  Music  Education    60 

Church  Music   60 

Class  Attendance 51 

Class  Standing 48 

Classical  Studies 63 

Comprehensive  Examinations 37 

Computer  Studies 77 

Computing  Center .6 

Cooperative  Programs ^40 

Core  Requirements  for  Degrees 34 

Correspondence   Inside  Front  Cover 

Counseling  Services   10 

Credit  by  Examination 9 

Credit/No  Credit  Option 48 

D 

Dean's  List 50 

Degree  Applications  37 

Degree  Requirements 34 

Degrees  Awarded  1986   114 

Degree  Programs 

B.A 34 

B.B.A 34 

B.LS 34 

B.S 34 

B.M 34 

M.B.A 45 

Pre-dental 38 

Pre-law 39 

Pre-medical 38 

Pre-ministerial 38 

Pre-social  work 39 


Page 

Disciplinary  Expulsion 53 

Disciplinary  Regulations 53 

Disciplinary  Suspension 53 

Drama  25 

E 

Early  Admission 8 

Economics 99 

Education 85 

Else  School  of  Management 95 

Emeriti  Faculty 104 

Employment,  Part-Time 21 

English 69 

English  Proficiency  Requirements 36 

Engineering 40 

Exemptions  52 

F 

Faculty 1 04 

Fees 

Tuition 14 

Laboratory  and  Fine  Arts 15 

Materials 15 

Special 15 

Financial  Aid  17 

Financial  Aid  Opportunities 21 

Financial  Regulations 16 

Fine  Arts    .' 57 

Fine  Arts  Fees 15 

Fraternities 28 

French 71 

Freshman  Admission 7 

G 

Geology 79 

German 72 

General  Information 6 

Grades 48 

Graduate  Program 45 

Graduation 

With  Distinction 49 

With  Honors 49 

Greek 64 

H 

Health  and  Physical  Education 87 

Heritage  Program   35 

History 64 

History  of  College  6 

Honor  Societies 26 

Honors  Program 42,  49 

Housing 11 

Humanities 63 

I 

Information,  General  6 

Instrumental  Ensembles 61 

Intercollegiate  Athletics 25 

Intramurals 25 

Interdisciplinary  Studies 94 

International  Student  Admission   9 

International  Studies  in  London 44 

Internship  -  Public  Administration 44 

L 

Laboratory  Fees 15 

Language  and  Literature 69 

Latin 64 

Legislative  Intern  Program 44 

Liberal  Studies  Degree  Requirements 36 

Loan  Funds 20 

London  Semester   .43 

M 

Majors   36 

Masters  of  Business  Administration 45,  96 

Mathematics 81 

Medals  and  Prizes 29 

Medical  Services 11 

Medical  Technology    41 

Military  Science 41 

Millsaps-Wilson  Library   6 


Page 

Millsaps  Players 25 

Millsaps  Singers 25 

Ministry,  Campus 24 

Minors  36 

Modern  Languages 71 

Music 58 

Music  and  Drama 25 

Music  Literature 60 

Music,  Applied 61 

O 

Oak  Ridge  Science  Semester 42 

Orientation  and  Advisement   10 

Organ  Requirements 59 

P 

Part-Time  Admission  8 

Payment  Schedule 14 

Pell  Grant 21 

Philosophy 66 

Physical  Education 87 

Physics 83 

Piano  Requirements 59 

Players 25 

Players  Awards   113 

Political  Science 88 

Post  Baccalaureate  Teacher  Certificate 45 

Pre-Dental   38 

Pre-Law 39 

Pre-Medical  38 

Pre-Ministerial 38 

Pre-Social  Work 39 

Probation,  Social 53 

Psychology   90 

Public  Administration  Internship   44 

Publications 25 

Purpose  of  Millsaps 4 

Purple  and  White 25 

Q 

Quality  Index 37 

Quality  Points 48 

R 

Readmission 9 

Real  Estate  Institute 44,  100 

Records 12 

Refunds 16 

Religion  67 

Repeat  Courses 49 

Reservation  Deposits 15 


Page 

Residence  Requirements 36 

Requirements  for  Degrees 34 

S 

Schedule  Changes  50 

School  of  Management 95 

Intern  Programs 44 

Scholarships 17 

Science  and  Mathematics 74 

Sequence  of  Courses  37 

Second  Degree  Requirements   37 

Singers 25 

Small  Business  Institute 44 

Social  &  Behavioral  Sciences 85 

Sociology 92 

Sororities   28 

Spanish 72 

Special  Student  Admission 8 

Special  Programs   42 

Speech 62 

Staff 109 

Student  Body  Association 26 

Student  Behavior 52 

Student  Housing   11 

Student  Organizations 26 

Student  Records  12 

Student  Incentive  Grants 21 

Student  Status 48 

Supplemental  Education  Opportunity  Grants .  .    21 
Suspension   50,  53 

T 

Teacher  Certification  Programs 39,  45 

Theatre 61 

Transfer  Admission   8 

Troubadours    25 

Trustees 102 

Trustee  Committees 103 

Tuition  and  Fees 14 

U 

United  Nations  Semester 43 

V 

Varsity  Athletics 87 

Voice  Requirements 59 

W 

Washington  Semester  43 

Withdrawal 50 

Work-Study  Program 21 


J